WO2014121728A1 - Power tool and clamping device - Google Patents
Power tool and clamping device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014121728A1 WO2014121728A1 PCT/CN2014/071755 CN2014071755W WO2014121728A1 WO 2014121728 A1 WO2014121728 A1 WO 2014121728A1 CN 2014071755 W CN2014071755 W CN 2014071755W WO 2014121728 A1 WO2014121728 A1 WO 2014121728A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- output rod
- power tool
- housing
- channel
- switching
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 228
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 158
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 48
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 35
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims 4
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims 4
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims 4
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 67
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 27
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 241000282376 Panthera tigris Species 0.000 description 7
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005553 drilling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004323 axial length Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000026058 directional locomotion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000851 Alloy steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B25—HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
- B25F—COMBINATION OR MULTI-PURPOSE TOOLS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; DETAILS OR COMPONENTS OF PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS NOT PARTICULARLY RELATED TO THE OPERATIONS PERFORMED AND NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B25F5/00—Details or components of portable power-driven tools not particularly related to the operations performed and not otherwise provided for
- B25F5/02—Construction of casings, bodies or handles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23B—TURNING; BORING
- B23B31/00—Chucks; Expansion mandrels; Adaptations thereof for remote control
- B23B31/02—Chucks
- B23B31/10—Chucks characterised by the retaining or gripping devices or their immediate operating means
- B23B31/107—Retention by laterally-acting detents, e.g. pins, screws, wedges; Retention by loose elements, e.g. balls
- B23B31/10741—Retention by substantially radially oriented pins
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23B—TURNING; BORING
- B23B31/00—Chucks; Expansion mandrels; Adaptations thereof for remote control
- B23B31/008—Chucks; Expansion mandrels; Adaptations thereof for remote control with arrangements for transmitting torque
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23D—PLANING; SLOTTING; SHEARING; BROACHING; SAWING; FILING; SCRAPING; LIKE OPERATIONS FOR WORKING METAL BY REMOVING MATERIAL, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23D51/00—Sawing machines or sawing devices working with straight blades, characterised only by constructional features of particular parts; Carrying or attaching means for tools, covered by this subclass, which are connected to a carrier at both ends
- B23D51/08—Sawing machines or sawing devices working with straight blades, characterised only by constructional features of particular parts; Carrying or attaching means for tools, covered by this subclass, which are connected to a carrier at both ends of devices for mounting straight saw blades or other tools
- B23D51/10—Sawing machines or sawing devices working with straight blades, characterised only by constructional features of particular parts; Carrying or attaching means for tools, covered by this subclass, which are connected to a carrier at both ends of devices for mounting straight saw blades or other tools for hand-held or hand-operated devices
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a power tool, and more particularly to a multi-purpose power tool.
- the invention also relates to a clamping device that can hold different working heads.
- Commonly used power tools include power tools that output rotational motion at the output end, such as electric drills, screwdrivers, etc.; and power tools that output reciprocating motion at the output end, such as reciprocating saws, jigsaws, and the like.
- the existing power tools usually only output a kind of motion at the output end, for example, the electric drill can only output the rotary motion; the reciprocating saw can only output the reciprocating motion; however, the operator often needs to use a certain work, such as when decorating the house. Buying these different power tools separately can be a burden on consumers with a variety of different power tools.
- a reciprocating adapter for an electric drill which does not require a motor and only needs to include a set of reciprocating mechanisms.
- the input end of the adapter is connected to the drill bit of the electric drill, and the reciprocating mechanism converts the rotary motion of the drill input into the reciprocating motion of the output of the output, so that the consumer only needs to purchase one electric drill and a lower price reciprocating adapter. It is equivalent to purchasing an electric drill and a reciprocating saw, which relieves the burden on the consumer.
- the problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a work-stable power tool whose output rod can output both rotary and reciprocating motion modes.
- a power tool including a housing, a motor housed in the housing, an output rod driven by the motor through a transmission mechanism, the transmission mechanism including a motion conversion mechanism
- the motion conversion mechanism is operable to drive the output lever to be in a first motion mode of outputting a reciprocating motion and a second motion mode of outputting a rotational motion.
- the motion conversion mechanism includes a driving mechanism and a mode switching mechanism
- the mode switching mechanism includes a switching member and a limiting mechanism that are coupled to each other, and the switching member is movable between two positions, wherein the output is in the first position
- the lever is in the first motion mode, the switching member is disconnected from the driving mechanism and connected to the housing to fix the limiting mechanism and the housing; in the second position, the losing The output lever is in the second motion mode, the switching member is coupled to the drive mechanism, and the restriction mechanism is fixed circumferentially with the output rod.
- the drive mechanism includes a driving body that is driven to rotate by the motor, and a switching mechanism provided between the driving body and the output rod, and the switching member is coupled to the driving body at the second position.
- the conversion mechanism includes a circumferential cam groove disposed on one of the driving body and the output rod, and is disposed on the other of the driving body and the output rod to be coupled with the cam groove Pusher.
- the driving body has a hollow receiving cavity, and the cam groove is disposed on an inner surface of the driving body.
- the driving body includes a first driving member, a second driving member and a fixing member connecting the first driving member and the second driving member together, and the cam groove is partially disposed on the first driving member Another part is disposed on the second driving member. A portion of the cam groove and another portion are respectively disposed on both sides of the center line of the cam groove.
- the pushing member includes a steel ball, and one of the driving body and the output rod is provided with a counterbore partially receiving the steel ball.
- the limiting mechanism includes a limiting member sleeved on the output rod, a first longitudinal groove disposed on the limiting member and the extending direction, and a first extending on the output rod along an axial direction of the output rod.
- a positioning member is disposed on the housing, the positioning member is relatively fixed to the housing in a rotation direction of the output rod, and a matching mechanism is disposed between the positioning member and the switching member, When the switching member is in the first position, the matching mechanism connects the positioning member to the switching member, and when the switching member is in the second position, the switching member is disengaged from the positioning member.
- the mating mechanism includes a protrusion disposed on one of the positioning member and the switching member, and a card slot disposed on the other of the positioning member and the switching member, the switching member is located In the first position, the protrusion is coupled to the card slot, and when the switching member is in the second position, the protrusion is disengaged from the card slot.
- the plurality of protrusions and the card slots are symmetrically distributed with respect to the rotation axis of the output rod.
- the number of the protrusions and the card slots is an even number, and the even pairs of the protrusions and the card slots comprise several groups, and the two pairs of protrusions and the card slots in a straight line are a group, and the size of each group of protrusions and the card slot different.
- the positioning member is axially movable on the housing, and a spring is disposed between the positioning member and the housing, and the spring provides a biasing force for the protrusion to be coupled with the card slot. .
- the power tool includes an operating member disposed on the housing, and the operating member rotates around an axis of rotation of the output rod to move the switching member along an axial direction of the output rod.
- a switching channel and a first cylindrical pin slidable in the conversion channel are disposed between the operating member and the switching member, and the conversion groove is a channel.
- the internal spur of the second planetary gear train is movable between two shifting positions along an axial direction of the output rod, and in the first shifting position, the internal sprocket is disengaged from the housing, The output rod moves at the first speed; in the second shift position, the inner ridge is relatively fixed to the housing, and the output rod moves at the second speed.
- a second channel is disposed between the operating member and the inner sprocket with a shifting channel and an axis of rotation slidable within the shifting channel.
- a first channel is disposed between the operating member and the switching member, and a first channel is disposed in a circumferential direction of the output rod.
- the longest distance moved in the first channel is the same as the longest distance the second cylindrical pin moves in the second channel.
- the conversion channel further includes a third channel communicating with the first channel, the third channel extending along a circumference of the output rod and perpendicular to an axis of rotation of the output rod, the shifting
- the passage further includes a fourth channel communicating with the second channel, the fourth channel extending along a circumference of the output rod and inclined with respect to an axis of rotation of the output rod, the first cylindrical pin and the second column
- the pin is simultaneously moved in the first channel and the second channel and has the same moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod; the first cylindrical pin and the second cylindrical pin are simultaneously in the first
- the three channels and the fourth channel move and have the same moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod.
- the third channel extends at one end of the first channel corresponding to the second position of the switching member.
- the ends of the fourth channel and the second channel away from each other are located on the same line in the circumferential direction of the output rod. In the circumferential direction of the output rod, both ends of the switching channel are flush with both ends of the shifting channel.
- a planetary gear reduction mechanism is disposed between the motor and the drive mechanism, and the mode switching mechanism is disposed at an end of the drive mechanism away from the planetary gear reduction mechanism.
- the power tool is a hand-held power tool.
- the power tool further includes a handle coupled to the housing, the handle extending in an obtuse angle with the axial direction of the output rod.
- the output rod is disposed coaxially with the output shaft.
- the driving body is disposed coaxially with the output rod.
- the switching member is disposed coaxially with the output rod.
- the limiting member is disposed coaxially with the output rod.
- the positioning member is disposed coaxially with the output rod.
- the power tool further includes a support having a support surface, the support being movably coupled to the housing and movable between a first position and the second position, the support being in the first position The face abuts against the workpiece, and in the second position, the support surface does not abut the workpiece.
- the support member When the output rod is in the first motion mode, the support member is located at the first position. When the output rod is in the second motion mode and the power tool reaches a specific processing state, The support is located in the first position. The support member is in the second position when the output rod is in the second motion mode.
- the power tool further includes biasing means for biasing the support member, the biasing means having a tendency for the support surface to move in a direction away from the housing along an extending direction of the center line, When the output rod is in the second motion mode, the first position is all positions within a predetermined range of travel of the support relative to the housing.
- the support moves linearly relative to the housing.
- the direction of the linear movement is the direction in which the center line extends.
- the power tool further includes a movable handle coupled to the housing, the handle being coupled to the support member.
- the handle is integrally provided with the support.
- the support rotates relative to the housing.
- An adapter is disposed on the housing, and the support member rotates relative to the adapter portion about a first axis, the first axis being perpendicular to the center line.
- the adapter rotates about the second axis relative to the housing, the second axis being perpendicular to the first axis.
- the second axis intersects the first axis.
- the support moves linearly while rotating relative to the housing.
- One of the support member and the housing is provided with a spiral cam groove extending in a direction of the center line, and the other of the support member and the housing is disposed with the cam groove Connected pusher.
- the direction of the linear movement is the direction in which the center line extends.
- the support surface is perpendicular to the centerline when the support is in the first position.
- the power tool also includes a handle movably coupled to the housing, the support member being coupled to the handle.
- a position maintaining mechanism is disposed between the support member and the housing, and the position maintaining mechanism holds the support member at a preset position with respect to the housing.
- the position maintaining mechanism includes a locking member disposed on one of the support member and the housing, and another upper fitting portion disposed in the support member and the housing, the locking member being Moving between a locking position in which the locking member is mated with the mating portion, the support member being held in the predetermined position, and in the releasing position, the locking member and the locking member The mating portion is disengaged and the support member is movable relative to the housing.
- the position maintaining mechanism further includes a biasing member that is pressed against the locking member, and the biasing member biases the locking member to cause the locking member to have a tendency to mate with the mating portion.
- An intermediate member is disposed between the biasing member and the locking member, the biasing member urges the intermediate member to move in a first direction, and the intermediate member pushes the second direction in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction
- the locking member moves toward the locked position.
- the first direction is an extending direction of the center line.
- the intermediate member is provided with a locking surface abutting against the locking member at the locking position, a sloped surface disposed at an angle with the locking surface, and a receiving groove connected to the inclined surface, the inclined surface along the first
- the directional movement urges the locking member to be displaced in the second direction to move toward the locked position, and the receiving groove receives the locking member in the released position.
- the locking member is a steel ball. a positioning piece is fixed on the power tool, and the fixing The bit plate is disposed on a through hole through which the steel ball passes in the second direction.
- the locking member is rotated about the centerline to move between the locked position and the released position.
- the locking member includes a first locking portion and a second locking portion symmetrically disposed with respect to a center of the center line, the first locking portion and the second locking portion cooperating to hold the support member at the preset position.
- the locking member moves in a direction perpendicular to the centerline to move between the locked position and the released position.
- the support member further includes a first side portion and a second side portion disposed on two sides of the support surface, and a receiving space is formed between the first side portion, the second side portion and the support surface, the support member The end of the output rod is located in the receiving space when in the first position; the power tool further includes a battery pack inserted on the housing, and when the support is in the second position, The battery pack is located in the receiving space.
- the power tool further includes a handle connected to the housing, the support member further includes an extension connected to the support surface, and when the support member is in the first position, the extension portion forms a holding space opposite to the handle .
- the output rod is provided with a clamping device for clamping the working head
- the working head includes a clamping portion overlapping the clamping device and a working portion connected to the clamping portion, where the working portion is located
- the output rod extends longitudinally and has a centerline
- the power tool further includes a support having a support surface, the support member being movably coupled to the housing such that the support surface is selectable Located within or outside the work area.
- the support surface When the output rod is in the first motion mode, the support surface is located within the working area.
- the support surface is located within the working area when the output rod is in the second motion mode and the power tool reaches a particular processing state.
- the support member is located outside of the work area when the output rod is in the second motion mode.
- the power tool further includes biasing means for biasing the support member, the biasing means having a tendency for the support surface to move in a direction away from the housing along an extending direction of the center line, When the output rod is in the second motion mode, the support surface is always in the working area and abuts against the workpiece.
- the output rod of the power tool of the present invention can output both rotating and reciprocating motion modes, thereby greatly expanding the range of use of the power tool, and the power tool of the present invention is realized by the motor through a set of transmission mechanisms.
- the same output rod outputs two rotation and reciprocating motion modes, so that the output rod can output stable rotation or reciprocating motion, which is convenient to use.
- the power tool of the present invention comprises a movable support member connected to the housing, and the operator can adjust the position of the support member as needed to meet the different requirements of the power tool for abutting the workpiece under different working conditions, Convenient for the use of power tools.
- the invention also provides a power tool with convenient operation, the technical solution is: a power tool comprising a housing, a motor housed in the housing, a transmission mechanism connected to the motor, and driven by the transmission mechanism An output rod, the transmission mechanism driving the output rod to output at least two different working conditions
- the power tool further includes a switch for controlling the motor and an operating member for controlling the output lever to be in different working states
- the power tool further includes a handle connected to the housing, and the handle is provided with a first a holding area, the housing is provided with a second holding area, the switch is disposed on the first holding area, and the operating member is disposed on the second holding area, the operator's The hands are placed in the first holding area and the second holding area, respectively, to hold the power tool and control the switch and the operating member, respectively.
- the first grip area is disposed at a junction of the handle and the housing.
- the second gripping zone is disposed at an end of the housing remote from the handle housing.
- the angle is an obtuse angle.
- the first holding area includes a first grip portion for a tiger's mouth held by an operator's hand, and the second holding portion includes a second grip portion for a tiger's mouth held by an operator's hand to pass through the housing
- the plane of the central axis is bounded, and the housing is divided into opposite sides, and the first grip portion and the second grip portion are respectively located on different sides of the housing.
- the second holding area is provided with a holding guiding portion to divide the housing into opposite sides by the plane of the central axis of the housing, the holding guiding portion and the operating member Located on different sides of the housing.
- the different operating states include output rods outputting different modes of motion. Different modes of motion include rotational motion and reciprocating motion. The different operating states include output rods outputting different speeds of motion.
- the power tool of the present invention is held by both hands of the operator and controls the switch and the operating member respectively, the power tool is held stably so that the output rod has a stable output; and the operating member can be held by the housing.
- One hand control makes it easy and reliable to switch the working state of the power tool.
- the invention also provides a power tool which can output different working modes for convenient use, and the technical solution is: a power tool comprising a housing, a motor housed in the housing, and an output driven by the motor through a transmission mechanism a transmission mechanism comprising a speed changing mechanism and a motion conversion mechanism, the power tool further comprising a control mechanism, the control mechanism being operable to cause the output rod to be in at least three working modes, in the first working mode, The output rod outputs a reciprocating motion at a first speed; in the second operating mode, the output rod outputs a rotational motion at a second speed; in the third operating mode, the output rod outputs a rotational motion at a first speed.
- the control mechanism includes an operating member that simultaneously controls the speed changing mechanism and the motion converting mechanism.
- the operating member rotates about an axis of the output rod.
- the operating member has three circumferential positions, the output rod is in the first working mode when the operating member is in the first circumferential position, and the output is when the operating member is in the second circumferential position.
- the rod is in the second working mode; when the operating member is in the third circumferential position, the output rod is in the third working mode.
- the speed conversion mechanism is provided between the motor and the motion conversion mechanism.
- the motion conversion mechanism includes a drive mechanism and a mode switching mechanism, and the mode switching mechanism is disposed away from the speed change mechanism with respect to the drive mechanism.
- the motion conversion mechanism includes a driving mechanism and a mode switching mechanism, and the operating member and the mode a switching channel and a first cylindrical pin slidable in the conversion channel are disposed between the switching mechanisms, the first cylindrical pin sliding in the conversion channel to cause the mode switching mechanism to change position and switch The reciprocating or rotating motion mode of the output rod.
- the conversion channel includes a first channel and a third channel, wherein the first channel extends along a moving direction of the operating member and is inclined with respect to a moving direction of the mode switching mechanism, a three-channel extending along a moving direction of the operating member and perpendicular to a moving direction of the mode switching mechanism, wherein the first cylindrical pin is located at an end of the first channel away from the third channel.
- the output rod outputs a reciprocating motion, and when the first cylindrical pin is located in the third channel, the output rod outputs a rotational motion.
- the speed changing mechanism includes a speed reducing mechanism and a shifting switching mechanism, and a shifting channel and a second cylindrical pin slidable in the shifting channel are disposed between the operating member and the shifting switching mechanism, and the second The cylindrical pin slides in the shifting channel to cause the shifting mechanism to shift position and switch the output speed of the output rod.
- the shifting channel includes a second channel and a fourth channel that communicate with each other, and the second channel and the fourth channel extend in a moving direction of the operating member and move relative to the shifting mechanism The direction is inclined, the ends of the second channel and the fourth channel away from each other are flush in the moving direction of the shift switching mechanism, and the second cylindrical pin is in the second channel and the second When the four channels are away from each other, the output rod moves at the first speed, and when the second cylindrical pin is at the junction of the second channel and the fourth channel, the output The rod moves at the second speed.
- a shifting channel and a second cylindrical pin slidable in the shifting channel are disposed between the operating member and the shifting switching mechanism, and the second cylindrical pin slides in the shifting channel to
- the shift switching mechanism shifts the position to switch the speed of movement of the output rod. Both ends of the conversion channel and both ends of the shifting channel are flush in the direction of movement of the operating member.
- the motion conversion mechanism includes a driving mechanism and a mode switching mechanism
- the mode switching mechanism includes a switching member and a limiting mechanism that are coupled to each other, and the switching member is movable between two positions, wherein the output is in the first position
- the lever is in a reciprocating mode, the switching member is disengaged from the driving mechanism and connected to the housing to fix the limiting mechanism and the housing; in the second position, the output rod is in a rotational motion mode
- the switching member is coupled to the drive mechanism and the restriction mechanism is fixed circumferentially with the output rod.
- the speed changing mechanism is a planetary gear shifting mechanism, and a center line of the planetary gear shifting mechanism is coaxial with the motor axis and the output rod axis.
- the power tool is provided with a mode control mechanism that controls axial movement of the switching member to switch between the first position and the second position.
- the mode control mechanism includes an operating member disposed on the housing, and the operating member rotates to move the switching member axially.
- a first holding mechanism for holding the switching member in the first position and the second position, respectively, between the housing and the switching member Second holding mechanism.
- the first retaining mechanism includes an elastic protrusion and a groove that mates with the elastic protrusion.
- the power tool is provided with a shift control mechanism for controlling the internal gum to switch between the first position and the second position, the shift control mechanism comprising an operating member disposed on the housing, the operation The rotation of the piece drives the inner tooth to move axially.
- the operating member is simultaneously coupled to the switching member to control the switching member to switch between the first position and the second position.
- the output rod of the power tool of the present invention can output a reciprocating working mode and a two-speed rotating working mode, thereby greatly expanding the range of use of the power tool. More preferably, the three modes of operation of the power tool of the present invention are switched by an operating member, which greatly facilitates the operator who uses the power tool.
- the invention also provides a clamping device capable of clamping different working heads, the technical solution is: a clamping device for fixing the first working head or the second working head to the power tool On the output rod, the output rod has an axis, the clamping device includes a mounting member and a clamping mechanism, and the mounting member is connected to the output rod and has a first receiving portion and a second receiving portion having different shapes, a receiving portion for receiving the first connecting portion of the first working head, the second receiving portion for receiving a second connecting portion of the second working head, the clamping mechanism connecting the first connection The portion is held in the first receiving portion or the second connecting portion is held in the second receiving portion.
- the first receiving portion includes a first abutting portion and a second abutting portion and a receiving space between the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion.
- the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion are in the shape of a bayonet, and the abutting surface of the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion are on a plane perpendicular to the axis
- the projection of the abutting surface is an arc or a broken line.
- the second receiving portion is a polygonal or circular receiving hole.
- the polygon is a regular hexagon or a regular twelve square.
- the first receiving portion and the second receiving portion partially overlap.
- the axes of the first receiving portion and the second receiving portion are coincident.
- the second receiving portion includes a regular polygonal blocking portion, and the first receiving portion includes two joints that are outwardly expanded from the centers of the two opposite edges of the regular polygonal blocking portion, and the openings are oriented toward each other.
- the clamping mechanism includes a locking member that moves in a radial direction of the output rod, and a compression that moves the locking member between a first position of the locking working head and a second position of the release working head And a biasing member that presses the pressing member to position the pressing member in the first position.
- the locking member is a pressing pin, and the pressing pin is provided with a circumferentially extending engaging groove for mating with the working head, and the cross section of the engaging groove is gradually decreased from the opening to the inner width.
- the pressing member moves in the axial direction of the output rod to press or release the locking member, and the pressing member has an inclined surface inclined with respect to the axial direction of the output rod.
- a guiding device is disposed between the pressing member and the mounting member, and the guiding device keeps the pressing member moving along an axial direction of the output rod.
- the pressing member is a ring sleeved on the mounting member a pressing member, the inclined surface being spaced apart from the guiding device.
- the biasing member is a compression spring, and the mounting member is connected with a stopping device. One end of the cone compression spring abuts against the pressing member, and the other end abuts the stopping device.
- the clamping device further includes an operating member coupled to the pressing member and driving the pressing member to move. The outer surface of the operating member is provided with a rib pattern.
- the clamping device of the invention can hold two different working heads, which greatly expands the use range of the clamping device, and greatly facilitates the use of the consumer.
- FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a power tool according to a first embodiment of the present invention
- Figure 2 is an exploded view of the movement portion of the power tool shown in Figure 1;
- Figure 3 is another exploded view of the movement portion of the power tool shown in Figure 1;
- Figure 4 is an enlarged view of a portion A of Figure 2;
- Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view of the power tool movement portion shown in Figure 1 and a bottom view of the operating member, wherein the output 4 dry output is reciprocated at a high speed;
- Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view of the power tool movement portion shown in Figure 1 and a bottom view of the operating member, wherein the output rod outputs a low speed rotary motion;
- Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view of the power tool movement portion shown in Figure 1 and a bottom view of the operating member, wherein the output rod outputs a high-speed rotational motion;
- Figure 8 is a partial cross-sectional view of a power tool movement portion according to a second embodiment of the present invention
- Figure 9 is a schematic view showing the assembly of the power tool and the clamping device and the working head provided by the present invention
- Figure 10 is a power tool shown in Figure 9. Left view
- Figure 1 is an exploded perspective view of the clamping device shown in Figure 9;
- Figure 12 is another perspective exploded view of the clamping device shown in Figure 9;
- Figure 13 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line A-A, in which the clamping device is in a free state;
- Figure 14 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 13 taken along the line B-B;
- Figure 15 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 13 taken along the line C-C;
- Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line A-A, in which the clamping device is in a ready-to-clamp state;
- Figure 17 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line AA, in which case the clamping device is in a clamped state of clamping the first working head having the first size;
- Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 17 in the DD direction;
- Figure 19 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line A-A, in which case the clamping device is in a clamped state in which the first working head having the second size is clamped;
- Figure 20 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 19 taken along the line E-E;
- Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line A-A, in which case the clamping device is in a clamped state in which the second working head is clamped;
- Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 21 taken along the line F-F;
- Figure 23 is a perspective view of a power tool according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 24 is a front elevational view of the power tool of Figure 23, in which case the support member is in the first position;
- Figure 25 is another front view of the power tool of Figure 23, in which the support member is in the second position;
- Figure 26 Is a cross-sectional view of the position maintaining mechanism in the power tool shown in FIG. 23, at which time the locking member is in the locked position;
- Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view of the position maintaining mechanism in the power tool shown in Figure 23, in which the locking member is in the release position;
- Figure 28 is a front elevational view of a power tool according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 29 is a partial cross-sectional elevational view of the power tool according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention, in which the support member is in the first position, and the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the locked position;
- Figure 30 is another partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 29, in which the support member is in the second position and the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the release position;
- Figure 31 is a partial partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 29, in which the support member is in the second position and the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the locked position;
- Figure 32 is a partial cross-sectional elevational view of a power tool according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention, in which case the support member is in the first position;
- Figure 33 is another partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 32, in which case the support member is in the second position;
- Figure 34 is a cross-sectional view of the power tool shown in Figure 33 taken along the J-J direction, at which time the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the locked position;
- Figure 35 is another cross-sectional view of the power tool of Figure 33 taken along the J-J direction, at which time the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the release position;
- FIG. 36 is a partial cross-sectional front view of a power tool according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention, in which case the support member is in the first position;
- Figure 37 is a partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 36, in which case the support member is in the second position;
- Figure 38 is a partial cross-sectional elevational view of the power tool of Figure 36, in which case the support member is in another second position;
- Figure 39 is a partial cross-sectional view of the power tool shown in Figure 38 taken along the line K-K;
- Figure 40 is a partial cross-sectional elevational view of the power tool according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention, in which case the support member is in the first position;
- 41 and 42 are two partial cross-sectional elevation views of the power tool of Fig. 40 showing the intermediate process of movement of the support member toward the second position;
- Figure 43 is still another partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 40, in which case the support member is in the second position;
- Figure 44 is a partial cross-sectional view of the power tool shown in Figure 43 taken along the line M-M.
- 1 to 8 show a power tool 100 of a first embodiment of the present invention.
- the power tool 100 of the present embodiment includes a housing 2, a motor (not shown) housed in the housing 2, and an output rod 6 driven by a motor through a transmission mechanism.
- the transmission mechanism includes a motion changing mechanism operative to drive the output rod in a first motion mode of output reciprocating motion and a second motion mode of output rotational motion, thereby greatly improving the application range of the power tool 100.
- the motion changing mechanism includes a driving mechanism 10 and a mode switching mechanism.
- the mode switching mechanism includes a switching member 8 and a limiting mechanism 12 that are coupled to each other.
- the switching member 8 is movable between two positions. In the first position, the output rod 6 is in the first position. In a motion mode, the switching member 8 is disconnected from the driving mechanism 10 and connected to the housing 2 to fix the limiting mechanism 12 and the housing 2; in the second position, the output rod 6 is in the second motion mode, the switching member 8 and the driving The mechanism 10 is connected and the restriction mechanism 12 is fixed circumferentially with the output rod 6.
- the drive mechanism package 10 includes a drive body 9 that is rotated by a motor and a switching mechanism provided between the drive body 9 and the output lever 6, and the switch member 8 is coupled to the drive body 9 at the second position.
- the switching mechanism includes a cam groove 14 provided on one of the driving body 9 and the output lever 6, and a pushing member 16 provided on the other of the driving body 9 and the output lever 6.
- the cam groove 14 is disposed on the driving body 9.
- the driving body 9 of the embodiment is a hollow cylinder having a hollow receiving cavity
- the cam groove 14 is disposed on the inner surface of the driving body 9.
- the pushing member 16 is a steel ball
- the output rod 6 is provided with a counterbore 17 for partially accommodating the steel ball. In this way, after the motor drives the driving body 9 to rotate, the output rod 6 reciprocates while rotating by the cooperation of the cam groove 14 and the pushing member 16.
- the driving body 9 is a cylindrical hollow cylinder, and the cam groove 14 is provided on the inner surface of the driving body 9.
- the output rod 6 is partially received in the cavity of the driving body 9 and coaxial with the driving body 9. In this way, the structural arrangement of each component is reasonable, and the volume of the power tool can be reduced.
- the driving body 9 of the present embodiment includes a first driving member 18, a second driving member 20, and a first driving member 18 and a second driving member 20 are connected thereto. Together with the fixing member 22, a portion of the cam groove 14 is disposed on the first driving member 18, and the other portion is disposed on the second driving member 20.
- the cam groove 14 is divided into two portions along the center line of the channel thereof, and the two portions are respectively disposed on the first driving member 18 and the second driving member 20, that is, the cam grooves 14 are symmetrically distributed on the first driving member 18 and On the second driving member 20.
- the fixing member 22 of the embodiment is fixed by screwing with the first driving member 18 and the second driving member 20, and the connection is convenient and reliable.
- the embodiment can also have various modifications, such as setting the cam groove on the outer surface of the output rod, or arranging the cam groove on the outer surface of the driving body to facilitate the processing and manufacturing of the cam groove, and so on, no longer here. It is to be noted that as long as the functions and effects of the present invention are the same or similar to the present invention, they should be covered by the scope of the present invention.
- the restricting mechanism 12 is relatively fixed to the output rod 6 in the rotational direction of the output rod 6, i.e., the restricting mechanism 12 and the output rod 6 are circumferentially fixed without relative rotation.
- the restricting mechanism 12 includes a restricting member 26 that is rotatably sleeved on the output rod 6, and a rotation preventing mechanism that is disposed between the restricting member 26 and the output rod 6.
- the rotation preventing mechanism includes a first longitudinal groove 30 extending on the restricting member 26 in the axial direction of the output rod 6, a second longitudinal groove 32 extending on the output rod 6 in the axial direction thereof, and a first longitudinal direction
- the long groove 30 and the second longitudinal groove 32 connect the restricting member 26 and the output rod 6 to the connecting member 28 circumferentially.
- the connecting member 28 is slidably engaged with the first longitudinal groove 30 and the second longitudinal groove 32 in the axial direction of the output rod 6, so that the output rod 6 and the limiting member 26 are circumferentially fixed while the output rod 6 can smoothly reciprocate
- the connecting member 28 of the present embodiment is preferably a steel ball, and the matching of the steel ball and the longitudinal groove makes the output rod reciprocate smoothly and smoothly.
- the connecting member 28 may use a cylindrical pin.
- the drive mechanism 10 determines the reciprocating stroke of the output rod 6, and the sum of the lengths of the first longitudinal groove 30 and the second longitudinal groove 32 is greater than or equal to the reciprocating stroke of the output rod 6, so that the rotation stop mechanism does not limit the reciprocation of the output rod 6.
- the movement makes the output rod 6 move smoothly.
- the sum of the lengths of the first longitudinal groove 30 and the second longitudinal groove 32 allows the output rod 6 to move smoothly, so that only the second second elongated groove 32 is required to be provided on the output rod 6.
- the output rod 6 moves smoothly, so that the strength of the output rod 6 can be ensured.
- the connecting member is fixedly connected to the limiting member, and only the longitudinal slot that is matched with the connecting member may be disposed on the output rod.
- the second driving member 20 is sleeved on the limiting member 26, and the first longitudinal slot 30 on the limiting member 26 is penetrated toward one end of the second driving member 20.
- the second driving member 20 abuts the limiting member 26 to serve as the first Longitudinal slot
- the first longitudinal groove 30 of the restricting member 26 may be closed at both ends.
- a rotation preventing mechanism that fixes both of them circumferentially is provided between the restricting member 26 and the output rod 6.
- the limiting mechanism and the output rod 6 are profiled to be circumferentially fixed, such as the portion where the limiting member is mated with the output rod is arranged in a regular polygon, without the need to provide an additional rotation preventing mechanism between the two,
- the restricting mechanism and the output rod 6 are circumferentially fixed and the output rod 6 is axially reciprocable.
- the switching member 8 is splined to the restriction mechanism 12. Specifically, the switching member 8 is provided with a first spline 34, and the restriction mechanism 12 is provided with a second spline 36 engageable with the first spline 34. Preferably, the switching member 8 is sleeved on the restriction member 26 of the restriction mechanism 12, the first spline 34 is disposed on the inner surface of the switching member 8, and the second spline 36 is disposed on the outer surface of the restriction member 26. When the first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are engaged, the switching member 8 is coupled to the restriction mechanism 12, particularly in the circumferential direction.
- first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are circumferentially disposed along the rotation direction of the output rod 6, and the circumferentially disposed first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are mated to connect the switching member 8 and the restriction.
- the member 26 is stably connected.
- the first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are disposed at an angle in the circumferential direction so that the two are sufficiently mated.
- the switching member 8 is splined to the driving body 9.
- the driving body 9 is provided with a third spline 38 that engages with the first spline 34.
- the switching member 8 can be sleeved on the second driving member 20 of the driving body 9, and the third spline 38 is disposed.
- the switching member 8 is connected to the drive body 9, in particular in a circumferentially fixed connection.
- first spline 34 and the third spline 38 are circumferentially disposed along the rotation direction of the output rod 6, and the circumferentially disposed first spline 34 and the third spline 38 are mated to switch the connector 8 and the first The two driving members 20 are stably connected.
- first splines 34 and the third splines 38 are disposed at an angle in the circumferential direction to make the two sufficiently mated.
- the restricting mechanism 12 and the driving body 9 have flush splines, that is, the second splines 36 and the second splines 38 are flush, and the switching member 8 slides along the axial direction of the output rod 6 to be at the first Switching between the position and the second position, when the switching member 8 is in the first position, the first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are engaged;
- FIG. 6 when the switching member 8 is in the second position, the first spline 34 is simultaneously Engagement with the second spline 36 and the third spline 38.
- the length of the second spline 36 along the axial direction of the output rod 6 is greater than the length of the third spline 38 along the axial direction of the output rod 6, thereby facilitating switching of the switching member 8 between the two positions.
- the restriction mechanism 12 and the drive body 9 are provided with oblique angles at the ends of the splines facing one side, and the ends of the splines of the switching member 8 are provided with oblique angles.
- the second spline 36 and the third spline 38 are provided with beveled ends toward the spline ends of one side of each other, and the ends of the first splines 34 are provided with oblique angles
- FIG. 4 An enlarged schematic view of the spline bevel 39 of the third spline 38 is exemplarily shown.
- the bevel angle of the first spline 34 and the second spline 36 is the same as the bevel angle and size of the third spline 38. It is provided that the switching member 8 can smoothly mesh with the second spline 36 and the third spline 38 during the axial slip.
- the switching member 8 will limit the mechanism 12 and the housing 2 in the first position.
- the connection is made to limit the rotation of the output rod 6 to cause the output rod 6 to output a reciprocating motion.
- the housing 2 is provided with a positioning member 40.
- the positioning member 40 is fixed to the housing 2 at least in the rotation direction of the output rod 6.
- the positioning member 40 of the embodiment preferably rotates with the housing 2 at the output rod 6. Both the direction and the axial direction are relatively fixed.
- a matching mechanism is disposed between the switching member 8 and the positioning member 40. When the switching member 8 is in the first position, the matching mechanism connects the switching member 8 with the position member 40 to connect the restriction mechanism 12 with the housing 2, and the switching member When the second position is 8, the switching member 8 is disengaged from the positioning member 40.
- the mating mechanism includes a protrusion 42 disposed on one of the switching member 8 and the positioning member 40, and a card slot 44 disposed on the other of the switching member 8 and the positioning member 40.
- the protrusion 42 is engaged with the card slot 44.
- the protrusion 42 is disengaged from the card slot 44.
- the protrusion 42 is disposed on the switching member 8, and the card slot 44 is disposed on the positioning member 40.
- the mating mechanism of the embodiment includes a plurality of pairs of mutually mating protrusions 42 and a card slot 44, and the plurality of pairs of protrusions 42 and the card slots 44 are symmetrically distributed with respect to the rotation axis XX of the output rod, thereby causing the switching member 8 A reliable and stable connection to the positioning member 40 in the first position.
- the even pairs of the mating protrusions 42 and the card slots 44 are provided.
- the even pairs of the protrusions 42 and the card slots 44 are divided into groups of different sizes, and the two pairs of protrusions 42 and the card slots 44 are located in a straight line.
- the embodiment can also have various modifications, such as disposing a protrusion on the positioning member and disposing the card slot on the switching member; setting a plurality of pairs of protrusions and a card slot, each pair of protrusions and the card slot are the same size so as not to Limit the position of the output rod; only a pair of protrusions and slots are provided to connect the switching member to the positioning member.
- the positioning member 40 is provided with a magnet 46, and the switching member 8 is made of metal which can be attracted by the magnet 46.
- the positioning member 40 is provided with a plurality of receiving holes 48 uniformly distributed circumferentially around the rotation axis XX of the output rod 6. The plurality of magnets 46 are respectively received in the plurality of receiving holes 48, so that the switching member 8 can be more reliable. Connected to the housing 2.
- the embodiment can also have various modifications, such as no overlapping protrusions and card slot connections between the switching member and the positioning member, but only through magnetic connection; no additional magnet is disposed on the positioning member, The positioning member and the switching member are themselves magnetic and can be attracted to each other.
- the power tool is provided with a mode control mechanism 50 that controls the axial movement of the switching member 8 to switch the switching member 8 between the first position and the second position.
- the mode control mechanism 50 includes an operating member 52 disposed on the housing 2, and the operating member 52 rotates to move the switching member 8 axially. The motion thus switches between the first position and the second position.
- a conversion channel 53 and a first cylindrical pin 58 slidable in the conversion channel 53 are disposed between the operating member 52 and the switching member 8.
- the conversion channel 53 includes a circumferential extension extending relative to the output rod 6.
- the first groove 56 of the output shaft 6 is disposed at an inclined axis XX.
- the axial width of the first channel 56 along the output rod 6 is greater than the diameter of the first pin-shaped post 58 to facilitate switching of the switching member 8 from the second position to the first position.
- the switching member 8 when the switching member 8 is switched from the second position toward the first position, there is a case where the protrusion 42 does not just snap into the card slot 44. At this time, the switching member 8 remains with the spline.
- the limiting member 26 is connected to the driving body 9, and the output rod 6 is rotatable. The output rod 6 rotates through the limiting member 26 to drive the switching member 8 and the driving body 9 to rotate, so that the protrusion 42 rotates and smoothly engages under the attraction of the magnet 46.
- the card slot 44, the final switching member 8 is smoothly switched to the first position, and the axial width of the first channel 56 is larger than the diameter of the first cylindrical pin 58 to allow the switching member 8 to be switched from the second position to the first position. Space, convenient conversion of the switching member 8.
- the first connecting rod 54 is fastened to the switching member 8, and the first channel 56 is disposed on the operating member 52, and the first cylindrical pin 58 is disposed.
- the switching member 8 of the embodiment is provided with an annular groove 60, and the end of the first link 54 facing away from the cylindrical pin 58 is provided with a semicircular cassette 62. The cassette 62 is snapped into the annular groove 60 to connect the first link 54 and the switching member 8.
- the embodiment can also have various modifications, such as disposing a cylindrical pin on the operating member, and disposing the first channel on the first connecting rod; the operating member is fixedly connected with the switching member so that the operating member is along the axial direction of the output rod The slip-driven switching member switches between the first position and the second position.
- Figure 5 shows the first state in which the switching member 8 is in the first position such that the output rod 6 is in the output reciprocating motion. 3 and 5, the motor drives the output rod 6 to reciprocate while rotating by the driving mechanism 10.
- the positioning member 40 is fixed relative to the housing at least in the rotation direction of the output rod 6, and the first cylindrical pin 58 is fixed. Located at one end of the first channel 56, the switching member 8 is at the first position. At this time, the switching member 8 is connected to the positioning member 40 by the engagement of the protrusion 42 and the card slot 44 and the attraction of the magnet 46.
- the restricting member 26 is coupled by the engagement of the first spline 34 and the second spline 36, whereby the restricting member 26 is coupled to the housing 2 via the switching member 8 so that the restricting member 26 cannot be rotated, and the output
- the rod 6 is fixed circumferentially with the restricting member 26 so that the output rod 6 is also unable to rotate, and the output rod 6 outputs a reciprocating motion.
- the operator rotates the operating member 52 to slide the first cylindrical pin 58 from one end to the other along the inclined first channel 56.
- the first cylindrical pin 58 is displaced along the axial direction of the output rod 6, thereby driving the switching.
- the piece 8 is displaced along the axial direction of the output rod 6, and the switching member is gradually switched from the first position shown in FIG. 5 to the second position shown in FIG. 6, at which time the switching member 8 and the positioning member 40 are disengaged and the switching member 8 is removed.
- the first spline 34 simultaneously engages with the second spline 36 of the restricting member 26 and the third spline 38 of the driving body 9, so that the switching member 8 integrally connects the restricting member 26 and the driving body 9, and at the same time, due to the output rod 6 and the restricting member 26 are circumferentially fixed, whereby the output rod 6 and the driving body 9 are integrally coupled to the driving body 9, and the output rod 6 outputs a rotational motion.
- the operation method of the power tool 100 for switching from the rotary mode to the reciprocating mode is similar, and the only difference is the direction of rotation of the operating member 52, which will not be described herein.
- a first holding mechanism and a second holding mechanism for holding the switching members 8 in the first position and the second position, respectively, are provided between the housing and the switching member 8.
- the first holding mechanism and the second holding mechanism are disposed between the housing and the operating member 52 to maintain the operating member 52 in the first position and the second position, thereby maintaining the switching member 8 in the first position and the second position.
- the first holding mechanism includes an elastic protrusion 64 provided on one of the housing 2 and the operating member 52, and a groove provided on the other of the housing 2 and the operating member 52 to be engaged with the elastic protrusion 64 66.
- the structure of the second holding mechanism is the same as that of the first holding mechanism, and includes elastic protrusions provided on one of the housing 2 and the operating member 52, and is disposed in both the housing 2 and the operating member 52. The other groove that is mated with the elastic protrusion.
- the operating member 52 is provided with an elastic protrusion 64, and the housing 2 is provided with two recesses 66 (only one is shown).
- the elastic protrusion 64 includes a spring 68 fixedly coupled to the operating member 52 and a hollow boss 70 sleeved on the spring 68.
- the end of the boss 70 is hemispherical to facilitate snapping or disengaging the groove; the groove 66 is disposed and the housing
- the fixedly connected ring members 72 are disposed around the circumference of the ring member 72.
- the transmission mechanism further includes a speed changing mechanism disposed between the motor and the motion converting mechanism, the speed changing mechanism including a speed reducing mechanism and a shifting switching mechanism.
- the speed reduction mechanism is a planetary gear reduction mechanism including a first planetary gear train 74 and a second planetary gear train 76 that are sequentially connected.
- the driving body 9 is coaxial with the motor output shaft
- the output rod 6 is coaxial with the driving body 9.
- the final output rod 6 is coaxial with the motor output shaft, and the whole machine is arranged reasonably, which can minimize the power.
- the volume of the tool 100 is a speed changing mechanism disposed between the motor and the motion converting mechanism, the speed changing mechanism including a speed reducing mechanism and a shifting switching mechanism.
- the speed reduction mechanism is a planetary gear reduction mechanism including a first planetary gear train 74 and a second planetary gear train 76 that are sequentially connected.
- the driving body 9 is coaxial with the motor output shaft
- the output rod 6 is coaxial with the driving body 9.
- the shifting switching mechanism is the internal spur 78 of the second planetary gear train 76, and the internal spur 78 is along the axis of the output rod 6.
- the direction can be moved between two positions, as shown in FIG. 5, in the first position, the internal gum 78 is disengaged from the housing 2, the second planetary gear train 76 is inactive, and the drive body 9 is higher in the first position.
- Rotational speed as shown in FIG.
- the internal spur 78 meshes with the housing 2, and the second planetary gear 76 further decelerates the rotation of the output of the first planetary gear train 74, and the drive body 9
- the lower second rotation speed is rotated; in this embodiment, the inner spur 78 and the housing 2 are mated with the slot by the protrusion or by the circumferential spline, and will not be described herein.
- the power tool 100 is provided with a shift control mechanism 80 for controlling the internal gum 78 to switch between the first position and the second position.
- the shift control mechanism 80 includes an operating member disposed on the housing 2, and the operating member rotates to drive the internal gums. 78 axial movement.
- the operating member of the shift control mechanism 80 and the operating member 52 of the mode control mechanism 50 are the same component, that is, the operating member 52 is simultaneously connected to the switching member 8 and the internal gum 78, thereby simultaneously controlling the switching member 8 and
- the position of the internal spur 78 which in turn controls the mode switching and shifting of the power tool 100, is convenient to operate.
- two operating members are provided on the casing to control the positions of the switching members and the internal spurs, thereby controlling the mode switching and shifting of the power tool, respectively.
- a shifting groove 81 and a second cylindrical pin 84 slidable in the shifting groove 8 1 are provided between the operating member 52 and the internal spur 78, and the shifting groove 8 1 includes the circumferential direction of the output rod 6.
- a second channel 82 extending and arranged obliquely with respect to the axis of rotation XX of the output rod 6.
- the second channel 82 is disposed on the operating member 2, and the inner tooth cymbal 78 is connected to the operating member 52, and the inner connecting rod 78 is connected with the second connecting rod 86, the second column.
- the pin 84 is provided on the second link 86. The manner in which the second link 86 and the inner ring 78 are coupled is the same as that of the first link 54 and the switch member 8, and details are not described herein.
- the longest distance the second cylindrical pin 84 moves in the second channel 82 and the longest distance the first cylindrical pin 58 moves in the first channel 56 in the circumferential direction 6 of the output rod In the same way, when the rotation of the operating member 52 causes the internal spur 78 to move in the axial direction of the output rod 6 to shift, the axial movement of the switching member 8 along the output rod 6 is also simultaneously in place to switch the mode, the operating cylinder Single convenient.
- the conversion channel 53 further includes a third channel in communication with the first channel 56. 88, the third channel 88 extends in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 and is perpendicular to the rotation axis XX of the output rod 6, and the shift channel 81 further includes a fourth channel 90 communicating with the second channel 82, the fourth channel 90 extends in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 and is inclined with respect to the rotation axis XX of the output rod 6, and the first cylindrical pin 58 and the second cylindrical pin 84 move simultaneously in the first channel 56 and the second channel 82, respectively.
- the moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 is the same; the first cylindrical pin 58 and the second cylindrical pin 84 move simultaneously in the third groove 88 and the fourth groove 90, respectively, and have the same moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod. .
- the first cylindrical pin 58 slides in a third groove 88 extending in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 and perpendicular to the rotation axis XX of the output rod 6, and the switching member 8 is not displaced in the axial direction of the output rod, thereby switching
- the member 8 is held in one of the first position and the second position and the output rod 6 maintains the output rotation or reciprocation; and the second cylindrical pin 84 extends in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 and opposite the axis of rotation of the output rod 6.
- the fourth groove 90 of the XX tilting is slid, and the internal spur 78 is displaced along the axial direction of the output rod 6, so that the internal spurs 78 rotate the driving body 9 at different first and second rotational speeds, respectively.
- the power tool 100 of the present embodiment has two modes of high speed and low speed when the output rod 6 outputs rotation or reciprocating motion, which is convenient for the operator to select.
- the third channel 88 extends at one end of the first channel 58 corresponding to the second position of the switching member 8, whereby the power tool 100 of the present embodiment has two modes of high speed and low speed for outputting the output rod 6 when outputting the rotary motion. The choice is more in line with the needs of the operator.
- the output rod of the power tool 100 of the present embodiment has three working states of high speed reciprocating, low speed rotation, and high speed rotation, which is more in line with the operator's use requirements.
- the first cylindrical pin 58 is located at the end of the first channel 56 away from the third channel 58, and the switching member 8 is located at a first position that engages with the positioning member 40 on the housing 2.
- the output rod 6 outputs a reciprocating motion; at the same time, the second cylindrical pin 84 is located at the end of the second channel 82 away from the fourth channel 90, and the internal spur 78 is in a first position disengaged from the housing, the driving body 9 At high speed, the final output rod 6 outputs high speed reciprocating motion.
- the operating member 52 rotates, the first cylindrical pin 58 slides along the inclined first channel 56, and the second cylindrical pin 84 slides along the inclined second channel 82, gradually shifting to a low speed rotation as shown in FIG.
- the first cylindrical pin 58 is located at the end of the first channel 56 near the third channel 88, and the axial movement of the switching member 8 is switched from the first position to the second position to be disengaged from the positioning member 40 on the housing.
- the output rod 6 outputs a rotational motion
- the second cylindrical pin 84 moves to the end of the second channel 82 near the fourth channel 90, and the internal spur 78 moves axially to the second engagement with the housing 2.
- the driving body 9 rotates at a low speed
- the output rod 6 outputs a low-speed rotational motion.
- the operating member 52 continues to rotate, and the first cylindrical pin 58 slides in the third groove 88 perpendicular to the rotation axis of the output rod 6, the position of the switching member 8 does not change, and the output rod 6 keeps rotating, at the same time,
- the second cylindrical pin 84 slides along the inclined fourth channel 90 to drive the internal spur 78 to move axially, and gradually shifts to a high-speed rotational motion as shown in FIG. 7, at which time, the first cylindrical pin 58 is located in the third slot.
- the track 88 is away from the end of the first channel 56, the switching member 8 is maintained in the second position without axial movement, the output rod 6 remains in the rotated state, and at the same time, the second cylindrical pin 84 is located in the fourth channel 90.
- the ends of the fourth channel 90 and the second channel 82 away from each other are on the same line in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6, and the internal gum 78 is switched to disengage from the housing.
- the driving body 9 rotates at a high speed, and finally the output rod 6 outputs a high-speed rotational motion.
- the elastic projections 64 provided on the operating member 52 are respectively engaged with the two recesses 66 provided in the ring member 72 of the housing 2, so that the switching members 8 are respectively held in the first position and the second position, thereby
- the output rod 6 is maintained in a rotating or reciprocating working state.
- the output rod 6 has three states of high speed reciprocating, low speed rotation and high speed rotation.
- three grooves 66 can be disposed on the ring member 72, and the elastic protrusions 64 on the operating member 52 are respectively matched with the three grooves.
- the output rods 6 are respectively held in one of the above three states, and Fig. 6 shows a state in which the elastic projections 64 are engaged with one of the grooves 66 to keep the output rods rotated at a low speed.
- the output rods can have various working states by changing the settings of the channels. If only the first channel and the second channel are provided, the output rod has only two states of high-speed rotation (or reciprocating) and low-speed reciprocating (or rotating); for example, the third channel corresponds to the switching member in the first channel. One end of the first position extends so that the output rod input has two states of high speed and low speed when reciprocating.
- the transition groove 53 and the end of the shifting groove 8 1 are flush, so that only the smaller operating member 52 can simultaneously provide the switching groove 53 and the shifting groove 81, so that the power tool 100 compact.
- the same function can be achieved by staggering the ends of the transfer channel 53 and the shifting channel 8 1 .
- the power tool 100 further includes a handle 7 connected to the housing 2, and the handle 7 is provided with a switch 3 for controlling the motor.
- the power tool 100 of the present embodiment is held by both hands of the operator, and the switch 3 and the operating member 52 are separately controlled by both hands. Thereby, the power tool 100 can be firmly held to output the output rod 6 in a stable working state, and the switch 3 and the operating member 52 are controlled by different hands, and the switch 3 and the operating member 52 can be reliably controlled.
- the handle 7 is provided with a first holding area 99, and the second holding area 97 is disposed on the housing 2.
- the first holding area 99 and the second holding area 97 are spaced apart, and the switch 3 is disposed at the first position.
- the operating member 52 is disposed on the second holding area 97, so that the operator can hold one hand on the first holding area 99 and hold the handle and control the switch 3, and the other hand is placed Holding the housing 2 on the second holding area 97 and controlling the operating member 52 is reliable and convenient.
- the first grip area 99 is at least partially disposed on the handle 7, and the second grip area 97 is disposed on the housing 2. Thereby, the operator's two hands grip the handle 7 and the housing 2, respectively, so that the power tool 100 is firmly gripped. Holding, and thus the output rod 6 can output a stable working state.
- the angle between the handle 7 and the casing 2 is an angle between straight lines extending in both directions.
- the first grip area 99 is disposed at the junction of the handle 7 and the housing 2.
- the second holding area 97 is disposed at one end of the housing away from the handle.
- the output rod 6 projects from the end portion 91 of the housing 2 away from the handle 7.
- the first holding area 99 includes a first grip 98 for gripping the tiger's mouth of the operator's hand
- the second gripping area 97 includes a second grip for the operator's hand to pass through the housing.
- the plane of the central axis of 2 is bounded.
- the housing 2 is divided into two opposite sides by the central axis of the housing 2 and perpendicular to the plane of the paper of FIG. 1, the first grip 95 And the second grip are located on different sides of the housing, respectively.
- the switch 3 is disposed at a position opposite to the first grip portion 98.
- the switch 3 is disposed on the first holding area 99 on the side of the relatively small angle between the handle 7 and the housing 2.
- the switch 3 is provided with a wavy grip 5 which guides the user to place a finger thereon and controls the switch 3.
- the tiger's mouth is aligned with the first grip portion 98 to hold the handle 7 and the finger is placed on the grip portion 5 to control the switch 3.
- the casing 2 With the plane passing through the central axis of the casing 2 bounded, the casing 2 is divided into opposite sides by the central axis of the casing 2 and perpendicular to the plane of the paper of Fig. 1, the operating member 52 and the The two grips are respectively located on different sides of the housing, that is, the operating member 52 is disposed at a position opposite to the second grip.
- the position of the power tool shown in Fig. 1 is determined as the "up” and “down” positions, the operating member 52 is disposed one above the second holding portion.
- the operating member 52 is disposed on the second holding area 97 on the side of the relatively large angle between the handle 7 and the housing 2.
- the second grip portion of the second holding portion 97 is provided with a grip guiding portion 89.
- the grip guiding portion 89 includes a recessed portion 85 and a convex portion 87 which are spaced apart in the circumferential direction of the housing 2, and the outer surface of the convex portion 87 is recessed with respect to the other outer surface portion of the housing 2.
- the grip guide portion 89 guides the operator to align the tiger's mouth of the hand with the second grip portion and holds the housing 2 in the circumferential direction of the housing 2 and controls the operating member 52 with a finger.
- the position of the control member 52 is adjusted to determine the working state of the power tool 100, and then the switch 3 is activated to operate the power tool 100.
- the control member 52 is usually not moved to switch the work of the power tool 100. Status to ensure safety.
- the operator's two hands hold the power tool 100; and the tiger's mouth of both hands are respectively aligned with the opposite sides of the power tool (one in FIG. 1).
- the power tool 100 is used to achieve a balanced grip effect, and the two hands respectively control the switch 2 and the operating member 52 to ensure effective control of the switch 2 and the operating member 52.
- the handle 7 and the housing 2 are disposed at an obtuse angle to be ergonomic and convenient for the operator to hold. A reasonable angle can be set according to actual needs. In addition to the obtuse angle, the handle 7 and the housing 2 can be disposed at right angles.
- Fig. 8 shows a power tool 200 of a second embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 8 integrates two positions of the switching member 8, in the upper half of the axis of rotation X-X, the switching member 8 is in the second position; in the lower half of the axis of rotation X-X, the switching member 8 is in the first position.
- the main difference between the power tool 200 and the power tool 100 of the first embodiment is that the positioning member 40 of the embodiment is relatively fixed to the housing 2 in the circumferential direction of the output rod 2, but the positioning member 40 is axially movable relative to the housing 2.
- a spring 92 is disposed between the positioning member 40 and the housing 2.
- the spring 92 in the first position, when the switching member 8 is in the first position, the spring 92 is in a free state, and the positioning member 40 is not forced to move toward the switching member 8, so that the spring 92 does not push the switching member 8 to move toward the second position, thereby avoiding Misoperation.
- the spring 92 can also be in a compressed state.
- the housing 2 is provided with a mechanism for limiting the axial displacement of the positioning member 40.
- the housing 2 of the embodiment is provided with a positioning pin (not shown) extending along the axial direction of the output rod 6.
- the positioning member 40 is provided with a hole for mating with the positioning pin, so that the positioning member 40 is
- the housing 2 is circumferentially fixed but axially movable relative to the structure of the cartridge.
- FIGS 9 through 22 illustrate a clamping device 401 suitable for use with the power tool of the present invention.
- the clamping device 401 can be applied to the power tool provided by the various embodiments of the present invention.
- the output rod 6 of the power tool 100 does not itself process the workpiece. After being connected to the working head 308, the working head 308 is moved in synchronization with it to machine the workpiece. When the power tool 100 is working, it is necessary to change the working head frequently. To facilitate the connection between the working head 308 and the output rod 6, the output rod 6 is connected with a clamping device. At 401, the working head 308 is fixed to the output rod 6 by the clamping device 401 and moves in synchronization with the output rod 6.
- the working head 308 of the embodiment includes a first working head 309 and a second working head 310. The first working head 308 and the second working head 310 are connected to the clamping device 401. The shape of the connecting portion is different.
- the first working head 309 includes a first connecting portion 311 connected to the clamping device 401 and a first working portion 312 for reciprocally moving the workpiece.
- the first connecting portion 311 and the first working portion 312 may be integrally formed, or may be separately formed and then fixedly connected, such as welded together.
- the first working head 309 is a standard jig saw blade
- the first connecting portion 311 includes a sheet-like body 313 and two lugs 314 protruding outward from the sheet-like body 313; the first working portion 312 Longitudinal column serrations 315 are provided to cut the workpiece.
- the workpiece can also be sanded by providing abrasive particles in the first working portion 312.
- the second working head 310 includes a second connecting portion 316 connected to the clamping device 401 and a second working portion 317 for rotationally moving the workpiece.
- the second connecting portion 316 and the second working portion 317 may be integrally formed, or may be separately formed and then fixedly connected, such as welded together.
- the second working head 310 is a standard hexagonal drill or a hexagonal bit.
- the second connecting portion 316 has a hexagonal column shape and is provided with a circumferentially extending curved groove 318.
- the second working portion 317 Set up a cross batch, one-word batch for drilling or screwing the workpiece.
- the clamping device 401 of the embodiment can hold two different working heads, which greatly expands the use range of the clamping device, and greatly facilitates the use of the consumer.
- the power tool 100 drives the first working head 309 clamped on the clamping device 401 to reciprocate the workpiece; or the driving clamp is clamped to the clamping device.
- the second working head 310 on the 401 rotates and moves the workpiece, thereby requiring only one power tool 100 and one clamping device 401 to cooperate with different working heads, thereby realizing the functions of the reciprocating tool and the rotating tool.
- the clamping device 401 can also be coupled to an output rod of a power tool that can only output a motion mode, such as an output shaft of a reciprocating saw or an electric drill, where the clamping device is typically only used to hold a working head.
- a motion mode such as an output shaft of a reciprocating saw or an electric drill
- the clamping device 401 includes a mounting member 402 and a clamping mechanism 406.
- Mounting member 402 is coupled to output rod 6.
- the mounting member 402 has a rod shape, preferably a cylindrical rod shape.
- the mounting member 402 is fixedly coupled to the output rod 6, and preferably the mounting member 402 is welded to the output rod 6.
- the mounting member 402 is of any other shape and is fixedly coupled to the output rod 6 by any other means, such as by a connecting pin, or integrally formed.
- the mounting member 402 is provided with a receiving portion 408 for receiving a connecting portion of the working head.
- the accommodating portion 408 includes a first accommodating portion 410 and a second accommodating portion 412 having different shapes.
- Combination diagram The first receiving portion 410 is configured to receive the first connecting portion 3 1 1 of the first working head 309
- the second receiving portion 412 is configured to receive the second connecting portion 3 16 of the second working head 3 10 .
- the first receiving portion 410 includes a first abutting portion 414 and a second abutting portion 420 and a receiving space 416 between the first abutting portion 414 and the second abutting portion 420.
- the first abutting portion 414 and the second abutting portion 420 extend a length along the axial length of the output rod 6.
- the two abutting portions are in the shape of a bayonet, and each abutting portion has an abutting surface 418 for abutting the first connecting portion 3 1 1 , and the two abutting surfaces 418 cooperate to connect the first connecting portion.
- a reliable card is attached to it.
- the projection of the abutment surface 418 is an arc or a fold line, so as to be set regardless of the thickness of the first joint portion.
- the abutting portion can reliably clamp the first connecting portion therein.
- the housing 2 of the power tool 100 includes two half shells that are butted, and on the plane perpendicular to the axis of the output rod 6 (i.e., the paper surface on which Fig. 10 is located), the center line L of the first housing portion 410 is located in two halves.
- the projection of the two abutments is transverse to the projection of the mating wires 4 of the two half-shells.
- the first receiving portion 410 can accommodate the first working head at a specific angle with respect to the housing 2, thereby allowing the first working head to machine the workpiece at a specific angle with respect to the housing, facilitating the use of the operator.
- providing an abutting portion having a plane abutting surface parallel to the axis X of the output rod may also sandwich the first connecting portion of the first working head between the two abutting portions.
- the second receiving portion 412 is a polygonal receiving hole.
- the polygonal receiving hole includes a polygonal blocking portion and a space surrounding the polygonal blocking portion.
- the second receiving portion 412 extends a distance along the axial length of the output rod 6 from the free end 403 of the mounting member 402 away from the output rod 6 .
- the second receiving portion 412 is a regular polygonal receiving hole. More preferably, the second receiving portion 412 is a regular hexagonal or regular twelve-square receiving hole. Since the connection between the conventional standard drill bit and the bit is mostly hexagonal or twelve-sided, the embodiment is a square or a positive ten.
- the square second receiving hole matches the standard drill bit and the bit. This is set up, eliminating the need to design an additional second working head and saving costs.
- a receiving hole of any shape such as a circular receiving hole, etc., which matches the shape of the connecting portion of the second working head as needed.
- the first receiving portion 410 and the second receiving portion 412 partially overlap.
- the volume of the mounting member 402 can be greatly reduced, thereby reducing the volume of the entire clamping device 401, facilitating the operation of the clamping device 401 in a narrow space.
- the axes of the first receiving portion 410 and the second receiving portion 412 coincide, and the axis is the center line L of the first receiving portion 410.
- the second housing portion 412 may be provided on the basis of the first housing portion 410.
- the first receiving portion 410 includes two bayonet-shaped abutting portions
- the second receiving portion 412 includes outwards from the edges of the two abutting portions. Extending the formed circumferential blocking portion. Therefore, the first accommodating portion 410 and the second accommodating portion 412 share the accommodating space S between the edges of the two splicing portions (the area enclosed by the broken line in FIG. 10), and the accommodating space has a rectangular cross section, and the rectangular shape
- the length is the distance between the two edges of the two sides of the abutting portion
- the width is the distance between the edges of the two sides of the same 4 ⁇ joint.
- the first housing portion 410 may be provided on the basis of the second housing portion 412.
- the second receiving portion 412 includes a regular polygonal blocking portion
- the first receiving portion 410 includes two bayonet-shaped abutting portions that are outwardly extended from the centers of the two opposite edges of the regular polygonal blocking portion. Therefore, the first accommodating portion 410 and the second accommodating portion 412 share the accommodating space S at the center of the second accommodating portion 412 (a region surrounded by a broken line in FIG. 10), and the accommodating space has a rectangular cross section, and the length of the rectangular portion
- the distance between the opposite edges of the positive multi-shaped receiving portion is the distance between the two edges of the same abutting portion.
- first receiving portion and the second receiving portion disposed side by side may respectively receive the first working head and the second working head, and cooperate with the clamping mechanism to respectively clamp the first working head and the second working head .
- the mounting member 402 is also provided with a stop portion that limits the insertion depth of the working head.
- the mounting member 402 of the present embodiment can accommodate the first connecting portion 311 of the first working head 309 and the second connecting portion 316 of the second working head 310 , and the first connecting portion 311 and The shape and length of the second connecting portion 316 are not equal. Therefore, referring to FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, the mounting member 402 is provided with a first stopping portion 417 for limiting the insertion depth of the first working head 309; see FIG. 13, installation A second stop 419 that limits the depth of insertion of the second working head 308 is also disposed on the member 402.
- the main connecting portion 311 is inserted into the first receiving portion when the first connecting portion 311 is inserted into the clamping device 401.
- the mounting member 402 has a notch 415 extending axially away from the free end 403 of the output rod 6, and the notch 415 is along the output rod 6.
- the first stop portion 417 is a distal end of the second abutment portion 420.
- the first stop portion 417 is an end of the notch 415.
- the mounting member 402 is further provided with a card hole 413 opposite to the notch 415 and away from the free end 403.
- the 413 penetrates a section of the first abutting portion 414.
- the end of the card hole 413 away from the free end 403 is flush with the end of the notch 415, that is, flush with the first stopping portion 417. Therefore, the card hole 413 is away from the free end 403.
- One end can also be used as the first stop. thus.
- the first working head 309 When the first working head 309 is inserted into position, the first working head 309 can be pressed in the direction in which the card hole 413 is located, and the other of the lugs 314 can be inserted into the card hole 413, and the first working head 309 can be inserted into position. .
- the notch 415 and the hole 413 of the present embodiment penetrate the abutting portion.
- the notch 415 and the hole 413 may block the lug 314 and may not penetrate the abutting portion.
- the second receiving portion 412 is a regular polygonal receiving hole extending along the axial direction of the output rod.
- the second stopper portion 419 is a stepped surface at which the second receiving portion 412 extends.
- the clamping mechanism holds the first connecting portion 31 1 in the first receiving portion 410, so that the first working head 309 and the output
- the rod 6 is synchronously moved to process the workpiece; after the second connecting portion 3 16 of the second working head 3 10 is inserted into the second receiving portion 412, the clamping mechanism 406 holds the second connecting portion 3 16 in the second receiving portion 412.
- the second working head 3 10 is moved in synchronization with the output rod 6 to machine the workpiece.
- the clamping mechanism 406 includes a locking member 422 that moves in a radial direction of the output rod 6, moving the locking member 422 between a first position of the locking working head and a second position of the release working head.
- the pressing member 424 presses the pressing member 424 to bias the pressing member 424 in the first position.
- the mounting member 402 is provided with a receiving groove 409 communicating with the receiving portion 408 .
- the locking member 422 is received in the receiving groove 409 and protrudes from the outer surface of the mounting member 402 . After the portion 408, the locking member 422 presses the working head between the locking member 422 and the receiving portion 408 under the action of the pressing member 424.
- the locking member 422 is a pressing pin, and the pressing pin is provided with a circumferentially extending engaging groove 428 for engaging the working head, and the cross section of the engaging groove 428 is gradually decreased from the opening to the inner width.
- the engaging groove 428 includes a engaging surface 430 for engaging the working head.
- the projection of the engaging surface 430 is an opening. Opposite arc or polyline.
- the engaging groove 428 can be engaged with the first working head 309 of different thicknesses, and can also be conveniently engaged with the curved recesses 3 18 of the second working head 3 10 .
- the locking member is provided as a steel ball, and the circumferentially extending engaging groove is no longer provided on the pressing pin, and the working head can be directly pressed by the pressing pin.
- the pressing member 424 is moved in the axial direction of the output rod 6 to press or release the locking member 422 having an inclined 432 which is inclined with respect to the axial direction of the output rod 6.
- the different positions of the inclined surface 432 are in contact with the locking member 422, so that the locking member 422 can be changed between the two positions of the locking and releasing working head; when the locking member 422 is in the locking position, the different positions and the locking of the inclined surface 432
- the tightening member 422 is in contact with the locking member 422 to lock the working heads of different sizes.
- the different positions of the gradual inclined surface 432 of the embodiment cooperate with the locking member 422 to enable the locking member 422 to be in a plurality of different states, so that the clamping device 401 can clamp the working heads of different sizes, thereby greatly improving the clamping device.
- the scope of application of 401 is not limited.
- the distance of the slope from the direction toward the output rod 6 and the axis X of the output rod 6 is gradually increased, so that the pressing member 424 moves away from the output rod 6 to gradually release the locking member 422 to release.
- Work head the distance of the slope from the direction toward the output rod 6 and the axis X of the output rod 6 is gradually reduced, so that the pressing member 424 is gradually moved away from the output rod 6 to gradually release the locking member 422. Therefore, the work head can be released.
- a guide is provided between the pressing member 424 and the mounting member 402, and the guiding member maintains the pressing member 424 to move in the axial direction of the output rod 6.
- the guiding device includes a protrusion 436 extending in an axial direction of the output rod 6 disposed on one of the mounting member 402 and the pressing member 424, and the other of the mounting member 402 and the pressing member 424 is engaged with the protrusion 436
- the guiding groove 438 cooperates to move the guiding groove 438 only in the extending direction of the protrusion 436, so that the pressing member 424 can only move in the axial direction of the output rod 6.
- the guiding groove 438 is open near one end of the output rod 6, and is closed away from the end of the output rod 6.
- the open end of the guiding groove 438 can conveniently mount the pressing member 424 on the mounting member 402 in the direction of the output rod 6;
- the closed end limits the position of the pressing member 424.
- the pressing member 424 is located at an extreme position close to the output rod 6.
- the pressing member 424 is an annular pressing member that is sleeved on the mounting member 402.
- the inclined surface 432 is spaced apart from the guiding device.
- the inclined surface 432 is disposed opposite to the guiding device, so that the two functions do not affect each other.
- the biasing member 426 is a compression spring, and the mounting member 402 is connected with a stopping device 440.
- the biasing member 426 is abutted against the pressing member 424, and the other end is abutted against the stopping device 440.
- the biasing member 426 of the cone-shaped spring is sleeved on the outer surface of the annular pressing member 424.
- the pressing member 424 protrudes from the ridge 441 of the biasing member 426.
- the ridges 441 of the embodiment are two, and the relative output is
- the rod axis X is symmetrically disposed to reliably block the biasing member, and the two ridges are disposed oppositely to the annular member around the entire circumference of the pressing member 424 to reduce the weight of the ring member 424.
- the stop means 440 includes a resilient latch 442 embedded in the mounting member 402, a ring cover 446 abutting the resilient latch 442, and the other end of the biasing member 426 abutting the ring cover 446.
- the biasing member 426 is movable between the two extreme positions shown in Figures 13 and 16, in the free state shown in Figure 13, the biasing member 426 is compressed such that the closed end 439 of the guide slot 438 abuts the projection 436. Thereby, the pressing member 424 is located at an extreme position close to the output rod 6. At the extreme position of the ready-to-clamp shown in FIG. 16, the pressing member 424 is moved against the biasing force of the biasing member 426 in a direction away from the output rod 6 to a position abutting against the ring cover 446, at which time the pressing member 424 is located. Keep away from the other extreme position of the output rod 6.
- the clamping device further includes an operating member 448 coupled to the compression member 424 and driving the movement of the compression member 424.
- the operating member 448 is engaged with the pressing member 424 such that the operating member 448 moves in the axial direction of the output rod 6 to move the pressing member 424 in the axial direction of the output rod 6.
- the inner surface of the operating member 448 is provided with two sets of ribs 449, and the two sets of ribs 449 respectively clamp a ridge 441 on the pressing member 424 therein, thereby pressing the operating member 448 and pressing Pieces 424 are tightly matched.
- the pressing members 424 are all made of metal, preferably made of alloy steel with good strength, but the pressing member 424 made of metal does not provide a good operation interface.
- the component 448 is made of plastic, and the operator pushes the plastic operating component 448 to move the metal pressing member 424 to press or release the workpiece head, and the operation interface is friendly and convenient and quick to operate.
- the operating member 448 extends along the axial direction of the output rod 6, one end is tightly fitted with the ridge 441 of the pressing member 424, and the other end is sleeved on the outer surface of the ring cover 446 and covers the biasing member 426. Protecting the biasing member 426 and preventing dust from entering the interior of the clamping device 401 causes the clamping device 401 to fail.
- the operating member 448 is further provided with a first letting groove 450 and a second letting groove 452 for respectively releasing the protrusion 436 and the locking member 422.
- the operating member 448 can be first set.
- the pressing member 424 is then snapped into the operating member 448, and finally the biasing member 426, the ring cover 446 and the latch 442 are sequentially loaded; or the pressing member 424 can be first engaged into the operating member 448.
- the two are sleeved together on the mounting member 402, and the biasing member 426, the ring cover 446 and the cassette 442 are sequentially loaded, thereby facilitating the assembly of the clamping device 401.
- FIG. 13 to 15 are cross-sectional views showing the clamping device in a free state, as shown in Fig. 13, at which time the biasing member 426 is compressed to close the closed end 439 of the guide groove 438 on the pressing member 424 with the mounting member.
- the protrusion 436 of the 402 abuts away from the end of the output rod 6.
- the pressing member 424 is located at the position closest to the output rod 6.
- the inclined surface 432 of the pressing member 424 abuts the end closest to the axis of the output rod 6 to abut the locking member 422 to lock
- the fastener 422 is retained within the receiving slot 409, and as shown in Figures 14 and 15, the locking member 422 partially extends into the receiving portion 408.
- the pressing member 424 When preparing to clamp the workpiece head, referring to FIG. 16, against the force of the biasing member 426, the pressing member 424 is moved by the operating member 448 in a direction away from the output rod 6 until the pressing member 424 abuts the ring cover 446.
- the end of the inclined surface 432 which is farthest from the axis X of the output rod 6 is aligned with the locking member 422. At this time, the inclined surface 432 does not abut the locking member 422, and the locking member 422 can be in the space between the receiving groove 409 and the inclined surface 432. activity.
- the pressing member 424 moves in the direction away from the output rod 6 during the process of releasing the locking member 422, and does not necessarily need to reach the position abutting the ring cover 446, and the locking member 409 is appropriately inserted to allow the working head to be inserted.
- the accommodating portion 408 can pass the position of the locking member 409.
- FIGs 17 and 18 show a cross-sectional view of the clamping device 401 holding the first working head 309. Specifically, the sheet-like main body 3 13 of the first connecting portion of the first working head 309 is inserted into the first receiving portion 410 by the notch 415, until one lug 3 14 abuts the first stopping portion 417, the first work The head 309 is inserted into position, the operating member 448 is released, and the biasing member 426 automatically urges the pressing member 424 to move in the direction of the output rod 6 to move the inclined surface 432 in the axial direction of the output rod 6 until the inclined surface 432 and the output rod 6 axis The portion closer to X is in contact with the locking member 422 and is tightly locked.
- the locking member 422 further presses the first working head between the locking member 422 and the abutting portion 414 of the first receiving portion 410 facing the locking member 422. During the pressing of the first working head 309, the locking member 422 presses the lug 314 away from the locking member 422 into the hole 413. The hole 413 receives the lug 314 and further positions the first working head 309. Of course, during operation, the operator can also press the first working head 309 away from the locking member 422 after the lug 314 near the locking member 422 abuts the first stopping portion 417, so as to be away from the locking. The lug 314 of the tightening member 422 first abuts into the hole 413, and then the operating member 448 is released to cause the locking member 422 to lock the first working head 309 in the first receiving portion 410.
- Figures 17 and 18 show a schematic view of the clamping device 401 holding a first working head 309 having a larger first dimension
- Figures 19 and 20 show the clamping device 401 clamping having a second, smaller size
- the first receiving portion 401 of the clamping device 401 is abutted.
- the joint can reliably resist the sheet-shaped working heads of different thicknesses.
- the clamping device 401 of the present embodiment can hold the first working head of different sizes and has a wide range of applications.
- the first lug 314 is inserted into the first receiving portion 410 and the first stopping portion 417 along the notch 415.
- the first lug 314 may be disengaged from the notch 415, and the card hole 413 is close to the output rod 6 and the first stop The flush end of the portion 417 abuts against the second lug 314 to prevent the working head from moving further in the direction toward the output rod 6.
- the second working head 310 can also be inserted into the second receiving portion 412, and the clamping mechanism automatically holds the second working head 310 in the second receiving portion 412. Specifically, after the clamping device 401 is in the ready-to-clamp state shown in FIG. 16, referring to FIG. 21 and FIG. 22, the second connecting portion 316 of the second working head 310 is inserted into the second receiving portion 412 to the second connecting portion 316.
- the second working head 310 Abutting the second stopping portion 419, the second working head 310 is inserted into position, the arcuate groove 318 on the second connecting portion 316 is just aligned with the receiving groove 409, the operating member 448 is released, and the biasing member 426 is automatically pushed.
- the pressing member 424 moves in a direction close to the output rod 6 to move the inclined surface 432 in the axial direction of the output rod 6 until the portion of the inclined surface 432 which is closer to the axis X of the output rod 6 contacts the locking member 422 and is pressed and locked.
- the member 422, the locking member 422 in turn presses the second working head 310 between the locking member 422 and the abutting portion of the second receiving portion 412 facing the locking member 422.
- the clamping device of the embodiment when the clamping device of the embodiment is in the ready-to-clamp state shown in FIG. 16, even if the locking member 422 is disengaged from the receiving groove 409, the inclined surface 432 is outputted in the direction of the clamping work head. During the directional movement of the rod 6, the locking member 422 can also be pushed into the receiving groove 409. Therefore, the clamping device of the embodiment uses the inclined surface 432 to press the locking member 422 to press the clamping mode of the working head.
- the assembly requirements of the device are not high, but the work is reliable.
- the first working head is not limited to a conventional jig saw blade, and other working heads having a sheet-like connecting portion may be inserted into the first receiving portion and held.
- the first accommodating portion After the first working head is held in the first accommodating portion, it is not limited to being driven by the power tool to reciprocate, and if the working portion is suitable for machining the workpiece by the power tool to rotate or otherwise move;
- the working head is not limited to a conventional drill bit, a bit, and other working heads that can be inserted into the second receiving portion and can be held in the second receiving portion; the working portion of the second working head is adapted to be driven by the power tool to reciprocate or other movements. Machining of workpieces is also possible.
- the difference of the power tool 100 of the first embodiment of the power tool 300 of the present embodiment mainly includes: the power tool 300 of the embodiment further includes a support member 320 movably connected to the housing 2 to meet the working condition of the workpiece Respond to different needs.
- the power tool 300 of the present embodiment further includes a support member 320 having a support surface 322.
- the support member 320 is movably coupled to the housing 2 and movable between a first position and a second position. In the first position shown in Fig. 24, the support surface 322 abuts against the workpiece. In the second position shown in Fig. 25, the support surface 322 does not abut against the workpiece.
- the support member 320 is in the first position, the support surface 322 is located within the working area; when the support member 320 is in the second position, the support surface 322 is located outside the working area, whereby the support member 320 is movably connected to the housing 2
- the support surface 322 is thus optionally located within or outside the work area.
- the working head includes a clamping portion that overlaps the clamping device 40 1 and a working portion that is coupled to the clamping portion, the area in which the working portion is located is the working area.
- the working area is a side of the plane away from the housing 2, centered on a plane perpendicular to the centerline X-X of the output rod 6 and abutting the distal end of the clamping device 401 away from the motor.
- the support surface 322 is located within the work area. At this time, the support surface 322 is away from the housing 2 with respect to the clamping device 40 1 on the side of the output rod 6 extending from the housing 2, and can abut against the workpiece. In the second position shown in FIG. 25, the support surface 322 is located outside the working area. At this time, the support surface 322 is close to the housing 2 with respect to the clamping device 40 1 on the side of the output rod 6 extending from the housing 2, Any hindrance to the machining of the workpiece by the working head clamped on the clamping device 40 1 .
- the support member 320 When the power tool 300 is in use, when the output lever 6 is in the first motion mode, the support member 320 can be located at the first position as shown in FIG. This kind of situation is generally applicable to the saw blade connected to the reciprocating cutting workpiece on the output rod 6. At this time, the power tool 300 is used as a reciprocating cutting workpiece to cut the workpiece, and the supporting surface 322 is located in the working area and can always abut against the workpiece to improve the cutting of the saw blade. Efficiency and cutting stability.
- the support member 320 When the output rod 6 is in the second motion mode and the power tool 300 reaches a particular processing state, the support member 320 can be in the first position as shown in FIG. This situation is generally applicable to the drill bit on the output rod 6 that is connected to the rotary motion by the rotary motion. At this time, the power tool 300 is used as a rotary tool, and the support surface 322 is located in the work area when the drill bit reaches a certain depth toward the workpiece. The workpiece can help the operator determine
- the output rod 6 extends longitudinally and has a centerline X-X.
- the support surface 322 is perpendicular to the center line X-X. In this way, whether the support surface 322 is directly against the workpiece or the support surface 322 abuts against the workpiece when the power tool 300 reaches a certain machining depth, the support surface 322 can be brought into maximum contact with the workpiece. , to facilitate the use of the power tool 300.
- the support surface 322 has other angles with the center line X-X, such as 30 degrees, 45 degrees, 60 degrees, and the like, which can also abut against the workpiece.
- the output rod 6 is in the second motion mode and the support member 320 can be in the second position as shown in FIG.
- the support surface 322 is located outside the work area and the work head mounted on the clamp 401 is located on the front side of the support surface 322, and the support member 320 does not hinder the machining of the workpiece by the workpiece head.
- This case is generally applicable to the drill bit on the output rod 6 that is connected to the rotary motion by the rotary motion.
- the power tool 300 is used as a rotary tool, and the support surface 322 is located outside the work area and is received within the range of the housing 2. , the drill bit is not hindered from drilling into the workpiece at all and does not significantly increase the volume of the power tool 300.
- the switching of the two motion modes of the output lever 6 is controlled by the operating member 52 of the motion converting mechanism, and the support member 320 is independent of the housing member 2 and the operating member 52 for switching the output lever mode.
- the support member 320 is directly movably coupled to the housing 2.
- the support member 320 is linearly moved relative to the housing 2 such that the support member 320 is in the first position shown in Figure 24 and shown in Figure 25. The movement between the second positions.
- the housing 2 is provided with a sliding groove
- the supporting member 320 is provided with a guiding member, and the guiding member slides in the housing 2 to linearly move the supporting member 320 relative to the housing 2.
- the housing 2 is provided with a first sliding slot 323 and a second sliding slot 324, and the first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6.
- the shape is the same.
- the support member 320 is provided with a first guiding member 325 and a second guiding member 326 which are respectively slidably coupled with the first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324.
- the first guiding member 325 and the second guiding member 326 are opposite to the output rod 6
- the center line XX is symmetrically arranged and has the same shape.
- the second guiding member 326 and the second sliding slot 324 are connected in the same manner as the first guiding member 325 and the first sliding slot 323. The following description is made by taking the first guiding member 325 and the first sliding slot 323 as an example. .
- the first sliding slot 323 is laterally disposed in a convex shape.
- the first guiding member 325 is a conditional extension member, and includes a strip main body 327 and a fin 329 extending from both sides of the strip main body 327.
- the strip main body 327 is engaged with the upper half of the "convex" shaped first chute 323, and the flap 329 is engaged with both ends of the lower half of the "convex” shaped first chute 323, whereby the first guide 325 Stable and reliable sliding within the first chute 323 guides the linear movement of the support member 320.
- a chute is disposed on the casing 2, and a guide member is disposed on the support member 320.
- a guide member may be provided on the housing 2, and a slide groove that is slidably engaged with the guide member may be provided on the support member 320, and the support member 320 may also be linearly moved relative to the housing 2.
- two guiding members are disposed on the supporting member 320.
- two guiding grooves are disposed on the housing 2, so that the supporting member 320 can be stably moved linearly relative to the housing 2. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that only one guide member and one guide slot may be provided.
- the guide member can take other forms, such as merely providing a strip-like body, or mating with the chute with balls, roller-like guides, as well as linearly moving the support member 320 relative to the housing 2.
- the support member 320 moves linearly on the outer surface of the housing 2 relative to the housing 2, which can provide a good visual interface for the operator. It is conceivable to those skilled in the art that the support member 320 is opposite the housing 2 in the housing 2. Linear movement does not affect the use.
- the direction in which the support member 320 linearly moves relative to the housing 2 is the direction in which the center line X-X of the output rod 6 extends. Since the output rod 6 extends longitudinally, in order to make the structure compact, the housing 2 extends in the same direction as the output rod 6 and has a certain extension length, and the support member 320 is linearly extended relative to the housing 2 along the center line XX of the output rod 6. The movement can fully utilize the extension length of the casing 2 without additionally providing a member having a certain length for the support member 320 to slide, so that the entire power tool 300 can be compact, compact, and convenient to hold and use. Of course, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the linear movement of the support member 320 relative to the housing 2 relative to the housing 2 in other directions does not affect the use of the support member 320.
- a position maintaining mechanism is provided between the support member 320 and the housing 2, and the position maintaining mechanism holds the support member 320 in a predetermined position relative to the housing 2.
- the preset position refers to the first position shown in FIG. 24 and the second position shown in FIG. 25, that is, the position maintaining mechanism can hold the support member 320 relative to the housing 2 at the first position shown in FIG. In position, the support member 320 can also be held relative to the housing 2 in the second position shown in FIG.
- the position maintaining mechanism includes a locking member 330 disposed on the housing 1, and a fitting portion disposed on the supporting member 320.
- the locking member 330 is movable between a locking position and a releasing position, and is locked. Position, the locking member 330 is mated with the mating portion, and the supporting member 320 is held at a preset position; in the releasing position, the locking member 330 is disengaged from the mating portion, and the supporting member 320 is movable relative to the housing.
- the position retaining mechanism also includes a biasing member 328 that abuts against the locking member 330.
- the biasing member 328 biases the locking member 330 to cause the locking member 330 to have a tendency to engage the mating portion and the mating portion.
- the locking member 330 is rotated about the center line XX of the output rod so as to be in the locked position and released. Move between positions.
- the locking member 330 includes a locking body 342, and the locking member 330 is rotatably coupled to the inner surface of the housing 2 in an annular shape to move between the locked position and the released position.
- the locking member 330 further includes a first locking portion 338 and a second locking portion 340 protruding from the locking body main body 342 in a direction toward the housing 2, the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 being opposite to the center of the output rod center line XX
- the first locking portion 338 is coupled with the first guiding member 325 to lock the first guiding member 325
- the second locking portion 340 and the second guiding member 326 are coupled to lock the second guiding member 326, so that the first locking portion 338 Cooperating with the second locking portion 340 to maintain the support in a preset position, the support member can be reliably held in the predetermined position of the housing 2.
- the mating portion is a positioning hole into which the locking member 330 can be partially inserted.
- the first guiding member 325 is provided with a first positioning hole 333 and a second positioning hole 335 which are disposed at a certain distance along the extending direction of the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the first locking portion
- the second guiding member 326 is provided with a third positioning hole 337 and a fourth positioning hole 339 which are disposed at a certain distance along the extending direction of the center XX of the output rod 6.
- the second guiding member 326 is held in the first position, and the second guiding member 326 is held in the second position when the second locking portion 340 is inserted into the fourth positioning hole 339.
- the first positioning hole 333 and the third positioning hole 337 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6.
- the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are respectively matched with the first positioning hole 333 and the third positioning hole 337 or
- the second positioning hole 335 and the fourth positioning hole 339 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6.
- the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are simultaneously connected to the second positioning hole 335 and the fourth positioning hole 339, respectively. Mating or disengagement.
- Each of the positioning holes is preferably provided on the tab 329 of the support member 320, whereby the shorter locking portion can be inserted into the positioning hole.
- the lock body 342 is slidably mated with the inner surface of the housing 2, and the support member 320 is slid over the outer surface of the housing 2 such that the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 can be coupled to the support member 320.
- the housing 2 is provided with a first opening 348 and a second opening 349 respectively for the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 to pass through.
- the biasing member 328 is a coil spring.
- the housing 2 is provided with an arcuate groove 346, and the locking member main body 342 has a protruding portion 332 protruding therefrom.
- the protruding portion 332 at least partially protrudes into the arcuate groove 346, and can play a certain limit on the rotation range of the protruding portion 332 and the locking body 342.
- the coil spring is received in the arcuate groove 346, and one end abuts against one end of the arcuate groove 346, and the other end abuts against the protrusion 332, and the layout is reasonable and compact.
- the locking member 330 is provided with an operating button 347 on the main body 342 thereof, and the housing 2 is provided with an arc-shaped limiting slot 353, and the operating button 347
- the position of the operating button 347 in the range of the limiting slot 353 can drive the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 to move between the locking position and the releasing position.
- the operation button 347 abuts against one end of the limiting slot 353, the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are in the locking position; when the operation button 347 abuts the other end of the limiting slot 353 The first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are located at the release position.
- the biasing member 328 is pressed against the end portion of the arcuate groove 346 by the compression pushing portion 332, and the first locking portion 338 passes through.
- the first opening 348 is inserted into the first positioning hole 333 or the second positioning hole 335 to maintain the first guiding member 325 in the first position or the second position relative to the housing 2, and correspondingly, the second locking portion 340 passes through the second
- the opening 349 is inserted into the third positioning hole 337 or the fourth positioning hole 339 to maintain the second guiding member 326 in the first position or the second position relative to the housing 2, and the support member is held in the first position relative to the housing 2 or Two locations.
- the operator rotates the operation button 347 in the unlocking direction against the urging force of the biasing member 328 to rotate the locking member main body 342, and the locking member main body 342 rotates to drive the first locking portion 338 and the second portion.
- the locking portion 340 is rotated to disengage the first locking portion 338 from the first positioning hole 333 or the second positioning hole 335, and simultaneously disengages the second locking portion 340 from the third positioning hole 337 or the fourth positioning hole 339.
- the first guide member 325 and the second guide member 326 are slidable relative to the housing 2 such that the support member is linearly movable relative to the housing 2 to change the position of the support surface.
- the biasing member 328 abuts the housing 2, and the mating portion is disposed on the support member 320. It is conceivable by those skilled in the art that the biasing member abuts the support member, and the mating portion is disposed on the shell. Physical effects are also not affected.
- the mating portion is a positioning hole through which the locking portion can be inserted. It is conceivable by those skilled in the art that other types of mating portions, such as the jaws, or only the contact surface abutting the locking portion are also provided. The same functionality can be achieved.
- the support member 320 includes two guiding members that are slidably engaged with the housing 2 .
- the locking member 330 includes two locking portions, and the two locking portions respectively lock one of the guiding members on the housing 2 .
- the structure is regular and the locking is reliable. Those skilled in the art can think that only one guiding member and one locking portion can achieve the same function.
- the support member 320 further includes a first side portion 350 and a second side portion 352 disposed on both sides of the support surface 322.
- the support surface The first side portion 350 and the second side portion 352 enclose the end of the output rod 6 therebetween.
- the support surface 322, the first side portion 350 and the second side portion 352 will partially output the rod 6 and the clip.
- the tensioning device 401 is disposed therebetween, and the first side portion 350 and the second side portion 352 are provided with openings, thereby providing a certain degree of protection for the clamping device 401 without affecting the operator's work on the clamping device 401. Observation of the state.
- the first side portion 350 is disposed between the first guiding member 325 and the supporting surface 322, and the second side portion 352 is disposed at the second portion Between the guide member 326 and the support surface 322.
- the extending direction of the first side portion 350 and the second side portion 352 is parallel to the center line XX of the output rod 6 and the width is greater than the width of the first guide member and the second guide member.
- the guide member extends directly to the support surface such that a portion of the guide member becomes a side portion, or a deformation such as an opening is not provided on the side portion.
- the power tool 300 further includes a handle 307 coupled to the housing 2, the handle 307 extending in an angle that is at an angle to the direction in which the housing 2 extends.
- the support member 320 further includes an extension portion 356 connected to the support surface 322.
- the handle 307 is provided with an insertion hole away from the end of the housing 2, and the extension portion 356 is bent and the end away from the support surface can be inserted into the insertion hole.
- the handle 307 is provided with a switch 3 for controlling the motor.
- the operator's hand extends into the holding space 360 and controls the switch 3.
- the first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324 are closed only at one end away from the supporting surface 322, and the first guiding is in the moving direction of the supporting surface 322 near the housing 2.
- the member 325 and the second guiding member 326 abut the closed ends of the first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324 respectively, the supporting member 320 moves to the second position of the supporting surface 322 closest to the housing 2, and the positioning is accurate;
- the first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324 are open at one end near the supporting surface 322.
- the first guiding member 325 and the second guiding member 326 can respectively The first chute 323 and the second chute 324 slide in a direction away from the casing 2 and finally disengage from the casing 2.
- the support member 320 can be used as an attachment to the power tool, and the operator can choose to use the support member 320 or not use the support member 320 to satisfy the different operating habits of the operator.
- a limiting mechanism for holding the support member 320 on the housing 2 at all times and limiting the linear movement range of the support member 320 relative to the housing 2 may be provided between the support member 320 and the power tool, and details are not described herein.
- the support member 320 of the power tool 300 is held in the first position relative to the housing 2. Specifically, the first locking portion 338 passes through the first opening 348 and the first guiding member 325. The first positioning hole 333 is mated, and the second locking portion 340 is engaged with the third positioning hole 337 on the second guiding member 326 through the second opening 349, and the supporting member 320 is reliably held in the first position. At this point, the support surface 322 is located within the work area, away from the housing 2 relative to the clamping device 401, which can always abut the workpiece or abut against the workpiece when the power tool 300 reaches a particular depth of machining.
- the operation button 347 is rotated in the direction of the release lock member 330 to rotate the lock body 342, and the main body of the lock member 330 rotates to drive the first lock portion 338 and the first portion.
- the locking portion 340 is rotated and disengaged from the first positioning hole 333 and the third positioning hole 337 respectively, and the operator can slide the support member 320.
- the distance between the support member 320 and the housing 2 is more than the first positioning hole 333 and the third positioning position.
- the first certain The position hole 333 and the third positioning hole 337 are respectively offset from the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340, and the operator can release the operation button 347, and the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are at the biasing member 328.
- the first locking portion 338 automatically rotates in the locking direction by the biasing member 328 and snaps into the second positioning hole 335.
- the second locking portion 340 Aligned with the fourth positioning hole 339 of the second guiding member 326 and engaged with the fourth positioning hole 339 by the biasing member 328, the supporting member 320 is reliably held in the second position as shown in FIG. 25, at this time, the support The face 322 exits the work area and the support surface 322 does not cause any obstruction to the machining of the workpiece by the working head clamped on the clamping device 40 1 .
- the first positioning hole and the third positioning hole that hold the support member in the first position are only one pair. Therefore, there is only one first position of the support member, and those skilled in the art may also think that two people may be provided.
- the support member has two or more first positions.
- the above description takes the movement of the support member 320 from the first position to the second position as an example.
- the operation method of the support member 320 being switched from the second position to the first position is the same, except that the support member 320 is linear with respect to the housing 2. The direction of movement will not be described here.
- Fig. 28 shows a power tool 500 according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
- the power tool 500 of the present embodiment is based on the power tool 300 of the third embodiment, and a biasing device for biasing the support member 520 is added.
- the biasing device is preferably an elastic member 53 1 , and the elastic member 53 1 supports the same.
- the face 522 has a tendency to move in a direction away from the housing 2 in the direction in which the center line XX of the output rod extends.
- the output rod 6 is in the second motion mode of the output rotational motion, and the first position is the movement of the support member 520 relative to the housing 2. At all positions within the predetermined range of travel, the support member 520 causes the support surface 522 to always abut the workpiece in the first position.
- the power tool 500 is used as a rotary tool.
- the entire support member 520 gradually overcomes the elastic member 53 1 .
- the force allows the drill bit to continuously feed toward the workpiece, but the support surface 522 abuts against the workpiece under the action of the elastic member 53 1 , whereby the support surface 522 always abuts against the workpiece and guides during the drilling of the drill into the workpiece.
- the drill bit is fed toward the workpiece to stabilize the working state of the power tool 500.
- the power tool 500 and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment are provided with the same position maintaining mechanism, and the position maintaining mechanism holds the support member 520 on the casing 2 at a preset position, in the preset position in this embodiment. It refers to the second position, and one of the first positions closest to the second position.
- 29 to 31 show a power tool 600 of a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
- the main differences between the power tool 600 of the present embodiment and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment are:
- the specific shape of the struts 620 and the mounting position on the housing 2, the support member 620 and the housing 2 are further provided with a limiting mechanism for limiting the linear movement range of the support member 620 relative to the housing 2, and a specific structure of the position maintaining mechanism. . Below - for a description.
- the support member 620 of the present embodiment is provided with only one guiding portion 625.
- the guiding portion 625 is slidably engaged with the housing 2 in the housing 2 to linearly move the supporting member 620 relative to the housing 2, thereby supporting
- the member 320 moves between a first position shown in FIG. 29 and a second position shown in FIG.
- the guiding portion 625 is disposed in the casing 2, which has less influence on the appearance of the power tool 600, and can make the appearance of the power tool 600 more beautiful.
- a limiting mechanism for limiting the linear movement range of the support member 620 relative to the housing 2 is further disposed between the support member 620 and the housing 2 , and the limiting mechanism holds the support member 620 on the housing 2 .
- the support member 620 is only movable between the first position and the second position relative to the housing 2.
- the limiting mechanism includes a bump 672 disposed on the support member 620, and a longitudinal slot 674 disposed on the housing 2 for the bump 672 to slide therein.
- the protrusion 672 is disposed on the end of the guiding portion 625 away from the supporting surface 622. As shown in FIG.
- the supporting member 620 is in the first position. As shown in FIG. 30, when the projection 672 abuts the end of the longitudinal slot 674 away from the clamping device 401, the support member 620 is in the second position.
- the protrusions and the longitudinal slots are respectively disposed at other positions of the support member and the housing, or the protrusions are disposed on the housing, the longitudinal slots are disposed on the support member, and the support members are Limit the movement of the housing.
- the position maintaining mechanism of the embodiment sequentially abuts the biasing member 628, the intermediate member 63 1 , the locking member 630 , and the biasing member 628 abuts against the housing 2 , and the supporting member 620
- An adapter portion engageable with the locking member 630 is disposed, the biasing member 628 moves the intermediate member 63 1 in a first direction, and the intermediate member 63 1 pushes the locking member 630 in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction. Move towards the locked position.
- the first direction is the extending direction of the center line X-X of the output rod 6, and the locking member 630 is moved in the second direction perpendicular to the center line to move between the locked position and the released position.
- the biasing member 628 is a coil spring having one end abutting on the housing 2 and the other end abutting on the intermediate member 63 1 .
- the intermediate member 63 1 is convexly provided with a coil spring. Socketed post 662.
- the intermediate member 63 1 is provided with a locking surface 664 which abuts the locking member 630 in the locking position, a slope 666 disposed at an angle to the locking surface 664, and a receiving groove 668 connected to the inclined surface 666.
- the inclined surface 666 moves in the first direction to push the locking member.
- the locking member 630 is displaced in the second direction to move toward the locking position, and the receiving groove 668 receives the locking member 630 in the releasing position.
- the locking member 630 is a steel ball.
- the mating portion is a first positioning hole 633 and a second positioning hole 635 disposed on the guiding portion 625.
- the supporting member 620 is maintained at the first position, such as Figure 3 1 shows the support member when the steel ball is snapped into the second positioning hole 635.
- the 620 remains in the second position.
- a positioning piece 670 is further disposed on the power tool 600. The positioning piece 670 is provided with a through hole for the steel ball to pass in the second direction, and the through hole provides a guide for the movement of the steel ball locking member 630 between the locking position and the releasing position. .
- a limiting slot 653 is disposed on the housing 2, and an operating button 647 extending from the limiting slot 653 to the outer surface of the housing 2 is protruded from the limiting member 653.
- the operating button 647 is moved within the range of the limiting slot 653, and the operating button is operated.
- the intermediate member 63 1 drives the steel ball to be in the locked position; when the operating button 647 abuts the other end of the limiting slot 653, the intermediate member 63 1 drives the steel ball to be located. Release the position.
- the position maintaining mechanism holds the support member 620 in the first position. Specifically, the protrusion 672 on the support member 620 abuts the end portion of the longitudinal groove 674 near the clamping device 40 1 , and the support member 620 In the first position; the biasing member 628 pushes the intermediate member 63 1 to abut against the first end of the limiting slot 653, and the locking surface 664 on the intermediate member 63 1 pushes the steel ball into the first positioning hole 633 to support The piece 620 remains in the first position.
- the operator pushes the intermediate member 63 1 by the operation button 647 in the extending direction of the center line XX of the output rod 6 against the action of the biasing member 628, so that the intermediate member 63 1 and the limit position
- the other end of the groove 653 abuts.
- the locking surface 664 on the intermediate piece 63 1 is disengaged from the steel ball, and the steel ball passes through the through hole in the positioning piece 670 and slides along the inclined surface 666, and finally falls.
- the steel ball is completely disengaged from the first positioning hole 633 in the release position.
- the operator can freely move the support member 620 to move the support member 620 to the second position shown in FIG. 30, on the support member 620.
- the projection 672 abuts the end of the longitudinal slot 674 away from the clamping device 40 1 .
- the operator releases the operation button 647, and the elastic force of the biasing member 628 pushes the intermediate member 63 1 back to the position abutting the first end of the limiting groove 653.
- the inclined surface 666 on the intermediate member 63 1 pushes the steel ball to move in a direction perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the steel ball is matched with the second positioning hole 635 through the through hole in the positioning piece 670.
- the locking surface 664 on the intermediate member 63 1 abuts the steel ball to hold the steel ball in the second positioning hole 635, and the support member 620 maintains the second position shown in FIG.
- the above description takes the process of moving the support member 620 from the first position position to the second position and locking, for example, the operation of the support member 620 moving from the second position to the first position and locking is the same, except that the support member 620 is different.
- the direction of movement is not repeated here.
- the difference between the power tool 700 of the present embodiment and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment mainly includes: the relationship between the support member and the handle, and the direction of movement of the locking member in the position maintaining mechanism. Below - a detailed description.
- the power tool 700 of the present embodiment further includes a movable connection in the housing 2
- the upper handle 707 preferably, the handle 707 is directly movably coupled to the housing 2, and the support member 720 is coupled to the handle 707 such that the support member 720 is indirectly movably coupled to the housing 2.
- the support member 720 is moved between the first position shown in FIG. 32 and the second position shown in FIG. 33, the position of the handle 707 relative to the housing 2 is simultaneously changed, and the support member 720 can be located at different positions.
- the power tool 700 is provided with a better grip experience and improved operating comfort.
- the handle 707 is integrally provided with the support member 720, which can reduce the number of components and facilitate the installation of the power tool 700.
- the motor M is disposed in the housing 2, and the handle 707 is provided with a control board 766 connected to the switch 3.
- the control board 766 and the housing 2 in the handle 707 The motor M is kept connected, and the control board 766 and the motor M are electrically connected by a wire 768.
- a through hole 770 is provided in a region where the housing 2 and the handle 707 are butted together, and the wire 768 is connected to the motor M and the control board 766 through the through hole 770.
- the motor M in the housing 2 and the control board 766 in the handle 707 are connected by a wire 768, which is low in cost. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that conductive tracks and contacts are provided between the housing 2 and the handle 707. When the support member 720 moves the handle 707 to a predetermined position, the contacts are in electrical contact with a specific position of the track, thereby securing the housing. The motor M in 2 and the control board 766 in the handle 707 are also electrically connected.
- the support member 720 slides on the outer surface of the housing 2 to move between the first position and the second position, and the power tool 700 further includes holding the support member 720 relative to the housing 2. A position maintaining mechanism between the first position and the second position.
- the position maintaining mechanism includes a biasing member 728 and a locking member 730 abutting each other, and the biasing member 728 abuts against the supporting member 720.
- the housing 2 is provided with a fitting portion engageable with the locking member 730, and the locking member 730 can be Moving between the locked position and the released position, as shown in FIG. 34, in the locked position, the locking member 730 is engaged with the mating portion by the biasing member 728, and the supporting member 720 is maintained in the first position or the second position. As shown in FIG. 35, in the release position, the locking member 730 is disengaged from the mating portion against the action of the biasing member 728, and the support member 720 is movable relative to the housing 2.
- the locking member 730 includes a main body 742, and the main body 742 is disposed on the lateral hole 772. One end abuts against the biasing member 728, and the other end protrudes from the outside of the housing 2 and the support member 720 as an operating button 747.
- the locking member 730 protrudes from the main portion 742 at a substantially intermediate position thereof with a locking portion 738.
- the mating portion is a positioning hole into which the locking portion 738 can be partially inserted.
- the first positioning hole 733 and the second positioning hole 735 are disposed on the housing 2 at a distance along the extending direction of the center line XX of the output rod.
- the main body 742 of the locking member 730 has a strip shape, and the locking member 730 linearly moves in the extending direction of the main body 742 to move between the locked position and the released position.
- the locking member 730 is moved in a direction perpendicular to the output rod centerline X-X to move between the locked position and the released position.
- the biasing member 728 is compressed to push the locking portion 738 into the first positioning hole 733 or the second positioning hole 735, and the supporting member 720 is opposite to the shell.
- the body 2 remains in the first position or the second position.
- the operator pushes the linear movement of the operating button 747 in the unlocking direction against the force of the biasing member 728 to disengage the locking portion 738 from the first positioning hole 733 or the second positioning hole 735.
- the support member 720 is slidable relative to the housing 2 such that the support member 720 is linearly movable relative to the housing 2 to change the position of the support surface 722.
- 36 to 39 show a power tool 800 of a seventh embodiment of the present invention.
- the main differences between the power tool 800 of the present embodiment and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment include: the manner in which the support member is movably coupled to the housing, the specific structure of the position maintaining mechanism, and the following - a detailed description.
- the support member 820 is linearly moved while rotating relative to the housing 2 to move between the first position shown in Figure 36 and the second position shown in Figure 37.
- the housing 2 is provided with a spiral cam groove 876 extending in the direction of the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the support member 820 is provided with a pusher 878 that is coupled with the cam groove 876, and the pusher 878 and the cam groove 876 are provided.
- the mating linearly moves the support member 820 while rotating relative to the housing 2.
- the direction in which the support member 820 is linearly moved relative to the housing 2 is the direction in which the center line X-X of the output rod 6 extends.
- the spiral cam groove 876 is disposed on the housing 2, and the pushing member 878 is disposed on the support member 820, so that the volume of the support member 820 can be reduced, and the spiral cam groove can be disposed on the support member, and the pusher member is disposed on the housing.
- the direction in which the support member 820 rotates relative to the housing 2 while moving linearly is the extending direction of the center line XX of the output rod 6, so that the power tool 800 is compact, and the support member 820 linearly moves while rotating relative to the housing 2.
- the direction can also be in other directions.
- the support member 820 includes a first acting portion 880 and a second acting portion 882.
- the pushing member 878 is disposed on the first acting portion 880 to linearly move the first acting portion 880 relative to the housing 2, and the second acting portion 882 is
- the first acting portion 880 is pivotally connected by a pivot 892 whose axis is perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the supporting surface 822 is disposed on the second acting portion 882.
- the second acting portion 882 includes a first rod 884, a second rod 886, and a third rod 888 that are sequentially connected.
- the extending direction of the first rod 884 is parallel to the center line XX direction of the output rod 6, and the second rod 886 is perpendicular to the first rod.
- a rod 884, the third rod 888 and the second rod 886 are disposed at an obtuse angle, the first rod 884 and the first acting portion 880
- the support surface 822 is disposed on the second rod 886 by the pivot 892.
- the third rod 888 serves as an extension to form a holding space 860 opposite the handle 807 when the support member 820 is in the first position shown in FIG.
- first rod 884, the second rod 886, and the third rod 888 are fixedly connected, and the second rod 886 is perpendicular to the first rod 884.
- the second rod 886 and the first rod 884 The other rods are fixedly connected at other angles, or the second rod 886 is pivotally coupled to the first rod 884 such that the support surface 822 can also abut the workpiece at an angle relative to the centerline XX of the output rod 6.
- the position maintaining mechanism of the present embodiment includes a first holding device that holds the support member 820 on the housing 2 in the first position, and a second holding device that holds the support member 820 on the housing 2 in the second position, the first The structure of the holding device and the second holding device are different.
- the first holding device includes an elastic pressing plate 890 disposed on the handle 807.
- the pressing plate 890 presses the supporting member 820 to fix the supporting member 820 relative to the housing 2.
- the elastic pressing plate 890 is pressed against the third portion.
- the rod 888 is remote from the end of the second rod 886, the support member 820 is held on the handle 807, and the handle 807 is fixed to the housing 2, and the support member 820 is fixed relative to the housing 2.
- Structure tube is disposed on the handle 807.
- the second retaining means includes a resilient projection 894 disposed on the housing 2, a recess 896 disposed on the support member 820, the resilient projection 894 snapping into the recess 896, and the support member 820 is opposed
- the housing 2 is held in the second position.
- the dimple 896 is disposed at a substantially central position of the third rod 888 of the support member 820. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the dimples 896 may be disposed at other locations of the support member 820.
- the elastic protrusions 894 are disposed on the casing 2, and the dimples 896 are disposed on the support member 820, and the elastic protrusions may be disposed on the support member to set the dimples on the casing.
- the number of the elastic protrusions 894 and the dimples 896 are two, and the two dimples 896 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line of the output rod, and other numbers of matching elastic protrusions and dimples may be provided.
- the support member 820 of the power tool 800 is in the first position, the second rod 886 is perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the support surface 822 is located in the working area and perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6, The end of the three rods 888 away from the second rod 886 is pressed by the elastic platen 890, and the support member 820 is held in the first position.
- the third rod 888 is disengaged from the elastic pressure plate 890 against the elasticity of the elastic pressure plate 890, and the second action portion 882 is rotated about the center line XX of the output rod 6, since the second action portion 882 is wound.
- the pivot 892 of the rotating portion 880 is perpendicular to the center line XX, when the second acting portion 882 is rotated about the center line XX of the output rod 6, the second acting portion 882 has no relative movement with the first acting portion 880, thereby The rotation of the second acting portion 882 about the center line XX of the output rod 6 will drive the first acting portion 880 to rotate about the center line XX of the output rod 6.
- the pusher 878 disposed on the first acting portion 880 is rotated. Movement within the helical cam groove 876 on the housing 2, the entire The support member 820 linearly moves while rotating relative to the housing 2, gradually reaching the second position shown in FIG. During this process, the support surface 822 moves linearly with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6, but is always perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6.
- the third rod 888 is disposed at an obtuse angle with the second rod 886, in the second position shown in FIG. 37, the third rod 888 is lifted away from the casing 2, so that the entire power tool 800 occupies a large space, which is not conducive to power.
- the second acting portion 882 can be pivoted about the pivot 892 relative to the first acting portion 880 to gradually reach the second position shown in FIG. 38, at which time the third rod 888 is close to
- the housing 2 is held on the housing 2 by the cooperation of the resilient projection 894 and the recess 896, which reduces the space occupied by the entire power tool 800.
- 40 to 44 show a power tool 900 of an eighth embodiment of the present invention.
- the main differences between the power tool 900 of the present embodiment and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment include: the manner in which the support member is movably coupled to the housing, the specific structure of the support member, and the specific structure of the position maintaining mechanism, the following - a detailed description.
- the support member 920 is rotated relative to the housing 2 to move between a first position shown in Figure 40 and a second position shown in Figure 43.
- the support member 920 is rotated relative to the housing 2.
- the housing 2 is provided with an adapter portion 998.
- the support member 920 rotates relative to the adapter portion 998 about the first axis 999 to rotate the support member 920 relative to the housing 2 about the first axis 999.
- the first axis 999 is perpendicular to the output.
- the adapter portion 998 is rotated about the second axis 997 relative to the housing 2, the second axis 997 is perpendicular to the first axis 999, and the second axis 997 intersects the first axis 999.
- the handle 907 is disposed integrally with the housing 2, the adapter portion 998 is disposed at one end of the handle 907 away from the housing 2, and the adapter portion 998 is rotated relative to the handle 907 about the second axis 997, and the adapter portion 998 is opposite.
- the housing 2 is rotated about a second axis 997.
- the support member 920 further includes a first side portion 950 and a second side portion 952 disposed on both sides of the support surface 922.
- the first side portion 950, the second side portion 952 and the support surface 922 form a receiving space.
- the power tool 900 further includes a battery pack 995 inserted on one end of the handle 907 away from the housing 2,
- the battery pack 995 is located in the accommodating space.
- the clamping device 401 mounted on the end of the output rod 6 can be received therein to protect the clamping device 401, and when the support member 920 is in the second position, the first The side portion 950 and the second side portion 952 are snapped onto the battery pack 995, and the structure is reasonable and the appearance is beautiful.
- the first side portion 950 and the second side portion 952 are identical in shape and symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and The first side portion 950 and the second side portion 952 have openings therein, and the structure is reasonable and beautiful.
- An extending portion 956 is disposed between the supporting surface 922 and the adapter portion 998.
- the extending direction of the extending portion 956 is disposed at an obtuse angle with the supporting surface 922.
- the position maintaining mechanism of the present embodiment includes a pair of dimples 996 disposed on the support member 920, respectively disposed on one end of the housing 2 and the handle 907 away from each other. Two pairs of elastic protrusions 994.
- the support member 920 is in the first position shown in FIG. 40, the recess 996 is engaged with the elastic protrusion 994 of the housing 2 away from the handle 907, and the support member 920 is held in the first position.
- the support member 920 is in the second position shown in FIG. 43, the pocket 996 is engaged with the elastic protrusion 994 on the end of the handle 907 away from the housing 2, and the support member 920 is held in the second position.
- a pair of dimples 996 are disposed on the support member 920.
- the two pairs of protrusions are respectively disposed on the housing 2 and the handle 907.
- a pair of elastic members may be disposed on the support member 920.
- the protrusions are provided on the housing 2 and the handle 907 respectively.
- the number of the dimples 996 on the support member 920 is a pair, which are respectively disposed on the first side portion 950.
- the second side portion 952 is symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and other numbers of pits and elastic protrusions may be provided.
- the support member 920 of the power tool 900 is in the first position, the support surface 922 is located in the working area to abut against the workpiece, and the recess 996 on the support member 920 is engaged with the housing 2 away from the handle 907. On the end of the resilient projection 994, the support member 920 remains in the first position.
- the support member 920 When the position of the support member 920 is changed, the friction between the recess 996 and the elastic protrusion 994 is overcome, and the support member 920 is rotated about the first axis 999 with respect to the adapter portion 998, and gradually turns to the intermediate position shown in FIG.
- the support member 920 is then caused to drive the adapter portion 998 to rotate relative to the housing 2 about the second axis 997 to reach another one shown in FIG.
- the supporting surface 922 is away from the output rod 6 with respect to the extending portion 956, and then the supporting member 920 is rotated relative to the housing 2 about the first axis 999 to reach the second position shown in FIG.
- the first side portion 950 and The second side portion 952 is snapped onto the battery pack 995.
- the recess 996 on the support member 920 is snapped onto the elastic protrusion 994 of the handle 907 away from the end of the housing 2, and the support member 920 is held in the second position.
- the above description takes the state change of the support member 920 from the first position to the second position as an example, and the state change of the support member 920 from the second position to the first position is reversed, and will not be described again.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Portable Power Tools In General (AREA)
Abstract
A power tool, comprising a housing (2), a motor accommodated within the housing, and an output shaft (6) driven by the motor via a transmission mechanism; the transmission mechanism comprises a motion converter; the motion converter drives operation of the output shaft (6) to be in a first motion mode outputting a reciprocating motion and in a second motion mode outputting a rotary motion. The output shaft of the power tool can output both a rotary mode and a reciprocating mode, thus greatly broadening the application range of the power tool. In addition, the power tool uses a motor to drive the same output shaft to output both rotary and reciprocating motions via one transmission mechanism, such that the output shaft can output steady rotary and reciprocating motions, facilitating the use thereof. The present invention also relates to a clamping device capable of clamping on different work heads.
Description
动力工具及夹紧装置 技术领域 Power tools and clamping devices
本发明涉及一种动力工具, 尤其涉及一种多用途的动力工具。 本发明还涉 及一种可夹持不同工作头的夹紧装置。 The present invention relates to a power tool, and more particularly to a multi-purpose power tool. The invention also relates to a clamping device that can hold different working heads.
背景技术 Background technique
常用的动力工具中包括输出端输出旋转运动的动力工具, 如电钻、 螺丝批 等; 以及输出端输出往复运动的动力工具, 如往复锯、 曲线锯等。 Commonly used power tools include power tools that output rotational motion at the output end, such as electric drills, screwdrivers, etc.; and power tools that output reciprocating motion at the output end, such as reciprocating saws, jigsaws, and the like.
现有的动力工具通常只能使输出端输出一种运动, 如电钻仅能输出旋转运 动; 往复锯仅能输出往复运动; 但是, 操作者在完成某项工作, 如装修房屋时, 往往需要用到多种不同的动力工具, 单独购买这些不同的动力工具会加重消费 者的负担。 The existing power tools usually only output a kind of motion at the output end, for example, the electric drill can only output the rotary motion; the reciprocating saw can only output the reciprocating motion; however, the operator often needs to use a certain work, such as when decorating the house. Buying these different power tools separately can be a burden on consumers with a variety of different power tools.
为此, 现有技术中出现了不同的动力工具转接器以扩展动力工具的使用范 围, 如为电钻提供的往复转接器, 该转换器不需要马达, 仅需包含一套往复机 构即可, 该转接器的输入端与电钻的钻头相连, 往复机构将钻头输入的旋转运 动转换为输出端输出的往复运动, 从而消费者仅需购买一个电钻和一个较低价 格的往复转接器即相当于购买了一个电钻和一个往复锯,这减轻消费者的负担。 To this end, different power tool adapters have appeared in the prior art to expand the range of use of the power tool, such as a reciprocating adapter for an electric drill, which does not require a motor and only needs to include a set of reciprocating mechanisms. The input end of the adapter is connected to the drill bit of the electric drill, and the reciprocating mechanism converts the rotary motion of the drill input into the reciprocating motion of the output of the output, so that the consumer only needs to purchase one electric drill and a lower price reciprocating adapter. It is equivalent to purchasing an electric drill and a reciprocating saw, which relieves the burden on the consumer.
这种动力工具加转接器的组合,虽然降低了成本从而减轻了消费者的负担, 但由于转换器由动力工具的输出端驱动, 转换器的输出端距离动力工具的马达 较远, 且操作者很难同时掌控动力工具和转换器, 因此这种组合的转接器的输 出往往不太稳定。 This combination of power tool and adapter, while reducing the cost and reducing the burden on the consumer, is because the converter is driven by the output of the power tool, the output of the converter is far from the motor of the power tool, and the operation It is difficult to control the power tools and converters at the same time, so the output of this combined adapter is often not stable.
发明内容 Summary of the invention
为克服现有技术的缺陷, 本发明所要解决的问题是提供一种工作稳定的动 力工具, 该动力工具的输出杆可输出旋转和往复两种运动模式。 To overcome the deficiencies of the prior art, the problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a work-stable power tool whose output rod can output both rotary and reciprocating motion modes.
为解决上述问题, 本发明的技术方案是: 一种动力工具, 包括壳体、 收容 于所述壳体内的马达、 由所述马达通过传动机构驱动的输出杆, 所述传动机构 包括运动变换机构, 所述运动变换机构可操作的驱动所述输出杆处于输出往复 运动的第一运动模式和输出旋转运动的第二运动模式。 In order to solve the above problems, the technical solution of the present invention is: a power tool including a housing, a motor housed in the housing, an output rod driven by the motor through a transmission mechanism, the transmission mechanism including a motion conversion mechanism The motion conversion mechanism is operable to drive the output lever to be in a first motion mode of outputting a reciprocating motion and a second motion mode of outputting a rotational motion.
所述运动变换机构包括驱动机构和模式切换机构, 所述模式切换机构包括 相互配接的切换件和限制机构, 所述切换件可在两个位置之间移动, 在第一位 置, 所述输出杆处于所述第一运动模式, 所述切换件与所述驱动机构脱开连接 而与所述壳体相连使所述限制机构与所述壳体相对固定; 在第二位置, 所述输
出杆处于所述第二运动模式, 所述切换件与所述驱动机构连接且所述限制机构 与所述输出杆周向固定。 The motion conversion mechanism includes a driving mechanism and a mode switching mechanism, and the mode switching mechanism includes a switching member and a limiting mechanism that are coupled to each other, and the switching member is movable between two positions, wherein the output is in the first position The lever is in the first motion mode, the switching member is disconnected from the driving mechanism and connected to the housing to fix the limiting mechanism and the housing; in the second position, the losing The output lever is in the second motion mode, the switching member is coupled to the drive mechanism, and the restriction mechanism is fixed circumferentially with the output rod.
所述驱动机构包括由所述马达驱动旋转的驱动体和设于所述驱动体和所述 输出杆之间的转换机构, 所述切换件在所述第二位置与驱动体连接。 所述转换 机构包括设置在所述驱动体和所述输出杆中的一个上的周向凸轮槽、 设置在所 述驱动体和所述输出杆中的另一个上与所述凸轮槽运动配接的推动件。 The drive mechanism includes a driving body that is driven to rotate by the motor, and a switching mechanism provided between the driving body and the output rod, and the switching member is coupled to the driving body at the second position. The conversion mechanism includes a circumferential cam groove disposed on one of the driving body and the output rod, and is disposed on the other of the driving body and the output rod to be coupled with the cam groove Pusher.
所述驱动体具有中空的收容腔体,所述凸轮槽设于所述驱动体的内表面上。 所述驱动体包括第一驱动件、 第二驱动件及将所述第一驱动件和所述第二驱动 件连接在一起的固定件, 所述凸轮槽一部分设置在所述第一驱动件上、 另一部 分设置在所述第二驱动件上。 所述凸轮槽的一部分与另一部分分别设置在所述 凸轮槽中心线的两侧。 所述推动件包括钢球, 所述驱动体和所述输出杆中的一 个上设有部分收容所述钢球的沉孔。 The driving body has a hollow receiving cavity, and the cam groove is disposed on an inner surface of the driving body. The driving body includes a first driving member, a second driving member and a fixing member connecting the first driving member and the second driving member together, and the cam groove is partially disposed on the first driving member Another part is disposed on the second driving member. A portion of the cam groove and another portion are respectively disposed on both sides of the center line of the cam groove. The pushing member includes a steel ball, and one of the driving body and the output rod is provided with a counterbore partially receiving the steel ball.
所述限制机构包括套接在所述输出杆上的限制件、 设置在所述限制件与所 向延伸的第一纵长槽、 设于所述输出杆上沿输出杆的轴向延伸的第二纵长槽及 穿设所述第一、 第二纵长槽将所述限制件与输出杆周向固定在一起的连接件。 The limiting mechanism includes a limiting member sleeved on the output rod, a first longitudinal groove disposed on the limiting member and the extending direction, and a first extending on the output rod along an axial direction of the output rod The two longitudinal slots and the connecting members for the first and second longitudinal slots to fix the limiting member and the output rod circumferentially together.
所述壳体上设有定位件, 所述定位件在所述输出杆的旋转方向上与所述壳 体相对固定, 所述定位件与所述切换件之间设有配接机构, 所述切换件位于第 一位置时, 所述配接机构使所述定位件与所述切换件相连, 所述切换件位于第 二位置时, 所述切换件与所述定位件脱开。 a positioning member is disposed on the housing, the positioning member is relatively fixed to the housing in a rotation direction of the output rod, and a matching mechanism is disposed between the positioning member and the switching member, When the switching member is in the first position, the matching mechanism connects the positioning member to the switching member, and when the switching member is in the second position, the switching member is disengaged from the positioning member.
所述配接机构包括设置在所述定位件和所述切换件中的一个上的凸起、 设 置在所述定位件和所述切换件中的另一个上的卡槽, 所述切换件位于第一位置 时, 所述凸起与卡槽配接, 所述切换件位于第二位置时, 所述凸起与所述卡槽 脱开。 所述凸起和卡槽有多对, 所述多对凸起和卡槽相对所述输出杆的旋转轴 线对称分布。 所述凸起和卡槽的数量为偶数对, 所述偶数对凸起和卡槽包括若 干组, 位于一条直线上的两对凸起和卡槽为一组, 每组凸起和卡槽尺寸不同。 所述定位件可轴向移动的设置在所述壳体上, 所述定位件和所述壳体之间设有 弹簧, 所述弹簧提供所述凸起与所述卡槽配接的偏压力。 The mating mechanism includes a protrusion disposed on one of the positioning member and the switching member, and a card slot disposed on the other of the positioning member and the switching member, the switching member is located In the first position, the protrusion is coupled to the card slot, and when the switching member is in the second position, the protrusion is disengaged from the card slot. The plurality of protrusions and the card slots are symmetrically distributed with respect to the rotation axis of the output rod. The number of the protrusions and the card slots is an even number, and the even pairs of the protrusions and the card slots comprise several groups, and the two pairs of protrusions and the card slots in a straight line are a group, and the size of each group of protrusions and the card slot different. The positioning member is axially movable on the housing, and a spring is disposed between the positioning member and the housing, and the spring provides a biasing force for the protrusion to be coupled with the card slot. .
所述动力工具包括设于所述壳体上的操作件, 所述操作件绕所述输出杆的 旋转轴线转动带动所述切换件沿所述输出杆的轴向移动。 所述操作件和所述切 换件之间设有转换槽道和可在所述转换槽道内滑动的第一柱形销, 所述转换槽 一槽道。 所述马达与所述驱动体之间设有顺次连接的第一行星轮系和第二行星
轮系, 所述第二行星轮系的内齿圏沿所述输出杆的轴向可在两个变速位置之间 移动, 在第一变速位置, 所述内齿圏与所述壳体脱离, 所述输出杆以所述第一 速度运动; 在第二变速位置, 所述内齿圏与所述壳体相对固定, 所述输出杆以 所述第二速度运动。 The power tool includes an operating member disposed on the housing, and the operating member rotates around an axis of rotation of the output rod to move the switching member along an axial direction of the output rod. A switching channel and a first cylindrical pin slidable in the conversion channel are disposed between the operating member and the switching member, and the conversion groove is a channel. a first planetary gear train and a second planet sequentially connected between the motor and the driving body a gear train, the internal spur of the second planetary gear train is movable between two shifting positions along an axial direction of the output rod, and in the first shifting position, the internal sprocket is disengaged from the housing, The output rod moves at the first speed; in the second shift position, the inner ridge is relatively fixed to the housing, and the output rod moves at the second speed.
所述操作件与所述内齿圏之间设有变速槽道和可在所述变速槽道内滑动的 的旋转轴线倾斜设置的第二槽道。 A second channel is disposed between the operating member and the inner sprocket with a shifting channel and an axis of rotation slidable within the shifting channel.
所述操作件与所述切换件之间设有转换槽道和可在所述转换槽道内滑动的 线倾斜设置的第一槽道, 在输出杆的周向上, 所述第一柱形销在所述第一槽道 中移动的最长距离与所述第二柱形销在所述第二槽道中移动的最长距离相同。 a first channel is disposed between the operating member and the switching member, and a first channel is disposed in a circumferential direction of the output rod. The longest distance moved in the first channel is the same as the longest distance the second cylindrical pin moves in the second channel.
所述转换槽道还包括与所述第一槽道相通的第三槽道, 所述第三槽道沿所 述输出杆的周向延伸且相对所述输出杆的旋转轴线垂直, 所述变速通道还包括 与所述第二槽道相通的第四槽道, 第四槽道沿输出杆的周向延伸且相对所述输 出杆的旋转轴线倾斜, 所述第一柱形销、 第二柱形销分别同时在所述第一槽道 和所述第二槽道中移动且在输出杆的周向上的移动距离相同;所述第一柱形销、 第二柱形销分别同时在所述第三槽道和所述第四槽道中移动且在输出杆的周向 上的移动距离相同。 The conversion channel further includes a third channel communicating with the first channel, the third channel extending along a circumference of the output rod and perpendicular to an axis of rotation of the output rod, the shifting The passage further includes a fourth channel communicating with the second channel, the fourth channel extending along a circumference of the output rod and inclined with respect to an axis of rotation of the output rod, the first cylindrical pin and the second column The pin is simultaneously moved in the first channel and the second channel and has the same moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod; the first cylindrical pin and the second cylindrical pin are simultaneously in the first The three channels and the fourth channel move and have the same moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod.
所述第三槽道在所述第一槽道对应所述切换件第二位置的一端延伸。 所述 第四槽道和所述第二槽道远离彼此的两末端在所述输出杆的周向位于同一条线 上。在输出杆的周向上, 所述转换槽道的两末端与所述变速槽道的两末端平齐。 The third channel extends at one end of the first channel corresponding to the second position of the switching member. The ends of the fourth channel and the second channel away from each other are located on the same line in the circumferential direction of the output rod. In the circumferential direction of the output rod, both ends of the switching channel are flush with both ends of the shifting channel.
所述马达与所述驱动机构之间设有行星齿轮减速机构, 所述模式切换机构 设置在所述驱动机构远离所述行星齿轮减速机构的一端。 A planetary gear reduction mechanism is disposed between the motor and the drive mechanism, and the mode switching mechanism is disposed at an end of the drive mechanism away from the planetary gear reduction mechanism.
所述动力工具为手持动力工具。 所述动力工具还包括与所述壳体相连的手 柄, 所述手柄的延伸方向与所述输出杆的轴向方向呈钝角设置。 The power tool is a hand-held power tool. The power tool further includes a handle coupled to the housing, the handle extending in an obtuse angle with the axial direction of the output rod.
所述输出杆与所述输出轴同轴设置。 所述驱动体与所述输出杆同轴设置。 所述切换件与所述输出杆同轴设置。 所述限制件与所述输出杆同轴设置。 所述 定位件与所述输出杆同轴设置。 The output rod is disposed coaxially with the output shaft. The driving body is disposed coaxially with the output rod. The switching member is disposed coaxially with the output rod. The limiting member is disposed coaxially with the output rod. The positioning member is disposed coaxially with the output rod.
所述动力工具还包括具有支撑面的支撑件, 所述支撑件活动的连接在所述 壳体上并可在第一位置和第二位置之间运动, 在所述第一位置, 所述支撑面与 工件抵靠, 在所述第二位置, 所述支撑面不与工件抵靠。 The power tool further includes a support having a support surface, the support being movably coupled to the housing and movable between a first position and the second position, the support being in the first position The face abuts against the workpiece, and in the second position, the support surface does not abut the workpiece.
所述输出杆处于所述第一运动模式时, 所述支撑件位于所述第一位置。 所 述输出杆处于所述第二运动模式并且所述动力工具达到特定加工状态时, 所述
支撑件位于所述第一位置。 所述输出杆处于所述第二运动模式时, 所述支撑件 位于所述第二位置。 所述动力工具还包括对所述支撑件施力的偏压装置, 所述 偏压装置使所述支撑面具有沿所述中心线的延伸方向朝远离所述壳体的方向运 动的趋势, 所述输出杆处于所述第二运动模式时, 所述第一位置是所述支撑件 相对所述壳体运动的预定行程范围内的所有位置。 When the output rod is in the first motion mode, the support member is located at the first position. When the output rod is in the second motion mode and the power tool reaches a specific processing state, The support is located in the first position. The support member is in the second position when the output rod is in the second motion mode. The power tool further includes biasing means for biasing the support member, the biasing means having a tendency for the support surface to move in a direction away from the housing along an extending direction of the center line, When the output rod is in the second motion mode, the first position is all positions within a predetermined range of travel of the support relative to the housing.
所述支撑件相对所述壳体线性移动。 所述线性移动的方向为所述中心线的 延伸方向。 所述动力工具还包括活动的连接在所述壳体上的手柄, 所述手柄与 所述支撑件连动。 所述手柄与所述支撑件一体设置。 The support moves linearly relative to the housing. The direction of the linear movement is the direction in which the center line extends. The power tool further includes a movable handle coupled to the housing, the handle being coupled to the support member. The handle is integrally provided with the support.
所述支撑件相对所述壳体转动。 所述壳体上设有转接部, 所述支撑件绕第 一轴线相对所述转接部转动, 所述所述第一轴线垂直于所述中心线。 所述转接 部绕第二轴线相对所述壳体转动, 所述第二轴线垂直于所述第一轴线。 所述第 二轴线与所述第一轴线相交。 The support rotates relative to the housing. An adapter is disposed on the housing, and the support member rotates relative to the adapter portion about a first axis, the first axis being perpendicular to the center line. The adapter rotates about the second axis relative to the housing, the second axis being perpendicular to the first axis. The second axis intersects the first axis.
所述支撑件相对所述壳体转动的同时线性移动。 所述支撑件和所述壳体中 的一个上设置有沿所述中心线的方向延伸的螺旋凸轮槽、 所述支撑件和所述壳 体中的另一个上设置有与所述凸轮槽配接的推进件。 所述线性移动的方向为所 述中心线的延伸方向。 The support moves linearly while rotating relative to the housing. One of the support member and the housing is provided with a spiral cam groove extending in a direction of the center line, and the other of the support member and the housing is disposed with the cam groove Connected pusher. The direction of the linear movement is the direction in which the center line extends.
所述支撑件在所述第一位置时, 所述支撑面垂直于所述中心线。 所述动力 工具还包括与所述壳体活动连接的手柄, 所述支撑件与所述手柄连动。 The support surface is perpendicular to the centerline when the support is in the first position. The power tool also includes a handle movably coupled to the housing, the support member being coupled to the handle.
所述支撑件与所述壳体之间设置有位置保持机构, 所述位置保持机构将所 述支撑件相对所述壳体保持在预设位置。 所述位置保持机构包括设置在所述支 撑件和所述壳体中的一个上的锁定件、 设置在所述支撑件和所述壳体中的另一 个上配接部, 所述锁定件可在锁定位置和释放位置之间运动, 在锁定位置, 所 述锁定件与所述配接部配接, 所述支撑件保持在所述预设位置; 在释放位置, 所述锁定件与所述配接部脱开, 所述支撑件能够相对壳体活动。 A position maintaining mechanism is disposed between the support member and the housing, and the position maintaining mechanism holds the support member at a preset position with respect to the housing. The position maintaining mechanism includes a locking member disposed on one of the support member and the housing, and another upper fitting portion disposed in the support member and the housing, the locking member being Moving between a locking position in which the locking member is mated with the mating portion, the support member being held in the predetermined position, and in the releasing position, the locking member and the locking member The mating portion is disengaged and the support member is movable relative to the housing.
所述位置保持机构还包括与所述锁定件抵压的偏压件, 所述偏压件对所述 锁定件施力使所述锁定件具有与所述配接部配接的趋势。 The position maintaining mechanism further includes a biasing member that is pressed against the locking member, and the biasing member biases the locking member to cause the locking member to have a tendency to mate with the mating portion.
所述偏压件与所述锁定件之间设有中间件, 所述偏压件沿第一方向推动所 述中间件运动, 所述中间件沿与第一方向垂直的第二方向推动所述锁定件朝向 所述锁定位置运动。 所述第一方向为所述中心线的延伸方向。 所述中间件上设 有在所述锁定位置抵紧所述锁定件的锁定面、与所述锁定面成角度设置的斜面、 与所述斜面连接的接收槽, 所述斜面沿所述第一方向运动推动所述锁定件在所 述第二方向产生位移从而朝向所述锁定位置运动, 所述接收槽在所述释放位置 收容所述锁定件。 所述锁定件为钢球。 所述动力工具上固设有定位片, 所述定
位片上设在供所述钢球沿所述第二方向穿过的通孔。 An intermediate member is disposed between the biasing member and the locking member, the biasing member urges the intermediate member to move in a first direction, and the intermediate member pushes the second direction in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction The locking member moves toward the locked position. The first direction is an extending direction of the center line. The intermediate member is provided with a locking surface abutting against the locking member at the locking position, a sloped surface disposed at an angle with the locking surface, and a receiving groove connected to the inclined surface, the inclined surface along the first The directional movement urges the locking member to be displaced in the second direction to move toward the locked position, and the receiving groove receives the locking member in the released position. The locking member is a steel ball. a positioning piece is fixed on the power tool, and the fixing The bit plate is disposed on a through hole through which the steel ball passes in the second direction.
所述锁定件绕所述中心线转动从而在所述锁定位置和所述释放位置之间运 动。所述锁定件包括相对所述中心线中心对称设置的第一锁定部和第二锁定部, 所述第一锁定部和所述第二锁定部共同作用将所述支撑件保持在所述预设位 置。 所述锁定件沿垂直于所述中心线的方向移动从而在所述锁定位置和所述释 放位置之间运动。 The locking member is rotated about the centerline to move between the locked position and the released position. The locking member includes a first locking portion and a second locking portion symmetrically disposed with respect to a center of the center line, the first locking portion and the second locking portion cooperating to hold the support member at the preset position. The locking member moves in a direction perpendicular to the centerline to move between the locked position and the released position.
所述支撑件还包括设置在所述支撑面两侧的第一侧部和第二侧部, 所述第 一侧部、 第二侧部与所述支撑面间形成收容空间, 所述支撑件在所述第一位置 时所述输出杆的端部位于所述收容空间; 所述动力工具还包括插接在所述壳体 上的电池包, 所述支撑件在所述第二位置时, 所述电池包位于所述收容空间。 所述动力工具还包括与壳体相连的手柄, 支撑件还包括与所述支撑面相连的延 伸部, 所述支撑件在所述第一位置时, 延伸部与所述手柄相对形成握持空间。 The support member further includes a first side portion and a second side portion disposed on two sides of the support surface, and a receiving space is formed between the first side portion, the second side portion and the support surface, the support member The end of the output rod is located in the receiving space when in the first position; the power tool further includes a battery pack inserted on the housing, and when the support is in the second position, The battery pack is located in the receiving space. The power tool further includes a handle connected to the housing, the support member further includes an extension connected to the support surface, and when the support member is in the first position, the extension portion forms a holding space opposite to the handle .
所述输出杆上设置有用于夹持工作头的夹紧装置, 所述工作头包括与所述 夹紧装置重叠的夹持部和与夹持部连接的工作部, 所述工作部所在的区域为工 作区域, 所述输出杆纵长延伸并具有中心线, 所述动力工具还包括具有支撑面 的支撑件, 所述支撑件活动的连接在所述壳体上从而所述支撑面可选择的位于 所述工作区域之内或之外。 The output rod is provided with a clamping device for clamping the working head, the working head includes a clamping portion overlapping the clamping device and a working portion connected to the clamping portion, where the working portion is located For the work area, the output rod extends longitudinally and has a centerline, the power tool further includes a support having a support surface, the support member being movably coupled to the housing such that the support surface is selectable Located within or outside the work area.
所述输出杆处于所述第一运动模式时,所述支撑面位于所述工作区域之内。 所述输出杆处于所述第二运动模式并且所述动力工具达到特定加工状态时, 所 述支撑面位于所述工作区域之内。 所述输出杆处于所述第二运动模式时, 所述 支撑件位于所述工作区域之外。 所述动力工具还包括对所述支撑件施力的偏压 装置, 所述偏压装置使所述支撑面具有沿所述中心线的延伸方向朝远离所述壳 体的方向运动的趋势, 所述输出杆处于所述第二运动模式时, 所述支撑面位于 所述工作区域内始终抵靠工件。 When the output rod is in the first motion mode, the support surface is located within the working area. The support surface is located within the working area when the output rod is in the second motion mode and the power tool reaches a particular processing state. The support member is located outside of the work area when the output rod is in the second motion mode. The power tool further includes biasing means for biasing the support member, the biasing means having a tendency for the support surface to move in a direction away from the housing along an extending direction of the center line, When the output rod is in the second motion mode, the support surface is always in the working area and abuts against the workpiece.
与现有技术相比, 本发明的动力工具的输出杆可输出旋转和往复两种运动 模式, 从而大大拓宽了动力工具的使用范围, 而且本发明的动力工具是由马达 通过一套传动机构实现同一个输出杆输出旋转和往复两种运动模式, 从而输出 杆可输出稳定的旋转或往复运动, 方便使用。 更优的, 本发明的动力工具包括 活动的连接在壳体上的支撑件, 操作者可以根据需要调整支撑件的位置, 满足 动力工具在不同工况下对工件抵靠的不同需求,大大的方便了动力工具的使用。 Compared with the prior art, the output rod of the power tool of the present invention can output both rotating and reciprocating motion modes, thereby greatly expanding the range of use of the power tool, and the power tool of the present invention is realized by the motor through a set of transmission mechanisms. The same output rod outputs two rotation and reciprocating motion modes, so that the output rod can output stable rotation or reciprocating motion, which is convenient to use. More preferably, the power tool of the present invention comprises a movable support member connected to the housing, and the operator can adjust the position of the support member as needed to meet the different requirements of the power tool for abutting the workpiece under different working conditions, Convenient for the use of power tools.
本发明还提供一种操作方便的动力工具, 技术方案是: 一种动力工具, 包 括壳体、 收容于所述壳体内的马达、 与所述马达连接的传动机构、 由所述传动 机构驱动的输出杆, 所述传动机构驱动所述输出杆输出至少两种不同的工作状
态, 所述动力工具还包括控制所述马达的开关和控制所述输出杆处于不同工作 状态的操作件, 所述动力工具还包括与所述壳体相连的手柄, 所述手柄上设置 有第一握持区, 所述壳体上设置有第二握持区, 所述开关设置在所述第一握持 区上, 所述操作件设置在所述第二握持区上, 操作者的双手分别放置在所述第 一握持区和所述第二握持区握持动力工具并分别控制所述开关和所述操作件。 The invention also provides a power tool with convenient operation, the technical solution is: a power tool comprising a housing, a motor housed in the housing, a transmission mechanism connected to the motor, and driven by the transmission mechanism An output rod, the transmission mechanism driving the output rod to output at least two different working conditions The power tool further includes a switch for controlling the motor and an operating member for controlling the output lever to be in different working states, the power tool further includes a handle connected to the housing, and the handle is provided with a first a holding area, the housing is provided with a second holding area, the switch is disposed on the first holding area, and the operating member is disposed on the second holding area, the operator's The hands are placed in the first holding area and the second holding area, respectively, to hold the power tool and control the switch and the operating member, respectively.
所述第一握持区设置在所述手柄和所述壳体的交界处。 所述第二握持区设 置在所述壳体远离所述手柄壳体的一端。 所述角度为钝角。 所述第一握持区包 括供操作者手的虎口握持的第一握持部, 所述第二握持区包括供操作者手的虎 口握持的第二握持部, 以通过壳体的中轴线的平面为界, 将壳体分为相背对的 两侧, 所述第一握持部和所述第二握持部分别位于所述壳体的不同侧。 所述第 二握持区上设有握持引导部, 以通过壳体的中轴线的平面为界, 将壳体分为相 背对的两侧, 所述握持引导部和所述操作件分别位于所述壳体的不同侧。 The first grip area is disposed at a junction of the handle and the housing. The second gripping zone is disposed at an end of the housing remote from the handle housing. The angle is an obtuse angle. The first holding area includes a first grip portion for a tiger's mouth held by an operator's hand, and the second holding portion includes a second grip portion for a tiger's mouth held by an operator's hand to pass through the housing The plane of the central axis is bounded, and the housing is divided into opposite sides, and the first grip portion and the second grip portion are respectively located on different sides of the housing. The second holding area is provided with a holding guiding portion to divide the housing into opposite sides by the plane of the central axis of the housing, the holding guiding portion and the operating member Located on different sides of the housing.
所述不同的工作状态包括输出杆输出不同的运动方式。 不同的运动方式包 括旋转运动和往复运动。所述不同的工作状态包括输出杆输出不同的运动速度。 The different operating states include output rods outputting different modes of motion. Different modes of motion include rotational motion and reciprocating motion. The different operating states include output rods outputting different speeds of motion.
与现有技术相比, 本发明的动力工具由操作者双手握持并分别控制开关和 操作件, 动力工具握持稳定从而使输出杆具有稳定的输出; 并且, 操作件可由 握住壳体的一只手控制, 从而方便可靠的切换动力工具的工作状态。 Compared with the prior art, the power tool of the present invention is held by both hands of the operator and controls the switch and the operating member respectively, the power tool is held stably so that the output rod has a stable output; and the operating member can be held by the housing. One hand control makes it easy and reliable to switch the working state of the power tool.
本发明还提供一种可输出不同工作模式以方便使用的动力工具, 技术方案 是: 一种动力工具, 包括壳体、 收容于所述壳体内的马达、 由所述马达通过传 动机构驱动的输出杆, 所述传动机构包括速度变换机构和运动变换机构, 所述 动力工具还包括控制机构, 所述控制机构可操作的使所述输出杆处于至少三种 工作模式, 在第一工作模式下, 所述输出杆以第一速度输出往复运动; 在第二 工作模式下, 所述输出杆以第二速度输出旋转运动; 在第三工作模式下, 所述 输出杆以第一速度输出旋转运动。 The invention also provides a power tool which can output different working modes for convenient use, and the technical solution is: a power tool comprising a housing, a motor housed in the housing, and an output driven by the motor through a transmission mechanism a transmission mechanism comprising a speed changing mechanism and a motion conversion mechanism, the power tool further comprising a control mechanism, the control mechanism being operable to cause the output rod to be in at least three working modes, in the first working mode, The output rod outputs a reciprocating motion at a first speed; in the second operating mode, the output rod outputs a rotational motion at a second speed; in the third operating mode, the output rod outputs a rotational motion at a first speed.
所述控制机构包括一个操作件, 所述操作件同时控制所述速度变换机构和 所述运动变换机构。 所述操作件围绕所述输出杆的轴线转动。 所述操作件具有 三个周向位置, 所述操作件位于第一周向位置时, 所述输出杆处于所述第一工 作模式; 所述操作件位于第二周向位置时, 所述输出杆处于所述第二工作模式; 所述操作件位于第三周向位置时, 所述输出杆处于所述第三工作模式。 The control mechanism includes an operating member that simultaneously controls the speed changing mechanism and the motion converting mechanism. The operating member rotates about an axis of the output rod. The operating member has three circumferential positions, the output rod is in the first working mode when the operating member is in the first circumferential position, and the output is when the operating member is in the second circumferential position. The rod is in the second working mode; when the operating member is in the third circumferential position, the output rod is in the third working mode.
所述速度变换机构设于所述马达与所述运动变换机构之间。 所述运动变换 机构包括驱动机构和模式切换机构, 所述模式切换机构相对所述驱动机构远离 所述速度变换机构设置。 The speed conversion mechanism is provided between the motor and the motion conversion mechanism. The motion conversion mechanism includes a drive mechanism and a mode switching mechanism, and the mode switching mechanism is disposed away from the speed change mechanism with respect to the drive mechanism.
所述运动变换机构包括驱动机构和模式切换机构, 所述操作件与所述模式
切换机构之间设有转换槽道和可在所述转换槽道内滑动的第一柱形销, 所述第 一柱形销在所述转换槽道内滑动使所述模式切换机构变换位置而切换所述输出 杆的往复或旋转运动模式。 The motion conversion mechanism includes a driving mechanism and a mode switching mechanism, and the operating member and the mode a switching channel and a first cylindrical pin slidable in the conversion channel are disposed between the switching mechanisms, the first cylindrical pin sliding in the conversion channel to cause the mode switching mechanism to change position and switch The reciprocating or rotating motion mode of the output rod.
所述转换槽道包括相通的第一槽道和第三槽道, 所述第一槽道沿所述操作 件的运动方向延伸且相对于所述模式切换机构的运动方向倾斜设置, 所述第三 槽道沿所述操作件的运动方向延伸且相对所述模式切换机构的运动方向垂直设 置, 所述第一柱形销位于所述第一槽道远离所述第三槽道的末端时, 所述输出 杆输出往复运动, 所述第一柱形销位于所述第三槽道时, 输出杆输出旋转运动。 The conversion channel includes a first channel and a third channel, wherein the first channel extends along a moving direction of the operating member and is inclined with respect to a moving direction of the mode switching mechanism, a three-channel extending along a moving direction of the operating member and perpendicular to a moving direction of the mode switching mechanism, wherein the first cylindrical pin is located at an end of the first channel away from the third channel The output rod outputs a reciprocating motion, and when the first cylindrical pin is located in the third channel, the output rod outputs a rotational motion.
所述速度变换机构包括减速机构和变速切换机构, 所述操作件与所述变速 切换机构之间设有变速槽道和可在所述变速槽道内滑动的第二柱形销, 所述第 二柱形销在所述变速槽道内滑动使所述变速切换机构变换位置而切换所述输出 杆的输出速度。 The speed changing mechanism includes a speed reducing mechanism and a shifting switching mechanism, and a shifting channel and a second cylindrical pin slidable in the shifting channel are disposed between the operating member and the shifting switching mechanism, and the second The cylindrical pin slides in the shifting channel to cause the shifting mechanism to shift position and switch the output speed of the output rod.
所述变速槽道包括相通的第二槽道和第四槽道, 所述第二槽道和所述第四 槽道沿所述操作件的运动方向延伸且相对于所述变速切换机构的运动方向倾斜 设置, 所述第二槽道和所述第四槽道远离彼此的末端在所述变速切换机构的运 动方向上平齐,所述第二柱形销在所述第二槽道和第四槽道远离彼此的末端时, 所述输出杆以所述第一速度运动, 所述第二柱形销在所述第二槽道和所述第四 槽道的连接处时, 所述输出杆以所述第二速度运动。 The shifting channel includes a second channel and a fourth channel that communicate with each other, and the second channel and the fourth channel extend in a moving direction of the operating member and move relative to the shifting mechanism The direction is inclined, the ends of the second channel and the fourth channel away from each other are flush in the moving direction of the shift switching mechanism, and the second cylindrical pin is in the second channel and the second When the four channels are away from each other, the output rod moves at the first speed, and when the second cylindrical pin is at the junction of the second channel and the fourth channel, the output The rod moves at the second speed.
所述操作件与所述变速切换机构之间设有变速槽道和可在所述变速槽道内 滑动的第二柱形销, 所述第二柱形销在所述变速槽道内滑动使所述变速切换机 构变换位置而切换所述输出杆的运动速度。 所述转换槽道两末端和所述变速槽 道的两末端在所述操作件的运动方向上平齐。 a shifting channel and a second cylindrical pin slidable in the shifting channel are disposed between the operating member and the shifting switching mechanism, and the second cylindrical pin slides in the shifting channel to The shift switching mechanism shifts the position to switch the speed of movement of the output rod. Both ends of the conversion channel and both ends of the shifting channel are flush in the direction of movement of the operating member.
所述运动变换机构包括驱动机构和模式切换机构, 所述模式切换机构包括 相互配接的切换件和限制机构, 所述切换件可在两个位置之间移动, 在第一位 置, 所述输出杆处于往复运动模式, 所述切换件与所述驱动机构脱开而与所述 壳体相连使所述限制机构与所述壳体相对固定; 在第二位置, 所述输出杆处于 旋转运动模式, 所述切换件与所述驱动机构连接且所述限制机构与所述输出杆 周向固定。 所述速度变换机构为行星轮系变速机构, 所述行星轮系变速机构的 中心线与所述马达轴线、 输出杆轴线同轴。 The motion conversion mechanism includes a driving mechanism and a mode switching mechanism, and the mode switching mechanism includes a switching member and a limiting mechanism that are coupled to each other, and the switching member is movable between two positions, wherein the output is in the first position The lever is in a reciprocating mode, the switching member is disengaged from the driving mechanism and connected to the housing to fix the limiting mechanism and the housing; in the second position, the output rod is in a rotational motion mode The switching member is coupled to the drive mechanism and the restriction mechanism is fixed circumferentially with the output rod. The speed changing mechanism is a planetary gear shifting mechanism, and a center line of the planetary gear shifting mechanism is coaxial with the motor axis and the output rod axis.
所述动力工具上设有控制所述切换件轴向移动从而在所述第一位置和所述 第二位置之间切换的模式控制机构。 所述模式控制机构包括设于所述壳体上操 作件, 所述操作件转动带动所述切换件轴向移动。 所述壳体与所述切换件之间 设有将所述切换件分别保持在所述第一位置和所述第二位置的第一保持机构及
第二保持机构。所述第一保持机构包括弹性突起和与所述弹性突起配接的凹槽。 所述动力工具上设有控制所述内齿圏在所述第一位置和第二位置之间切换的变 速控制机构, 所述变速控制机构包括设于所述壳体上操作件, 所述操作件旋转 带动所述内齿圏轴向移动。 所述操作件同时与所述切换件相连从而控制所述切 换件在所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间切换。 The power tool is provided with a mode control mechanism that controls axial movement of the switching member to switch between the first position and the second position. The mode control mechanism includes an operating member disposed on the housing, and the operating member rotates to move the switching member axially. a first holding mechanism for holding the switching member in the first position and the second position, respectively, between the housing and the switching member Second holding mechanism. The first retaining mechanism includes an elastic protrusion and a groove that mates with the elastic protrusion. The power tool is provided with a shift control mechanism for controlling the internal gum to switch between the first position and the second position, the shift control mechanism comprising an operating member disposed on the housing, the operation The rotation of the piece drives the inner tooth to move axially. The operating member is simultaneously coupled to the switching member to control the switching member to switch between the first position and the second position.
与现有技术相比, 本发明的动力工具的输出杆可输出一档往复运动工作模 式、 两档旋转运动工作模式, 从而大大拓宽了动力工具的使用范围。 更优的是, 本发明的动力工具的三种工作模式由一个操作件切换, 给使用动力工具的操作 者带来了极大的便利。 Compared with the prior art, the output rod of the power tool of the present invention can output a reciprocating working mode and a two-speed rotating working mode, thereby greatly expanding the range of use of the power tool. More preferably, the three modes of operation of the power tool of the present invention are switched by an operating member, which greatly facilitates the operator who uses the power tool.
本发明还提供一种可以夹持不同的工作头的夹紧装置, 技术方案是: 一种夹紧装置, 所述夹紧装置用于将第一工作头或第二工作头固定在动力 工具的输出杆上, 所述输出杆具有轴线, 所述夹紧装置包括安装件和夹紧机构, 所述安装件与输出杆相连并具有形状不同的第一收容部和第二收容部, 所述第 一收容部用于收容所述第一工作头的第一连接部, 所述第二收容部用于收容所 述第二工作头的第二连接部, 所述夹紧机构将所述第一连接部保持在所述第一 收容部内或者将所述第二连接部保持在所述第二收容部内。 The invention also provides a clamping device capable of clamping different working heads, the technical solution is: a clamping device for fixing the first working head or the second working head to the power tool On the output rod, the output rod has an axis, the clamping device includes a mounting member and a clamping mechanism, and the mounting member is connected to the output rod and has a first receiving portion and a second receiving portion having different shapes, a receiving portion for receiving the first connecting portion of the first working head, the second receiving portion for receiving a second connecting portion of the second working head, the clamping mechanism connecting the first connection The portion is held in the first receiving portion or the second connecting portion is held in the second receiving portion.
所述第一收容部包括相对设置的第一抵接部和第二抵接部及位于所述第一 抵接部和所述第二抵接部之间的收容空间。 所述第一抵接部和所述第二抵接部 的形状为卡口, 在与所述轴线垂直的平面上, 所述第一抵接部的抵接面和所述 第二抵接部的抵接面的投影为弧线或折线。 The first receiving portion includes a first abutting portion and a second abutting portion and a receiving space between the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion. The first abutting portion and the second abutting portion are in the shape of a bayonet, and the abutting surface of the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion are on a plane perpendicular to the axis The projection of the abutting surface is an arc or a broken line.
所述第二收容部为多边形或圆形收容孔。 所述多边形为正六方形或正十二 方形。 所述第一收容部和所述第二收容部部分重合。 所述第一收容部和所述第 二收容部的轴线重合。 所述第二收容部包括正多边形挡接部, 所述第一收容部 包括分别从所述正多边形挡接部相对的两个边沿中心向外扩展形成的开口朝向 彼此的两个 氏接部。 The second receiving portion is a polygonal or circular receiving hole. The polygon is a regular hexagon or a regular twelve square. The first receiving portion and the second receiving portion partially overlap. The axes of the first receiving portion and the second receiving portion are coincident. The second receiving portion includes a regular polygonal blocking portion, and the first receiving portion includes two joints that are outwardly expanded from the centers of the two opposite edges of the regular polygonal blocking portion, and the openings are oriented toward each other.
所述夹紧机构包括沿所述输出杆的径向方向运动的锁紧件、 使所述锁紧件 在锁紧工作头的第一位置和释放工作头的第二位置之间运动的压紧件、 对所述 压紧件施压使所述压紧件位于第一位置的偏压件。 所述锁紧件为压销, 所述压 销上设有周向延伸的用于与所述工作头配接的卡接槽, 所述卡接槽的截面从开 口向里宽度渐减。 所述压紧件沿所述输出杆的轴向方向运动以压紧或释放所述 锁紧件, 所述压紧件具有相对所述输出杆的轴向倾斜的斜面。 The clamping mechanism includes a locking member that moves in a radial direction of the output rod, and a compression that moves the locking member between a first position of the locking working head and a second position of the release working head And a biasing member that presses the pressing member to position the pressing member in the first position. The locking member is a pressing pin, and the pressing pin is provided with a circumferentially extending engaging groove for mating with the working head, and the cross section of the engaging groove is gradually decreased from the opening to the inner width. The pressing member moves in the axial direction of the output rod to press or release the locking member, and the pressing member has an inclined surface inclined with respect to the axial direction of the output rod.
所述压紧件与所述安装件之间设有导向装置, 所述导向装置使所述压紧件 保持沿所述输出杆的轴向方向运动。 所述压紧件为套设在所述安装件上的环状
压紧件, 所述斜面与所述导向装置隔开设置。 所述偏压件为压簧, 所述安装件 上连接有止挡装置, 所述锥压簧一端与所述压紧件抵接, 另一端与所述止挡装 置抵接。 所述夹紧装置还包括与所述压紧件相连并驱动所述压紧件运动的操作 部件。 所述操作部件外表面上设有条形花紋。 A guiding device is disposed between the pressing member and the mounting member, and the guiding device keeps the pressing member moving along an axial direction of the output rod. The pressing member is a ring sleeved on the mounting member a pressing member, the inclined surface being spaced apart from the guiding device. The biasing member is a compression spring, and the mounting member is connected with a stopping device. One end of the cone compression spring abuts against the pressing member, and the other end abuts the stopping device. The clamping device further includes an operating member coupled to the pressing member and driving the pressing member to move. The outer surface of the operating member is provided with a rib pattern.
与现有技术相比, 本发明夹紧装置可夹持两种不同的工作头, 大大的拓展 了夹紧装置的使用范围, 极大的方便了消费者的使用。 Compared with the prior art, the clamping device of the invention can hold two different working heads, which greatly expands the use range of the clamping device, and greatly facilitates the use of the consumer.
附图说明 DRAWINGS
下面结合附图和实施例对本发明作进一步说明。 The invention will now be further described with reference to the accompanying drawings and embodiments.
图 1是本发明第一实施例提供的动力工具的立体图; 1 is a perspective view of a power tool according to a first embodiment of the present invention;
图 2是图 1所示的动力工具的机芯部分的爆炸图; Figure 2 is an exploded view of the movement portion of the power tool shown in Figure 1;
图 3是图 1所示的动力工具的机芯部分的另一爆炸图; Figure 3 is another exploded view of the movement portion of the power tool shown in Figure 1;
图 4是图 2中 A部分的放大图; Figure 4 is an enlarged view of a portion A of Figure 2;
图 5是图 1所示的动力工具机芯部分的剖视图及操作件的仰视图, 其中输 出 4干输出高速往复运动; Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view of the power tool movement portion shown in Figure 1 and a bottom view of the operating member, wherein the output 4 dry output is reciprocated at a high speed;
图 6是图 1所示的动力工具机芯部分的剖视图及操作件的仰视图, 其中输 出杆输出低速旋转运动; Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view of the power tool movement portion shown in Figure 1 and a bottom view of the operating member, wherein the output rod outputs a low speed rotary motion;
图 7是图 1所示的动力工具机芯部分的剖视图及操作件的仰视图, 其中输 出杆输出高速旋转运动; Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view of the power tool movement portion shown in Figure 1 and a bottom view of the operating member, wherein the output rod outputs a high-speed rotational motion;
图 8是本发明第二实施例提供的动力工具机芯部分的局部剖视图; 图 9是本发明提供的动力工具与夹紧装置及工作头的装配示意图; 图 10是图 9所示的动力工具的左视图; Figure 8 is a partial cross-sectional view of a power tool movement portion according to a second embodiment of the present invention; Figure 9 is a schematic view showing the assembly of the power tool and the clamping device and the working head provided by the present invention; Figure 10 is a power tool shown in Figure 9. Left view
图 1 1是图 9所示的夹紧装置的立体分解图; Figure 1 is an exploded perspective view of the clamping device shown in Figure 9;
图 12是图 9所示的夹紧装置的另一立体分解图; Figure 12 is another perspective exploded view of the clamping device shown in Figure 9;
图 13是图 10所示的夹紧装置沿 A-A方向的剖视图, 此时夹紧装置处于自 由状态; Figure 13 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line A-A, in which the clamping device is in a free state;
图 14是图 13所示的夹紧装置沿 B-B方向的剖视图; Figure 14 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 13 taken along the line B-B;
图 15是图 13所示的夹紧装置沿 C-C方向的剖视图; Figure 15 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 13 taken along the line C-C;
图 16是图 10所示的夹紧装置沿 A-A方向的剖视图, 此时夹紧装置处于准 备夹紧的状态; Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line A-A, in which the clamping device is in a ready-to-clamp state;
图 17是图 10所示的夹紧装置沿 A-A方向的剖视图, 此时夹紧装置处于夹 紧具有第一尺寸的第一工作头的夹紧状态;
图 1 8是图 17所示的夹紧装置沿 D-D方向的剖视图; Figure 17 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line AA, in which case the clamping device is in a clamped state of clamping the first working head having the first size; Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 17 in the DD direction;
图 19是图 10所示的夹紧装置沿 A-A方向的剖视图, 此时夹紧装置处于夹 紧具有第二尺寸的第一工作头的夹紧状态; Figure 19 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line A-A, in which case the clamping device is in a clamped state in which the first working head having the second size is clamped;
图 20是图 19所示的夹紧装置沿 E-E方向的剖视图; Figure 20 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 19 taken along the line E-E;
图 21是图 10所示的夹紧装置沿 A-A方向的剖视图, 此时夹紧装置处于夹 紧第二工作头的夹紧状态; Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 10 taken along the line A-A, in which case the clamping device is in a clamped state in which the second working head is clamped;
图 22是图 21所示的夹紧装置沿 F-F方向的剖视图; Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of the clamping device shown in Figure 21 taken along the line F-F;
图 23是本发明第三实施例提供的动力工具的立体图; Figure 23 is a perspective view of a power tool according to a third embodiment of the present invention;
图 24是图 23所示动力工具的正视图, 此时, 支撑件位于第一位置; 图 25是图 23所示动力工具的另一正视图, 此时, 支撑件位于第二位置; 图 26是图 23所示的动力工具中的位置保持机构的剖面图, 此时, 锁定件 位于锁定位置; Figure 24 is a front elevational view of the power tool of Figure 23, in which case the support member is in the first position; Figure 25 is another front view of the power tool of Figure 23, in which the support member is in the second position; Figure 26 Is a cross-sectional view of the position maintaining mechanism in the power tool shown in FIG. 23, at which time the locking member is in the locked position;
图 27是图 23所示的动力工具中的位置保持机构的剖面图, 此时, 锁定件 位于释放位置; Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view of the position maintaining mechanism in the power tool shown in Figure 23, in which the locking member is in the release position;
图 28是本发明第四实施例提供的动力工具的正视图; Figure 28 is a front elevational view of a power tool according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图 29 是本发明第五实施例提供的动力工具的局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支 撑件位于第一位置, 且位置保持机构的锁定件位于锁定位置; Figure 29 is a partial cross-sectional elevational view of the power tool according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention, in which the support member is in the first position, and the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the locked position;
图 30是图 29所示的动力工具的另一局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支撑件位于 第二位置, 且位置保持机构的锁定件位于释放位置; Figure 30 is another partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 29, in which the support member is in the second position and the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the release position;
图 3 1是图 29所示的动力工具的再一局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支撑件位于 第二位置, 且位置保持机构的锁定件位于锁定位置; Figure 31 is a partial partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 29, in which the support member is in the second position and the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the locked position;
图 32 是本发明第六实施例提供的动力工具的局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支 撑件位于第一位置; Figure 32 is a partial cross-sectional elevational view of a power tool according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention, in which case the support member is in the first position;
图 33是图 32所示的动力工具的另一局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支撑件位于 第二位置; Figure 33 is another partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 32, in which case the support member is in the second position;
图 34是图 33所示的动力工具沿 J-J方向的剖视图, 此时, 位置保持机构 的锁定件位于锁定位置; Figure 34 is a cross-sectional view of the power tool shown in Figure 33 taken along the J-J direction, at which time the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the locked position;
图 35是图 33所示的动力工具沿 J-J方向的另一剖视图, 此时, 位置保持 机构的锁定件位于释放位置; Figure 35 is another cross-sectional view of the power tool of Figure 33 taken along the J-J direction, at which time the locking member of the position maintaining mechanism is in the release position;
图 36 是本发明第七实施例提供的动力工具的局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支 撑件位于第一位置;
图 37是图 36所示的动力工具的局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支撑件位于第二 位置; 36 is a partial cross-sectional front view of a power tool according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention, in which case the support member is in the first position; Figure 37 is a partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 36, in which case the support member is in the second position;
图 38是图 36所示的动力工具的局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支撑件位于另一 第二位置; Figure 38 is a partial cross-sectional elevational view of the power tool of Figure 36, in which case the support member is in another second position;
图 39是图 38所示的动力工具沿 K-K方向的局部剖视图; Figure 39 is a partial cross-sectional view of the power tool shown in Figure 38 taken along the line K-K;
图 40 是本发明第八实施例提供的动力工具的局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支 撑件位于第一位置; Figure 40 is a partial cross-sectional elevational view of the power tool according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention, in which case the support member is in the first position;
图 41 和图 42是图 40所示的动力工具的两个局部剖面正视图, 示出了支 撑件朝向第二位置运动的中间过程; 41 and 42 are two partial cross-sectional elevation views of the power tool of Fig. 40 showing the intermediate process of movement of the support member toward the second position;
图 43是图 40所示的动力工具的再一局部剖面正视图, 此时, 支撑件位于 第二位置; Figure 43 is still another partial cross-sectional elevation view of the power tool of Figure 40, in which case the support member is in the second position;
图 44是图 43所示的动力工具沿 M-M方向的局部剖视图。 Figure 44 is a partial cross-sectional view of the power tool shown in Figure 43 taken along the line M-M.
具体实施例 Specific embodiment
图 1至图 8示出了本发明第一实施例的动力工具 100。 1 to 8 show a power tool 100 of a first embodiment of the present invention.
请参见图 1 和图 2 , 本实施例的动力工具 100 包括壳体 2、 收容于壳体 2 内的马达 (图中未示出 )、 由马达通过传动机构驱动的输出杆 6。 传动机构包括 运动变换机构, 运动变换机构可操作的驱动所述输出杆处于输出往复运动的第 一运动模式和输出旋转运动的第二运动模式, 从而大大提高了动力工具 100的 应用范围。 Referring to Figures 1 and 2, the power tool 100 of the present embodiment includes a housing 2, a motor (not shown) housed in the housing 2, and an output rod 6 driven by a motor through a transmission mechanism. The transmission mechanism includes a motion changing mechanism operative to drive the output rod in a first motion mode of output reciprocating motion and a second motion mode of output rotational motion, thereby greatly improving the application range of the power tool 100.
运动变换机构包括驱动机构 10和模式切换机构,模式切换机构包括相互配 接的切换件 8和限制机构 12 , 切换件 8可在两个位置之间移动, 在第一位置, 输出杆 6处于第一运动模式,切换件 8与驱动机构 10脱开连接而与壳体 2相连 使限制机构 12与壳体 2相对固定; 在第二位置, 输出杆 6处于第二运动模式, 切换件 8与驱动机构 10连接且限制机构 12与输出杆 6周向固定。 The motion changing mechanism includes a driving mechanism 10 and a mode switching mechanism. The mode switching mechanism includes a switching member 8 and a limiting mechanism 12 that are coupled to each other. The switching member 8 is movable between two positions. In the first position, the output rod 6 is in the first position. In a motion mode, the switching member 8 is disconnected from the driving mechanism 10 and connected to the housing 2 to fix the limiting mechanism 12 and the housing 2; in the second position, the output rod 6 is in the second motion mode, the switching member 8 and the driving The mechanism 10 is connected and the restriction mechanism 12 is fixed circumferentially with the output rod 6.
驱动机构包 10括由马达驱动旋转的驱动体 9和设于驱动体 9和输出杆 6 之间的转换机构, 切换件 8在第二位置与驱动体 9连接。 The drive mechanism package 10 includes a drive body 9 that is rotated by a motor and a switching mechanism provided between the drive body 9 and the output lever 6, and the switch member 8 is coupled to the drive body 9 at the second position.
转换机构包括设置在驱动体 9和输出杆 6中的一个上的凸轮槽 14、设置在 驱动体 9和输出杆 6 中的另一个上的推动件 16。 本实施例中, 凸轮槽 14设置 在驱动体 9上, 优选的, 本实施例的驱动体 9为中空柱体, 具有中空的收容腔 体, 凸轮槽 14设于驱动体 9的内表面上。 推动件 16为钢球, 输出杆 6上设有 部分收容钢球的沉孔 17。 如此设置, 马达带动驱动体 9旋转后, 通过凸轮槽 14 和推动件 16的配合, 使输出杆 6在作旋转运动的同时进行往复运动。 优选的,
驱动体 9为圆柱状中空柱体,凸轮槽 14设置在驱动体 9 内表面上。本实施例中, 输出杆 6部分收容在驱动体 9空腔内并与驱动体 9同轴, 如此设置, 各部件结 构排布勾称合理, 可减小动力工具的体积。 The switching mechanism includes a cam groove 14 provided on one of the driving body 9 and the output lever 6, and a pushing member 16 provided on the other of the driving body 9 and the output lever 6. In this embodiment, the cam groove 14 is disposed on the driving body 9. Preferably, the driving body 9 of the embodiment is a hollow cylinder having a hollow receiving cavity, and the cam groove 14 is disposed on the inner surface of the driving body 9. The pushing member 16 is a steel ball, and the output rod 6 is provided with a counterbore 17 for partially accommodating the steel ball. In this way, after the motor drives the driving body 9 to rotate, the output rod 6 reciprocates while rotating by the cooperation of the cam groove 14 and the pushing member 16. Preferably, The driving body 9 is a cylindrical hollow cylinder, and the cam groove 14 is provided on the inner surface of the driving body 9. In this embodiment, the output rod 6 is partially received in the cavity of the driving body 9 and coaxial with the driving body 9. In this way, the structural arrangement of each component is reasonable, and the volume of the power tool can be reduced.
为方便驱动体 9 内表面上凸轮槽 14的加工制造,本实施例的驱动体 9 包括 第一驱动件 1 8、 第二驱动件 20及将第一驱动件 18和第二驱动件 20连接在一 起的固定件 22 , 凸轮槽 14一部分设置在第一驱动件 1 8上, 另一部分设置在第 二驱动件 20上。 优选的, 凸轮槽 14沿其槽道的中心线分成两部分, 该两部分 分别设置在第一驱动件 1 8和第二驱动件 20上,即凸轮槽 14对称分布在第一驱 动件 18和第二驱动件 20上。 本实施例的固定件 22与第一驱动件 18和第二驱 动件 20通过螺紋连接固定, 连接方便可靠。 本实施例还可有多种变形, 如将凸 轮槽设置在输出杆外表面上, 或者将凸轮槽设置在驱动体外表面上, 以方便凸 轮槽的加工制造, 凡此等等, 在此不再赘述, 只要其功能和效果与本发明相同 或相似的技术方案, 均应涵盖于本发明保护范围内。 In order to facilitate the processing and manufacturing of the cam groove 14 on the inner surface of the driving body 9, the driving body 9 of the present embodiment includes a first driving member 18, a second driving member 20, and a first driving member 18 and a second driving member 20 are connected thereto. Together with the fixing member 22, a portion of the cam groove 14 is disposed on the first driving member 18, and the other portion is disposed on the second driving member 20. Preferably, the cam groove 14 is divided into two portions along the center line of the channel thereof, and the two portions are respectively disposed on the first driving member 18 and the second driving member 20, that is, the cam grooves 14 are symmetrically distributed on the first driving member 18 and On the second driving member 20. The fixing member 22 of the embodiment is fixed by screwing with the first driving member 18 and the second driving member 20, and the connection is convenient and reliable. The embodiment can also have various modifications, such as setting the cam groove on the outer surface of the output rod, or arranging the cam groove on the outer surface of the driving body to facilitate the processing and manufacturing of the cam groove, and so on, no longer here. It is to be noted that as long as the functions and effects of the present invention are the same or similar to the present invention, they should be covered by the scope of the present invention.
限制机构 12在输出杆 6 的旋转方向上与输出杆 6相对固定, 即限制机构 12和输出杆 6周向固定两者无相对转动。 具体的, 限制机构 12 包括可转动的 套接在输出杆 6上的限制件 26、设置在限制件 26和输出杆 6之间的止转机构。 止转机构包括设于限制件 26上沿输出杆 6的轴向延伸的第一纵长槽 30、 设于 输出杆 6上沿其轴向延伸的第二纵长槽 32以及穿设第一纵长槽 30、 第二纵长 槽 32将限制件 26和输出杆 6周向固定在一起的连接件 28。 连接件 28与第一 纵长槽 30和第二纵长槽 32沿输出杆 6的轴向滑动配接, 使输出杆 6和限制件 26周向固定的同时使输出杆 6可以顺利的往复运动。 The restricting mechanism 12 is relatively fixed to the output rod 6 in the rotational direction of the output rod 6, i.e., the restricting mechanism 12 and the output rod 6 are circumferentially fixed without relative rotation. Specifically, the restricting mechanism 12 includes a restricting member 26 that is rotatably sleeved on the output rod 6, and a rotation preventing mechanism that is disposed between the restricting member 26 and the output rod 6. The rotation preventing mechanism includes a first longitudinal groove 30 extending on the restricting member 26 in the axial direction of the output rod 6, a second longitudinal groove 32 extending on the output rod 6 in the axial direction thereof, and a first longitudinal direction The long groove 30 and the second longitudinal groove 32 connect the restricting member 26 and the output rod 6 to the connecting member 28 circumferentially. The connecting member 28 is slidably engaged with the first longitudinal groove 30 and the second longitudinal groove 32 in the axial direction of the output rod 6, so that the output rod 6 and the limiting member 26 are circumferentially fixed while the output rod 6 can smoothly reciprocate. .
限制机构与输出杆之间设有两套止转机构, 两套止转机构相对输出杆的旋 转轴线对称设置, 结构可靠, 当然, 限制机构与输出杆之间设置任意数目的止 转机构均可。 本实施例的连接件 28优选为钢球, 钢球与纵长槽的配接使输出杆 往复运动顺畅平滑, 可替换的, 连接件 28使用柱形销亦可。 There are two sets of anti-rotation mechanisms between the limiting mechanism and the output rod. The two sets of anti-rotation mechanisms are symmetrically arranged with respect to the rotation axis of the output rod, and the structure is reliable. Of course, any number of anti-rotation mechanisms can be provided between the limiting mechanism and the output rod. . The connecting member 28 of the present embodiment is preferably a steel ball, and the matching of the steel ball and the longitudinal groove makes the output rod reciprocate smoothly and smoothly. Alternatively, the connecting member 28 may use a cylindrical pin.
驱动机构 10决定了输出杆 6的往复行程, 第一纵长槽 30和第二纵长槽 32 的长度之和大于等于输出杆 6的往复行程, 从而止转机构不会限制输出杆 6的 往复运动使输出杆 6运动顺畅。 本实施例中, 第一纵长槽 30和第二纵长槽 32 的长度之和允许输出杆 6顺畅运动, 从而仅需在输出杆 6上设置较短的第二纵 长槽 32即可使输出杆 6顺畅运动,使输出杆 6的强度可以得到保证。可替换的, 连接件与限制件固定连接, 仅在输出杆上设置与连接件滑配的纵长槽亦可。 The drive mechanism 10 determines the reciprocating stroke of the output rod 6, and the sum of the lengths of the first longitudinal groove 30 and the second longitudinal groove 32 is greater than or equal to the reciprocating stroke of the output rod 6, so that the rotation stop mechanism does not limit the reciprocation of the output rod 6. The movement makes the output rod 6 move smoothly. In this embodiment, the sum of the lengths of the first longitudinal groove 30 and the second longitudinal groove 32 allows the output rod 6 to move smoothly, so that only the second second elongated groove 32 is required to be provided on the output rod 6. The output rod 6 moves smoothly, so that the strength of the output rod 6 can be ensured. Alternatively, the connecting member is fixedly connected to the limiting member, and only the longitudinal slot that is matched with the connecting member may be disposed on the output rod.
第二驱动件 20套接在限制件 26上, 限制件 26上的第一纵长槽 30朝向第 二驱动件 20的一端是贯通的,第二驱动件 20与限制件 26抵接充当第一纵长槽
30的一个末端, 可替换的, 限制件 26上的第一纵长槽 30两端封闭亦可。 The second driving member 20 is sleeved on the limiting member 26, and the first longitudinal slot 30 on the limiting member 26 is penetrated toward one end of the second driving member 20. The second driving member 20 abuts the limiting member 26 to serve as the first Longitudinal slot Alternatively, the first longitudinal groove 30 of the restricting member 26 may be closed at both ends.
本实施例在限制件 26与输出杆 6之间设置将两者周向固定在一起的止转机 构。 可替换的, 限制机构和输出杆 6异形配接从而周向固定, 如将限制件与输 出杆相配接的部分设置成正多边形,而不需要在两者之间设置额外的止转机构, 同样可使限制机构和输出杆 6周向固定且输出杆 6可轴向往复运动。 In the present embodiment, a rotation preventing mechanism that fixes both of them circumferentially is provided between the restricting member 26 and the output rod 6. Alternatively, the limiting mechanism and the output rod 6 are profiled to be circumferentially fixed, such as the portion where the limiting member is mated with the output rod is arranged in a regular polygon, without the need to provide an additional rotation preventing mechanism between the two, The restricting mechanism and the output rod 6 are circumferentially fixed and the output rod 6 is axially reciprocable.
切换件 8与限制机构 12花键连接。 具体的, 切换件 8上设有第一花键 34 , 限制机构 12上设有可与第一花键 34啮合的第二花键 36。 优选的, 切换件 8可 套接在限制机构 12的限制件 26上, 第一花键 34设置在切换件 8的内表面, 第 二花键 36设置在限制件 26的外表面上。 第一花键 34和第二花键 36啮合时, 切换件 8 与限制机构 12 相连接, 尤其是周向固定连接。 更优选的, 第一花键 34、 第二花键 36沿输出杆 6的旋转方向周向设置, 周向设置的第一花键 34和 第二花键 36配接可将切换件 8与限制件 26稳定的连接, 可替换的, 第一花键 34和第二花键 36沿周向的一定角度设置使两者足够配接亦可。 The switching member 8 is splined to the restriction mechanism 12. Specifically, the switching member 8 is provided with a first spline 34, and the restriction mechanism 12 is provided with a second spline 36 engageable with the first spline 34. Preferably, the switching member 8 is sleeved on the restriction member 26 of the restriction mechanism 12, the first spline 34 is disposed on the inner surface of the switching member 8, and the second spline 36 is disposed on the outer surface of the restriction member 26. When the first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are engaged, the switching member 8 is coupled to the restriction mechanism 12, particularly in the circumferential direction. More preferably, the first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are circumferentially disposed along the rotation direction of the output rod 6, and the circumferentially disposed first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are mated to connect the switching member 8 and the restriction. The member 26 is stably connected. Alternatively, the first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are disposed at an angle in the circumferential direction so that the two are sufficiently mated.
切换件 8 与驱动体 9花键连接。 具体的, 驱动体 9上设有与第一花键 34 啮合的第三花键 38 , 优选的, 切换件 8可套接在驱动体 9的第二驱动件 20上, 第三花键 38设置在第二驱动件 20外表面,第一花键 34和第三花键 38啮合时, 切换件 8与驱动体 9相连接, 尤其是周向固定连接。 更优选的, 第一花键 34、 第三花键 38沿输出杆 6的旋转方向周向设置, 周向设置的第一花键 34和第三 花键 38配接可将切换件 8与第二驱动件 20稳定的连接, 可替换的, 第一花键 34和第三花键 38沿周向的一定角度设置使两者足够配接亦可。 The switching member 8 is splined to the driving body 9. Specifically, the driving body 9 is provided with a third spline 38 that engages with the first spline 34. Preferably, the switching member 8 can be sleeved on the second driving member 20 of the driving body 9, and the third spline 38 is disposed. On the outer surface of the second drive member 20, when the first spline 34 and the third spline 38 are engaged, the switching member 8 is connected to the drive body 9, in particular in a circumferentially fixed connection. More preferably, the first spline 34 and the third spline 38 are circumferentially disposed along the rotation direction of the output rod 6, and the circumferentially disposed first spline 34 and the third spline 38 are mated to switch the connector 8 and the first The two driving members 20 are stably connected. Alternatively, the first splines 34 and the third splines 38 are disposed at an angle in the circumferential direction to make the two sufficiently mated.
请参见图 5 , 限制机构 12和驱动体 9具有平齐的花键, 即第二花键 36和 第二花键 38平齐,切换件 8沿输出杆 6的轴向滑移从而在第一位置和第二位置 之间切换, 切换件 8位于第一位置时, 第一花键 34和第二花键 36啮合; 参见 图 6 , 切换件 8在第二位置时, 第一花键 34 同时与第二花键 36、 和第三花键 38啮合。 本实施例中第二花键 36沿输出杆 6轴向的长度大于第三花键 38沿输 出杆 6轴向的长度, 从而方便切换件 8在两个位置之间切换。 Referring to FIG. 5, the restricting mechanism 12 and the driving body 9 have flush splines, that is, the second splines 36 and the second splines 38 are flush, and the switching member 8 slides along the axial direction of the output rod 6 to be at the first Switching between the position and the second position, when the switching member 8 is in the first position, the first spline 34 and the second spline 36 are engaged; Referring to FIG. 6, when the switching member 8 is in the second position, the first spline 34 is simultaneously Engagement with the second spline 36 and the third spline 38. In the present embodiment, the length of the second spline 36 along the axial direction of the output rod 6 is greater than the length of the third spline 38 along the axial direction of the output rod 6, thereby facilitating switching of the switching member 8 between the two positions.
限制机构 12和驱动体 9朝向彼此一侧的花键末端设有斜角,切换件 8的花 键的两末端设有斜角。 具体的, 结合图 2和图 4 , 第二花键 36和第三花键 38 朝向彼此一侧的花键末端设有斜角, 第一花键 34 的两末端均设有斜角, 图 4 示例性的示出了第三花键 38的花键斜角 39的放大示意图, 第一花键 34、 第二 花键 36的斜角与第三花键 38的斜角大小、 尺寸相同, 如此设置, 切换件 8轴 向滑移过程中, 可顺利的与第二花键 36和第三花键 38啮合。 The restriction mechanism 12 and the drive body 9 are provided with oblique angles at the ends of the splines facing one side, and the ends of the splines of the switching member 8 are provided with oblique angles. Specifically, in conjunction with FIGS. 2 and 4, the second spline 36 and the third spline 38 are provided with beveled ends toward the spline ends of one side of each other, and the ends of the first splines 34 are provided with oblique angles, FIG. 4 An enlarged schematic view of the spline bevel 39 of the third spline 38 is exemplarily shown. The bevel angle of the first spline 34 and the second spline 36 is the same as the bevel angle and size of the third spline 38. It is provided that the switching member 8 can smoothly mesh with the second spline 36 and the third spline 38 during the axial slip.
结合图 1至图 3 , 如前所述, 切换件 8在第一位置将限制机构 12与壳体 2
相连从而限制输出杆 6的旋转使输出杆 6输出往复运动。 具体的, 壳体 2上设 有定位件 40 , 定位件 40至少在输出杆 6的旋转方向上与壳体 2相对固定, 本 实施例的定位件 40优选与壳体 2在输出杆 6的旋转方向和轴向上均相对固定。 切换件 8和定位件 40之间设有配接机构, 切换件 8位于第一位置时, 该配接机 构将切换件 8与位件 40相连从而将限制机构 12与壳体 2相连, 切换件 8位于 第二位置时, 切换件 8与定位件 40脱开。 1 to 3, as previously described, the switching member 8 will limit the mechanism 12 and the housing 2 in the first position. The connection is made to limit the rotation of the output rod 6 to cause the output rod 6 to output a reciprocating motion. Specifically, the housing 2 is provided with a positioning member 40. The positioning member 40 is fixed to the housing 2 at least in the rotation direction of the output rod 6. The positioning member 40 of the embodiment preferably rotates with the housing 2 at the output rod 6. Both the direction and the axial direction are relatively fixed. A matching mechanism is disposed between the switching member 8 and the positioning member 40. When the switching member 8 is in the first position, the matching mechanism connects the switching member 8 with the position member 40 to connect the restriction mechanism 12 with the housing 2, and the switching member When the second position is 8, the switching member 8 is disengaged from the positioning member 40.
配接机构包括设置有切换件 8和定位件 40 中的一个上的凸起 42、 设置在 切换件 8和定位件 40 中的另一个上的卡槽 44 , 切换件 8位于第一位置时, 凸 起 42与卡槽 44配接, 切换件 8位于第二位置时, 凸起 42与卡槽 44脱开。 本 实施例中, 凸起 42设置在切换件 8上, 卡槽 44设置在定位件 40上。 优选的, 本实施例的配接机构包括多对相互配接的凸起 42和卡槽 44 , 这多对凸起 42和 卡槽 44相对输出杆的旋转轴线 X-X对称分布, 从而使切换件 8在第一位置时 与定位件 40可靠而稳定的连接。 更优选的, 设置偶数对相互配接的凸起 42和 卡槽 44 , 这偶数对凸起 42和卡槽 44分成大小不同的几组, 位于一条直线上的 两对凸起 42和卡槽 44为一组, 如此设置, 只能大小匹配的凸起和卡槽能够配 接在一起, 从而保证输出杆 6只能在某几个位置输出往复运动, 由于输出杆输 出往复运动时通常带动锯条工作, 使输出杆 6仅在某些位置输出往复运动更符 合一般操作者的操作习惯。 输出杆 6绕其中心线旋转, 因此, 旋转轴线 X-X为 输出杆 6的中心线。 The mating mechanism includes a protrusion 42 disposed on one of the switching member 8 and the positioning member 40, and a card slot 44 disposed on the other of the switching member 8 and the positioning member 40. When the switching member 8 is in the first position, The protrusion 42 is engaged with the card slot 44. When the switching member 8 is in the second position, the protrusion 42 is disengaged from the card slot 44. In this embodiment, the protrusion 42 is disposed on the switching member 8, and the card slot 44 is disposed on the positioning member 40. Preferably, the mating mechanism of the embodiment includes a plurality of pairs of mutually mating protrusions 42 and a card slot 44, and the plurality of pairs of protrusions 42 and the card slots 44 are symmetrically distributed with respect to the rotation axis XX of the output rod, thereby causing the switching member 8 A reliable and stable connection to the positioning member 40 in the first position. More preferably, the even pairs of the mating protrusions 42 and the card slots 44 are provided. The even pairs of the protrusions 42 and the card slots 44 are divided into groups of different sizes, and the two pairs of protrusions 42 and the card slots 44 are located in a straight line. For a group, such a setting, only the matching protrusions and the card slots can be matched together, thereby ensuring that the output rod 6 can only output the reciprocating motion at a certain position, and the saw blade works normally because the output rod output reciprocates. It is more in line with the general operator's operating habit to make the output rod 6 output the reciprocating motion only at certain positions. The output rod 6 is rotated about its center line, and therefore, the rotation axis X-X is the center line of the output rod 6.
本实施例还可有多种变形, 如将凸起设置在定位件上、 将卡槽设置在切换 件上; 设置多对凸起和卡槽, 每对凸起和卡槽的大小相同从而不限输出杆的位 置; 仅设置一对凸起和卡槽将切换件与定位件相连。 The embodiment can also have various modifications, such as disposing a protrusion on the positioning member and disposing the card slot on the switching member; setting a plurality of pairs of protrusions and a card slot, each pair of protrusions and the card slot are the same size so as not to Limit the position of the output rod; only a pair of protrusions and slots are provided to connect the switching member to the positioning member.
切换件 8位于第一位置时, 壳体 2和切换件 8磁性连接, 从而可使切换件 8在第一位置与壳体 2更稳定的连接。 具体的, 定位件 40上设有磁铁 46 , 切换 件 8 由可以被磁铁 46吸引的金属制成。 优选的, 定位件 40上设有绕输出杆 6 的旋转轴线 X-X周向均匀分布的多个收容孔 48 , 多个磁铁 46分别收容在多个 收容孔 48中, 可以将切换件 8更可靠的连接在壳体 2上。 When the switching member 8 is in the first position, the housing 2 and the switching member 8 are magnetically connected, so that the switching member 8 can be more stably connected to the housing 2 in the first position. Specifically, the positioning member 40 is provided with a magnet 46, and the switching member 8 is made of metal which can be attracted by the magnet 46. Preferably, the positioning member 40 is provided with a plurality of receiving holes 48 uniformly distributed circumferentially around the rotation axis XX of the output rod 6. The plurality of magnets 46 are respectively received in the plurality of receiving holes 48, so that the switching member 8 can be more reliable. Connected to the housing 2.
本实施例还可有多种变形, 如切换件与定位件之间不再设置相互配接的凸 起和卡槽连接, 而仅通过磁性连接; 定位件上不再设置额外的磁铁, 而使定位 件和切换件本身具有磁性而可以相互吸引连接在一起。 The embodiment can also have various modifications, such as no overlapping protrusions and card slot connections between the switching member and the positioning member, but only through magnetic connection; no additional magnet is disposed on the positioning member, The positioning member and the switching member are themselves magnetic and can be attracted to each other.
请结合图 1、 图 2和图 5 , 动力工具上设有控制切换件 8轴向移动的从而使 切换件 8在第一位置和第二位置之间切换的模式控制机构 50。 优选的, 模式控 制机构 50包括设于壳体 2上的操作件 52 , 操作件 52旋转带动切换件 8轴向移
动从而在第一位置和第二位置之间切换。 具体的, 操作件 52与切换件 8之间设 有转换槽道 53和可在转换槽道 53 内滑动的第一柱形销 58 , 转换槽道 53 包括 沿输出杆 6 的周向延伸且相对输出杆 6 的旋转轴线 X-X 倾斜设置的第一槽道 56。 结合图 5和图 6 , 当操作件 52转动时, 第一柱形销 58在第一槽道 56 内滑 动, 由于第一槽道 56相对输出杆 6的旋转轴线 X-X倾斜, 第一柱形销 58在第 一槽道 56中滑动时将沿输出轴 6的轴向产生的位移从而带动切换件 8沿输出杆 8的轴向产生位移, 从而使切换件 8在第一位置和第二位置之间切换。 Referring to Figures 1, 2 and 5, the power tool is provided with a mode control mechanism 50 that controls the axial movement of the switching member 8 to switch the switching member 8 between the first position and the second position. Preferably, the mode control mechanism 50 includes an operating member 52 disposed on the housing 2, and the operating member 52 rotates to move the switching member 8 axially. The motion thus switches between the first position and the second position. Specifically, a conversion channel 53 and a first cylindrical pin 58 slidable in the conversion channel 53 are disposed between the operating member 52 and the switching member 8. The conversion channel 53 includes a circumferential extension extending relative to the output rod 6. The first groove 56 of the output shaft 6 is disposed at an inclined axis XX. 5 and 6, when the operating member 52 is rotated, the first cylindrical pin 58 slides within the first channel 56, and the first cylindrical pin 56 is inclined with respect to the rotational axis XX of the output rod 6, the first cylindrical pin When sliding in the first channel 56, the displacement generated in the axial direction of the output shaft 6 causes the switching member 8 to be displaced in the axial direction of the output rod 8, thereby causing the switching member 8 to be in the first position and the second position. Switch between.
参见图 5和图 6 , 第一槽道 56 沿输出杆 6的轴向宽度大于第一销形柱 58 的直径, 从而方便切换件 8从第二位置切换至第一位置。 具体的, 再结合图 2 , 当切换件 8从第二位置朝向第一位置切换过程中,存在凸起 42没有恰好卡入卡 槽 44的情况, 此时, 切换件 8通过花键仍保持与限制件 26和驱动体 9连接, 可旋转输出杆 6 , 输出杆 6旋转通过限制件 26带动切换件 8及驱动体 9旋转, 从而使凸起 42旋转并在磁铁 46的吸引作用下顺利卡入卡槽 44 , 最终切换件 8 顺利切换到第一位置, 第一槽道 56轴向宽度大于第一柱形销 58的直径可为切 换件 8从第二位置切换至第一位置的移动留出空间, 方便切换件 8的转换。 Referring to Figures 5 and 6, the axial width of the first channel 56 along the output rod 6 is greater than the diameter of the first pin-shaped post 58 to facilitate switching of the switching member 8 from the second position to the first position. Specifically, referring to FIG. 2, when the switching member 8 is switched from the second position toward the first position, there is a case where the protrusion 42 does not just snap into the card slot 44. At this time, the switching member 8 remains with the spline. The limiting member 26 is connected to the driving body 9, and the output rod 6 is rotatable. The output rod 6 rotates through the limiting member 26 to drive the switching member 8 and the driving body 9 to rotate, so that the protrusion 42 rotates and smoothly engages under the attraction of the magnet 46. The card slot 44, the final switching member 8 is smoothly switched to the first position, and the axial width of the first channel 56 is larger than the diameter of the first cylindrical pin 58 to allow the switching member 8 to be switched from the second position to the first position. Space, convenient conversion of the switching member 8.
参见图 3和图 5 , 为方便切换件 8与操作件 52相连, 切换件 8上卡接有第 一连杆 54 , 第一槽道 56设置在操作件 52上, 第一柱形销 58设置在第一连杆 54上。 为使第一连杆 54和切换件 8可靠的连接, 本实施例的切换件 8上设有 环形槽 60 , 第一连杆 54背离柱形销 58的一端设有半圆形的卡圏 62 , 卡圏 62 卡接在环形槽 60中将第一连杆 54和切换件 8相连。 Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 5, in order to facilitate the connection of the switching member 8 to the operating member 52, the first connecting rod 54 is fastened to the switching member 8, and the first channel 56 is disposed on the operating member 52, and the first cylindrical pin 58 is disposed. On the first link 54. In order to ensure the reliable connection of the first link 54 and the switching member 8, the switching member 8 of the embodiment is provided with an annular groove 60, and the end of the first link 54 facing away from the cylindrical pin 58 is provided with a semicircular cassette 62. The cassette 62 is snapped into the annular groove 60 to connect the first link 54 and the switching member 8.
本实施例还可有多种变形, 如将柱形销设置在操作件上、 将第一槽道设置 在第一连杆上; 操作件与切换件固定连接从而操作件沿输出杆的轴向滑移带动 切换件在第一位置和第二位置之间切换。 The embodiment can also have various modifications, such as disposing a cylindrical pin on the operating member, and disposing the first channel on the first connecting rod; the operating member is fixedly connected with the switching member so that the operating member is along the axial direction of the output rod The slip-driven switching member switches between the first position and the second position.
下面描述动力工具 1 00的模式转换的过程。 The process of mode conversion of the power tool 100 is described below.
图 5示出了切换件 8位于第一位置从而使输出杆 6处于输出往复运动的第 一状态。 结合图 3和图 5 , 电机通过驱动机构 1 0驱动输出杆 6在作旋转运动的 同时作往复运动, 定位件 40至少在输出杆 6的旋转方向与壳体相对固定, 第一 柱形销 58位于第一槽道 56的一个末端, 切换件 8位于第一位置, 此时, 切换 件 8—方面与定位件 40通过凸起 42和卡槽 44的配接及磁铁 46的吸引作用而 连接在一起,另一方面和限制件 26通过第一花键 34和第二花键 36啮合而连接 在一起, 由此, 限制件 26通过切换件 8与壳体 2相连从而限制件 26不能转动, 输出杆 6与限制件 26周向固定在一起从而输出杆 6也不能转动,输出杆 6输出 往复运动。
操作者转动操作件 52 , 使第一柱形销 58沿倾斜的第一槽道 56从一个末端 滑动至另一个末端, 第一柱形销 58沿输出杆 6的轴向产生位移, 从而带动切换 件 8沿输出杆 6的轴向产生位移, 切换件逐渐从图 5所示的第一位置切换到图 6所示的第二位置, 此时, 切换件 8和定位件 40脱离且切换件 8的第一花键 34 同时与限制件 26的第二花键 36和驱动体 9的第三花键 38啮合, 从而切换件 8 将限制件 26和驱动体 9连为一体, 同时, 由于输出杆 6与限制件 26周向固定, 由此, 输出杆 6与驱动体 9连为一体与驱动体 9共同旋转, 输出杆 6输出旋转 运动。 Figure 5 shows the first state in which the switching member 8 is in the first position such that the output rod 6 is in the output reciprocating motion. 3 and 5, the motor drives the output rod 6 to reciprocate while rotating by the driving mechanism 10. The positioning member 40 is fixed relative to the housing at least in the rotation direction of the output rod 6, and the first cylindrical pin 58 is fixed. Located at one end of the first channel 56, the switching member 8 is at the first position. At this time, the switching member 8 is connected to the positioning member 40 by the engagement of the protrusion 42 and the card slot 44 and the attraction of the magnet 46. Together, on the other hand, the restricting member 26 is coupled by the engagement of the first spline 34 and the second spline 36, whereby the restricting member 26 is coupled to the housing 2 via the switching member 8 so that the restricting member 26 cannot be rotated, and the output The rod 6 is fixed circumferentially with the restricting member 26 so that the output rod 6 is also unable to rotate, and the output rod 6 outputs a reciprocating motion. The operator rotates the operating member 52 to slide the first cylindrical pin 58 from one end to the other along the inclined first channel 56. The first cylindrical pin 58 is displaced along the axial direction of the output rod 6, thereby driving the switching. The piece 8 is displaced along the axial direction of the output rod 6, and the switching member is gradually switched from the first position shown in FIG. 5 to the second position shown in FIG. 6, at which time the switching member 8 and the positioning member 40 are disengaged and the switching member 8 is removed. The first spline 34 simultaneously engages with the second spline 36 of the restricting member 26 and the third spline 38 of the driving body 9, so that the switching member 8 integrally connects the restricting member 26 and the driving body 9, and at the same time, due to the output rod 6 and the restricting member 26 are circumferentially fixed, whereby the output rod 6 and the driving body 9 are integrally coupled to the driving body 9, and the output rod 6 outputs a rotational motion.
动力工具 100从旋转模式切换至往复模式的操作方法类同, 区别仅在于操 作件 52的转动方向, 在此不再赘述。 The operation method of the power tool 100 for switching from the rotary mode to the reciprocating mode is similar, and the only difference is the direction of rotation of the operating member 52, which will not be described herein.
结合图 3和图 6 , 壳体与切换件 8之间设有将切换件 8分别保持在第一位 置和第二位置的第一保持机构及第二保持机构。 优选的, 第一保持机构和第二 保持机构设置有壳体和操作件 52之间使操作件 52保持在第一位置和第二位置, 从而使切换件 8保持在第一位置和第二位置。 3 and 6, a first holding mechanism and a second holding mechanism for holding the switching members 8 in the first position and the second position, respectively, are provided between the housing and the switching member 8. Preferably, the first holding mechanism and the second holding mechanism are disposed between the housing and the operating member 52 to maintain the operating member 52 in the first position and the second position, thereby maintaining the switching member 8 in the first position and the second position. .
第一保持机构包括设置在壳体 2 和操作件 52 两者中的一个上的弹性突起 64、设置在壳体 2和操作件 52两者中的另一个上与弹性突起 64配接的凹槽 66。 优选的, 第二保持机构的结构与第一保持机构的结构相同, 包括设置在壳体 2 和操作件 52两者中的一个上的弹性突起、 设置在壳体 2和操作件 52两者中的 另一个上与弹性突起配接的凹槽。 更优选的, 操作件 52 上设置一个弹性突起 64 , 壳体 2上设置两个凹槽 66 (图中仅示出一个), 弹性突起 64与第一个凹槽 配接时, 操作件 52保持在第一位置, 从而使切换件 8保持在第一位置; 弹性突 起 64与第二个凹槽配接时, 操作件 52保持在第二位置, 从而使切换件 8保持 在第二位置。 The first holding mechanism includes an elastic protrusion 64 provided on one of the housing 2 and the operating member 52, and a groove provided on the other of the housing 2 and the operating member 52 to be engaged with the elastic protrusion 64 66. Preferably, the structure of the second holding mechanism is the same as that of the first holding mechanism, and includes elastic protrusions provided on one of the housing 2 and the operating member 52, and is disposed in both the housing 2 and the operating member 52. The other groove that is mated with the elastic protrusion. More preferably, the operating member 52 is provided with an elastic protrusion 64, and the housing 2 is provided with two recesses 66 (only one is shown). When the elastic protrusion 64 is mated with the first recess, the operating member 52 is maintained. In the first position, thereby maintaining the switching member 8 in the first position; when the resilient projection 64 is mated with the second recess, the operating member 52 is maintained in the second position, thereby maintaining the switching member 8 in the second position.
弹性突起 64包括与操作件 52 固定连接的弹簧 68和套设在弹簧 68上的中 空凸柱 70 , 凸柱 70的末端呈半球形以方便卡入或脱离凹槽; 凹槽 66设置与壳 体固定连接的环形件 72上并绕环形件 72的周向布置。 The elastic protrusion 64 includes a spring 68 fixedly coupled to the operating member 52 and a hollow boss 70 sleeved on the spring 68. The end of the boss 70 is hemispherical to facilitate snapping or disengaging the groove; the groove 66 is disposed and the housing The fixedly connected ring members 72 are disposed around the circumference of the ring member 72.
结合图 3、 图 5和图 6 , 传动机构还包括设置在马达与运动变换机构之间的 速度变换机构, 所述速度变换机构包括减速机构和变速切换机构。 本实施例中, 减速机构为行星齿轮减速机构,包括顺次连接的第一行星轮系 74和第二行星轮 系 76。 本实施例中, 驱动体 9与马达输出轴同轴, 而输出杆 6与驱动体 9同轴, 最终输出杆 6与马达输出轴同轴, 整机排布合理, 可最大程度的减小动力工具 100的体积。 3, 5 and 6, the transmission mechanism further includes a speed changing mechanism disposed between the motor and the motion converting mechanism, the speed changing mechanism including a speed reducing mechanism and a shifting switching mechanism. In the present embodiment, the speed reduction mechanism is a planetary gear reduction mechanism including a first planetary gear train 74 and a second planetary gear train 76 that are sequentially connected. In this embodiment, the driving body 9 is coaxial with the motor output shaft, and the output rod 6 is coaxial with the driving body 9. The final output rod 6 is coaxial with the motor output shaft, and the whole machine is arranged reasonably, which can minimize the power. The volume of the tool 100.
变速切换机构为第二行星轮系 76的内齿圏 78 , 内齿圏 78沿输出杆 6的轴
向可在两个位置之间移动,如图 5所示,在第一位置, 内齿圏 78与壳体 2脱离, 第二行星轮系 76不起作用, 驱动体 9以较高的第一转速转动; 如图 6所示, 在 第二位置, 内齿圏 78与壳体 2啮合, 第二行星轮系 76对第一行星轮系 74输出 的转动进行进一步的减速, 驱动体 9以较低的第二转速转动; 本实施例中, 内 齿圏 78与壳体 2之间通过凸起与卡槽配接啮合, 或者通过周向花键啮合, 在此 不再赘述。 The shifting switching mechanism is the internal spur 78 of the second planetary gear train 76, and the internal spur 78 is along the axis of the output rod 6. The direction can be moved between two positions, as shown in FIG. 5, in the first position, the internal gum 78 is disengaged from the housing 2, the second planetary gear train 76 is inactive, and the drive body 9 is higher in the first position. Rotational speed; as shown in FIG. 6, in the second position, the internal spur 78 meshes with the housing 2, and the second planetary gear 76 further decelerates the rotation of the output of the first planetary gear train 74, and the drive body 9 The lower second rotation speed is rotated; in this embodiment, the inner spur 78 and the housing 2 are mated with the slot by the protrusion or by the circumferential spline, and will not be described herein.
动力工具 100上设有控制内齿圏 78在第一位置和第二位置之间切换的变速 控制机构 80 , 变速控制机构 80 包括设于壳体 2上的操作件, 操作件旋转带动 内齿圏 78轴向移动。 本实施例优选的, 变速控制机构 80的操作件与模式控制 机构 50的操作件 52为同一个部件, 即操作件 52 同时与切换件 8及内齿圏 78 相连, 从而同时控制切换件 8及内齿圏 78的位置, 进而同时控制动力工具 100 的模式转换和变速, 操作方便。 当然, 在壳体上设置两个操作件分别控制切换 件及内齿圏的位置, 从而分别控制动力工具的模式转换和变速亦可。 The power tool 100 is provided with a shift control mechanism 80 for controlling the internal gum 78 to switch between the first position and the second position. The shift control mechanism 80 includes an operating member disposed on the housing 2, and the operating member rotates to drive the internal gums. 78 axial movement. Preferably, the operating member of the shift control mechanism 80 and the operating member 52 of the mode control mechanism 50 are the same component, that is, the operating member 52 is simultaneously connected to the switching member 8 and the internal gum 78, thereby simultaneously controlling the switching member 8 and The position of the internal spur 78, which in turn controls the mode switching and shifting of the power tool 100, is convenient to operate. Of course, two operating members are provided on the casing to control the positions of the switching members and the internal spurs, thereby controlling the mode switching and shifting of the power tool, respectively.
具体的, 操作件 52与内齿圏 78之间设有变速槽道 81 和可在变速槽道 8 1 内滑动的第二柱形销 84 , 变速槽道 8 1 包括沿输出杆 6的周向延伸且相对于输 出杆 6的旋转轴线 X-X倾斜设置的第二槽道 82。 结合图 5和图 6 , 当操作件 52 转动时, 第二柱形销 84在第二槽道 82内滑动, 由于第二槽道 82相对输出杆 6 的旋转轴线 X-X倾斜, 第二柱形销 84在倾斜的第二槽道 82中滑动时将沿输出 杆 6的轴向产生位移,从而带动内齿圏 78沿输出杆 6的轴向产生位移进而使内 齿圏 78在第一位置和第二位置之间切换。 Specifically, a shifting groove 81 and a second cylindrical pin 84 slidable in the shifting groove 8 1 are provided between the operating member 52 and the internal spur 78, and the shifting groove 8 1 includes the circumferential direction of the output rod 6. A second channel 82 extending and arranged obliquely with respect to the axis of rotation XX of the output rod 6. 5 and 6, when the operating member 52 rotates, the second cylindrical pin 84 slides in the second channel 82, and the second cylindrical pin 82 is inclined with respect to the rotational axis XX of the output rod 6, the second cylindrical pin When sliding in the inclined second channel 82, displacement will occur along the axial direction of the output rod 6, thereby causing the internal spur 78 to be displaced in the axial direction of the output rod 6 so that the internal spur 78 is in the first position and Switch between the two positions.
第二槽道 82设于操作件 2上, 由于内齿圏 78 呈环状, 为方便内齿圏 78 与操作件 52相连, 内齿圏 78上卡接有第二连杆 86 , 第二柱形销 84设于第二 连杆 86上。 第二连杆 86与内齿圏 78的配接方式与第一连杆 54与切换件 8的 配接方式相同, 在此不再赘述。 The second channel 82 is disposed on the operating member 2, and the inner tooth cymbal 78 is connected to the operating member 52, and the inner connecting rod 78 is connected with the second connecting rod 86, the second column. The pin 84 is provided on the second link 86. The manner in which the second link 86 and the inner ring 78 are coupled is the same as that of the first link 54 and the switch member 8, and details are not described herein.
结合图 5和图 6 , 由此, 第二柱形销 84在第二槽道 82的两个末端的位置 对应内齿圏 78移动的两个极限位置,从而驱动体 9对应的以第一转速或第二转 速转动; 而第一柱形销 58在第一槽道 56的两个末端位置对应切换件 8移动的 两个极限位置, 从而使输出杆 6输出旋转或往复运动。 本实施例优选的, 在输 出杆的周向 6上, 第二柱形销 84在第二槽道 82中移动的最长距离与第一柱形 销 58在第一槽道 56中移动的最长距离相同, 由此, 当操作件 52旋转将使内齿 圏 78沿输出杆 6的轴向移动到位从而变速时,切换件 8的沿输出杆 6的轴向移 动也同时到位从而转换模式, 操作筒单方便。 5 and FIG. 6, whereby the positions of the second cylindrical pins 84 at the two ends of the second channel 82 correspond to the two extreme positions of the movement of the internal gum 78, so that the driving body 9 corresponds to the first rotational speed. Or the second rotational speed is rotated; and the first cylindrical pin 58 is at the two end positions of the first channel 56 corresponding to the two extreme positions of the movement of the switching member 8, thereby causing the output rod 6 to output a rotation or reciprocating motion. Preferably, in the circumferential direction 6 of the output rod, the longest distance the second cylindrical pin 84 moves in the second channel 82 and the longest distance the first cylindrical pin 58 moves in the first channel 56 in the circumferential direction 6 of the output rod In the same way, when the rotation of the operating member 52 causes the internal spur 78 to move in the axial direction of the output rod 6 to shift, the axial movement of the switching member 8 along the output rod 6 is also simultaneously in place to switch the mode, the operating cylinder Single convenient.
结合图 5、 图 6和图 7 , 转换槽道 53还包括与第一槽道 56相通的第三槽道
88 , 第三槽道 88沿输出杆 6的周向延伸且相对输出杆 6的旋转轴线 X-X垂直, 变速槽道 81还包括与第二槽道 82相通的第四槽道 90 ,第四槽道 90沿输出杆 6 的周向延伸且相对输出杆 6的旋转轴线 X-X倾斜设置, 第一柱形销 58、 第二柱 形销 84分别同时在第一槽道 56和第二槽道 82中移动且在输出杆 6的周向上的 移动距离相同; 第一柱形销 58、 第二柱形销 84分别同时第三槽道 88和第四槽 道 90中移动且在输出杆的周向上的移动距离相同。 第一柱形销 58在沿输出杆 6的周向上延伸且与输出杆 6的旋转轴线 X-X垂直的第三槽道 88 中滑动,切换 件 8沿输出杆的轴向不会产生位移, 从而切换件 8保持在第一位置和第二位置 中一个位置上进而输出杆 6保持输出旋转或往复运动;而第二柱形销 84在沿输 出杆 6的周向延伸且相对输出杆 6的旋转轴线 X-X倾斜设置的第四槽道 90中 滑动, 内齿圏 78沿输出杆 6的轴向产生位移, 从而内齿圏 78使驱动体 9分别 以不同的第一转速和第二转速转动, 因此, 本实施例的动力工具 100在输出杆 6输出旋转或往复运动时具有高速和低速两种模式供操作者选择, 方便使用。 Referring to Figures 5, 6, and 7, the conversion channel 53 further includes a third channel in communication with the first channel 56. 88, the third channel 88 extends in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 and is perpendicular to the rotation axis XX of the output rod 6, and the shift channel 81 further includes a fourth channel 90 communicating with the second channel 82, the fourth channel 90 extends in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 and is inclined with respect to the rotation axis XX of the output rod 6, and the first cylindrical pin 58 and the second cylindrical pin 84 move simultaneously in the first channel 56 and the second channel 82, respectively. The moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 is the same; the first cylindrical pin 58 and the second cylindrical pin 84 move simultaneously in the third groove 88 and the fourth groove 90, respectively, and have the same moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod. . The first cylindrical pin 58 slides in a third groove 88 extending in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 and perpendicular to the rotation axis XX of the output rod 6, and the switching member 8 is not displaced in the axial direction of the output rod, thereby switching The member 8 is held in one of the first position and the second position and the output rod 6 maintains the output rotation or reciprocation; and the second cylindrical pin 84 extends in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6 and opposite the axis of rotation of the output rod 6. The fourth groove 90 of the XX tilting is slid, and the internal spur 78 is displaced along the axial direction of the output rod 6, so that the internal spurs 78 rotate the driving body 9 at different first and second rotational speeds, respectively. The power tool 100 of the present embodiment has two modes of high speed and low speed when the output rod 6 outputs rotation or reciprocating motion, which is convenient for the operator to select.
第三槽道 88在第一槽道 58对应切换件 8第二位置的一端延伸, 由此, 本 实施例的动力工具 100有输出杆 6输出旋转运动时具有高速和低速两种模式供 操作者选择, 更符合操作者的需求。 The third channel 88 extends at one end of the first channel 58 corresponding to the second position of the switching member 8, whereby the power tool 100 of the present embodiment has two modes of high speed and low speed for outputting the output rod 6 when outputting the rotary motion. The choice is more in line with the needs of the operator.
第四槽道 90和第二槽道 82远离彼此的两末端在输出杆 6的周向位于同一 条线上。 由此, 本实施例的动力工具 100的输出杆具有高速往复、 低速旋转、 高速旋转三种工作状态, 更加符合操作者的使用需求。 The ends of the fourth channel 90 and the second channel 82 away from each other are located on the same line in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6. Therefore, the output rod of the power tool 100 of the present embodiment has three working states of high speed reciprocating, low speed rotation, and high speed rotation, which is more in line with the operator's use requirements.
如图 5所示的高速往复状态, 第一柱形销 58位于第一槽道 56远离第三槽 道 58的末端, 切换件 8位于与壳体 2上的定位件 40啮合的第一位置, 输出杆 6输出往复运动; 与此同时, 第二柱形销 84位于第二槽道 82远离第四槽道 90 的末端, 内齿圏 78位于与壳体脱离啮合的第一位置, 驱动体 9高速旋转, 最终 输出杆 6输出高速往复运动。 In the high-speed reciprocating state shown in FIG. 5, the first cylindrical pin 58 is located at the end of the first channel 56 away from the third channel 58, and the switching member 8 is located at a first position that engages with the positioning member 40 on the housing 2. The output rod 6 outputs a reciprocating motion; at the same time, the second cylindrical pin 84 is located at the end of the second channel 82 away from the fourth channel 90, and the internal spur 78 is in a first position disengaged from the housing, the driving body 9 At high speed, the final output rod 6 outputs high speed reciprocating motion.
随后, 操作件 52旋转, 第一柱形销 58沿倾斜的第一槽道 56滑动, 第二柱 形销 84沿倾斜的第二槽道 82滑动, 逐渐转换到如图 6所示的低速旋转状态, 此时, 第一柱形销 58位于第一槽道 56靠近第三槽道 88的末端, 切换件 8轴向 移动从第一位置切换到第二位置与壳体上的定位件 40脱离,输出杆 6输出旋转 运动, 与此同时, 第二柱形销 84移动到第二槽道 82靠近第四槽道 90的末端, 内齿圏 78轴向移动到与壳体 2啮合的第二位置, 驱动体 9低速旋转, 最终输出 杆 6输出低速旋转运动。 Subsequently, the operating member 52 rotates, the first cylindrical pin 58 slides along the inclined first channel 56, and the second cylindrical pin 84 slides along the inclined second channel 82, gradually shifting to a low speed rotation as shown in FIG. State, at this time, the first cylindrical pin 58 is located at the end of the first channel 56 near the third channel 88, and the axial movement of the switching member 8 is switched from the first position to the second position to be disengaged from the positioning member 40 on the housing. The output rod 6 outputs a rotational motion, at the same time, the second cylindrical pin 84 moves to the end of the second channel 82 near the fourth channel 90, and the internal spur 78 moves axially to the second engagement with the housing 2. At the position, the driving body 9 rotates at a low speed, and finally the output rod 6 outputs a low-speed rotational motion.
接着, 操作件 52继续旋转, 第一柱形销 58在与输出杆 6的旋转轴线垂直 的第三槽道 88 中滑动, 切换件 8的位置不变, 输出杆 6保持旋转, 与此同时,
第二柱形销 84沿倾斜的第四槽道 90滑动带动内齿圏 78轴向移动,逐渐转换到 如图 7所示的高速旋转运动, 此时, 第一柱形销 58位于第三槽道 88远离第一 槽道 56的末端, 切换件 8未产生轴向移动仍保持在第二位置, 输出杆 6保持旋 转的状态,与此同时,第二柱形销 84位于第四槽道 90远离第二槽道 82的末端, 而第四槽道 90和第二槽道 82远离彼此的末端在输出杆 6的周向位于同一条线 上, 内齿圏 78切换到与壳体脱离啮合的第一位置, 驱动体 9高速旋转, 最终输 出杆 6输出高速旋转运动。 Then, the operating member 52 continues to rotate, and the first cylindrical pin 58 slides in the third groove 88 perpendicular to the rotation axis of the output rod 6, the position of the switching member 8 does not change, and the output rod 6 keeps rotating, at the same time, The second cylindrical pin 84 slides along the inclined fourth channel 90 to drive the internal spur 78 to move axially, and gradually shifts to a high-speed rotational motion as shown in FIG. 7, at which time, the first cylindrical pin 58 is located in the third slot. The track 88 is away from the end of the first channel 56, the switching member 8 is maintained in the second position without axial movement, the output rod 6 remains in the rotated state, and at the same time, the second cylindrical pin 84 is located in the fourth channel 90. Far from the end of the second channel 82, the ends of the fourth channel 90 and the second channel 82 away from each other are on the same line in the circumferential direction of the output rod 6, and the internal gum 78 is switched to disengage from the housing. In the first position, the driving body 9 rotates at a high speed, and finally the output rod 6 outputs a high-speed rotational motion.
如前所述,操作件 52上设置的弹性突起 64分别与壳体 2的环形件 72上设 置的两个凹槽 66配接,使切换件 8分别保持在第一位置和第二位置从而使输出 杆 6保持在旋转或往复的工作状态。 本实施例优选输出杆 6具有高速往复、 低 速旋转、 高速旋转三种状态, 相应的, 环形件 72上可设置三个凹槽 66 , 操作 件 52上的弹性突起 64分别与三个凹槽配接时, 使输出杆 6分别保持在上述三 种状态之一上, 图 6示出了弹性突起 64与其中一个凹槽 66配接使输出杆保持 在低速旋转的状态。 As described above, the elastic projections 64 provided on the operating member 52 are respectively engaged with the two recesses 66 provided in the ring member 72 of the housing 2, so that the switching members 8 are respectively held in the first position and the second position, thereby The output rod 6 is maintained in a rotating or reciprocating working state. In this embodiment, the output rod 6 has three states of high speed reciprocating, low speed rotation and high speed rotation. Correspondingly, three grooves 66 can be disposed on the ring member 72, and the elastic protrusions 64 on the operating member 52 are respectively matched with the three grooves. In response, the output rods 6 are respectively held in one of the above three states, and Fig. 6 shows a state in which the elastic projections 64 are engaged with one of the grooves 66 to keep the output rods rotated at a low speed.
本实施例可通过变换各槽道的设置, 使输出杆具有各种不同的工作状态。 如仅设置第一槽道和第二槽道, 使输出杆仅具备高速旋转 (或往复) 和低速往 复 (或旋转) 两种状态; 再比如, 第三槽道在第一槽道对应切换件第一位置的 一端延伸, 从而输出杆输入往复运动时具备高速和低速两种状态选择。 In this embodiment, the output rods can have various working states by changing the settings of the channels. If only the first channel and the second channel are provided, the output rod has only two states of high-speed rotation (or reciprocating) and low-speed reciprocating (or rotating); for example, the third channel corresponds to the switching member in the first channel. One end of the first position extends so that the output rod input has two states of high speed and low speed when reciprocating.
在输出杆 6的周向上, 转换槽道 53和变速槽道 8 1 的末端平齐, 从而仅需 在较小的操作件 52即可同时设置转换槽道 53和变速槽道 81 , 使动力工具 100 结构紧凑。 当然, 转换槽道 53和变速槽道 8 1 的末端错开亦可实现同样的功能。 In the circumferential direction of the output rod 6, the transition groove 53 and the end of the shifting groove 8 1 are flush, so that only the smaller operating member 52 can simultaneously provide the switching groove 53 and the shifting groove 81, so that the power tool 100 compact. Of course, the same function can be achieved by staggering the ends of the transfer channel 53 and the shifting channel 8 1 .
请返回图 1 , 动力工具 100还包括与壳体 2相连的手柄 7 , 手柄 7上设有控 制马达的开关 3。 本实施例的动力工具 100 由操作者双手握持, 且双手分别控 制开关 3和操作件 52。 从而动力工具 100可被牢固的握持进而使输出杆 6输出 稳定的工作状态,且开关 3和操作件 52由不同的手控制进而无论开关 3还是操 作件 52均能被可靠的控制。 Returning to Fig. 1, the power tool 100 further includes a handle 7 connected to the housing 2, and the handle 7 is provided with a switch 3 for controlling the motor. The power tool 100 of the present embodiment is held by both hands of the operator, and the switch 3 and the operating member 52 are separately controlled by both hands. Thereby, the power tool 100 can be firmly held to output the output rod 6 in a stable working state, and the switch 3 and the operating member 52 are controlled by different hands, and the switch 3 and the operating member 52 can be reliably controlled.
具体的, 手柄 7上设置有第一握持区 99 , 壳体 2上设置有第二握持区 97 , 第一握持区 99和第二握持区 97间隔设置, 开关 3设置在第一握持区 99上, 操 作件 52 设置在第二握持区 97 上, 从而操作者可将一只手放在第一握持区 99 上握持住手柄并控制开关 3 , 另一只手放在第二握持区 97上握持住壳体 2并控 制操作件 52 , 操作可靠而方便。 Specifically, the handle 7 is provided with a first holding area 99, and the second holding area 97 is disposed on the housing 2. The first holding area 99 and the second holding area 97 are spaced apart, and the switch 3 is disposed at the first position. On the holding area 99, the operating member 52 is disposed on the second holding area 97, so that the operator can hold one hand on the first holding area 99 and hold the handle and control the switch 3, and the other hand is placed Holding the housing 2 on the second holding area 97 and controlling the operating member 52 is reliable and convenient.
第一握持区 99至少部分设置在手柄 7上,第二握持区 97设置在壳体 2上。 由此, 操作者的两只手分别握持手柄 7和壳体 2 , 使动力工具 100被牢固的握
持, 进而输出杆 6可输出稳定的工作状态。 本实施例中, 手柄 7和壳体 2之间 的角度为沿两者延伸方向的直线之间的夹角。 The first grip area 99 is at least partially disposed on the handle 7, and the second grip area 97 is disposed on the housing 2. Thereby, the operator's two hands grip the handle 7 and the housing 2, respectively, so that the power tool 100 is firmly gripped. Holding, and thus the output rod 6 can output a stable working state. In this embodiment, the angle between the handle 7 and the casing 2 is an angle between straight lines extending in both directions.
第一握持区 99设置在手柄 7和壳体 2的交界处。 第二握持区 97设置在壳 体远离手柄的一端。 输出杆 6从壳体 2远离手柄 7的端部 91伸出。 由此, 操作 者的一只手握持手柄靠近壳体的一端, 这只手可握持手柄 7 并兼顾壳体 2 , 为 动力工具 100提供基础支撑; 而另一只握持在壳体 2靠近输出杆 6的一端, 为 输出杆 6提供辅助支撑, 可保证输出杆 6输出稳定的工作状态。 The first grip area 99 is disposed at the junction of the handle 7 and the housing 2. The second holding area 97 is disposed at one end of the housing away from the handle. The output rod 6 projects from the end portion 91 of the housing 2 away from the handle 7. Thus, one hand of the operator holds the handle near one end of the housing, the hand can hold the handle 7 and take care of the housing 2 to provide basic support for the power tool 100; and the other is held in the housing 2 Close to one end of the output rod 6 provides auxiliary support for the output rod 6, which ensures that the output rod 6 outputs a stable working state.
第一握持区 99上包括供操作者手的虎口握持的第一握持部 98 , 第二握持 区 97包括供操作者手的虎口握持的第二握持部,以通过壳体 2的中轴线的平面 为界, 本实施例以通过壳体 2的中轴线且垂直于图 1 的纸面为界, 将壳体 2分 为相背对的两侧, 第一握持部 95和第二握持部分别位于所述壳体的不同侧。 以 图 1所示的动力工具位置确定 "上" "下" 位置关于, 则第一握持部 98和第二 握持部一上一下设置。从而操作者的两只手在相对的两侧上握住动力工具 100 , 为动力工具 100提供平衡的支撑。 The first holding area 99 includes a first grip 98 for gripping the tiger's mouth of the operator's hand, and the second gripping area 97 includes a second grip for the operator's hand to pass through the housing. The plane of the central axis of 2 is bounded. In this embodiment, the housing 2 is divided into two opposite sides by the central axis of the housing 2 and perpendicular to the plane of the paper of FIG. 1, the first grip 95 And the second grip are located on different sides of the housing, respectively. With the power tool position shown in Fig. 1 determined as the "up" and "down" positions, the first grip portion 98 and the second grip portion are placed one above the other. Thus the operator's two hands hold the power tool 100 on opposite sides to provide balanced support for the power tool 100.
开关 3设置在与第一握持部 98相对的位置上。开关 3设置在手柄 7和壳体 2相对较小的夹角一侧的第一握持区 99上。 开关 3上设有波浪状的抓握部 5 , 该抓握部 5 引导用户将手指放在其上并控制开关 3。 由此, 操作者控制开关 3 时,将虎口对准第一握持部 98握持手柄 7并将手指放在抓握部 5上控制开关 3。 The switch 3 is disposed at a position opposite to the first grip portion 98. The switch 3 is disposed on the first holding area 99 on the side of the relatively small angle between the handle 7 and the housing 2. The switch 3 is provided with a wavy grip 5 which guides the user to place a finger thereon and controls the switch 3. Thus, when the operator controls the switch 3, the tiger's mouth is aligned with the first grip portion 98 to hold the handle 7 and the finger is placed on the grip portion 5 to control the switch 3.
以通过壳体 2的中轴线的平面为界, 以通过壳体 2的中轴线且垂直于图 1 的纸面为界, 将壳体 2分为相背对的两侧, 操作件 52和第二握持部分别位于所 述壳体的不同侧, 即操作件 52设置在与第二握持部相对的位置上。 以图 1所示 的动力工具位置确定 "上" "下" 位置, 则操作件 52设置在与第二握持部一上 一下设置。 具体的, 操作件 52设置在手柄 7和壳体 2相对较大的夹角一侧的第 二握持区 97上。 第二握持区 97的第二握持部上设有握持引导部 89。 握持引导 部 89 包括沿壳体 2的周向延伸的间隔设置的凹部 85和凸部 87 , 且凸部 87的 外表面相对壳体 2的其它外表面部分内凹。该握持引导部 89可引导操作者将手 的虎口对准第二握持部并沿壳体 2的周向握持壳体 2并用手指控制操作件 52。 With the plane passing through the central axis of the casing 2 bounded, the casing 2 is divided into opposite sides by the central axis of the casing 2 and perpendicular to the plane of the paper of Fig. 1, the operating member 52 and the The two grips are respectively located on different sides of the housing, that is, the operating member 52 is disposed at a position opposite to the second grip. When the position of the power tool shown in Fig. 1 is determined as the "up" and "down" positions, the operating member 52 is disposed one above the second holding portion. Specifically, the operating member 52 is disposed on the second holding area 97 on the side of the relatively large angle between the handle 7 and the housing 2. The second grip portion of the second holding portion 97 is provided with a grip guiding portion 89. The grip guiding portion 89 includes a recessed portion 85 and a convex portion 87 which are spaced apart in the circumferential direction of the housing 2, and the outer surface of the convex portion 87 is recessed with respect to the other outer surface portion of the housing 2. The grip guide portion 89 guides the operator to align the tiger's mouth of the hand with the second grip portion and holds the housing 2 in the circumferential direction of the housing 2 and controls the operating member 52 with a finger.
本段为描述筒便, 以图 1所示的动力工具的位置表示 "上" "下" 关系。 本 实施例的动力工具 100操作时,操作者的一只手虎口朝下在第一握持部 98握住 手柄 7并将手指末端搭在开关 3上控制开关 3 , 另一只手虎口在第二握持部的 握持引导部 89处朝上握住壳体 2并将手指末端搭在操作件 52上控制操作件 52。 需要说明的是,本实施例所描述的两只手分别控制开关 3和控制件 52并不意味 着双手同时启动开关 3和移动控制件 52 , 事实上, 动力工具 100操作时, 通常
先调整控制件 52的位置从而确定动力工具 1 00的工作状态,再启动开关 3使动 力工具 1 00工作, 动力工具 100工作过程中, 通常不再移动控制件 52而转换动 力工具 1 00的工作状态, 以保证安全。 This paragraph describes the tube, and the position of the power tool shown in Fig. 1 indicates the "up" and "down" relationships. When the power tool 100 of the embodiment is operated, the operator's hand holds the handle 7 at the first grip portion 98 with the tiger's mouth facing down and the finger end is placed on the switch 3 to control the switch 3, and the other hand is in the mouth. The grip portion 89 of the second grip portion holds the housing 2 upward and the end of the finger is placed on the operating member 52 to control the operating member 52. It should be noted that the two hands respectively controlling the switch 3 and the control member 52 described in this embodiment do not mean that the two hands simultaneously activate the switch 3 and the movement control member 52. In fact, when the power tool 100 is operated, usually Firstly, the position of the control member 52 is adjusted to determine the working state of the power tool 100, and then the switch 3 is activated to operate the power tool 100. During the operation of the power tool 100, the control member 52 is usually not moved to switch the work of the power tool 100. Status to ensure safety.
由此,本实施例的动力工具 100操作时,操作者的两只手握持动力工具 1 00 ; 且两只手的虎口分别对准动力工具相对的两侧 (图 1 中一上一下) 握住动力工 具 100 , 取得平衡的握持效果, 且两只手分别控制开关 2和操作件 52 , 可保证 开关 2和操作件 52的有效控制。 Thus, when the power tool 100 of the present embodiment is operated, the operator's two hands hold the power tool 100; and the tiger's mouth of both hands are respectively aligned with the opposite sides of the power tool (one in FIG. 1). The power tool 100 is used to achieve a balanced grip effect, and the two hands respectively control the switch 2 and the operating member 52 to ensure effective control of the switch 2 and the operating member 52.
手柄 7和壳体 2呈钝角设置, 从而符合人体工学, 方便操作者握持。 可以 根据实际需要设置合理的角度, 除了钝角外, 手柄 7和壳体 2呈直角设置亦可。 The handle 7 and the housing 2 are disposed at an obtuse angle to be ergonomic and convenient for the operator to hold. A reasonable angle can be set according to actual needs. In addition to the obtuse angle, the handle 7 and the housing 2 can be disposed at right angles.
图 8示出了本发明第二实施例的动力工具 200。 Fig. 8 shows a power tool 200 of a second embodiment of the present invention.
动力工具 200与动力工具 1 00类似的部件使用相同的标号。 图 8集成了切 换件 8的两个位置, 在旋转轴线 X-X的上半部, 切换件 8位于第二位置; 在旋 转轴线 X-X的下半部, 切换件 8位于第一位置。 Components similar to the power tool 200 and the power tool 100 are given the same reference numerals. Figure 8 integrates two positions of the switching member 8, in the upper half of the axis of rotation X-X, the switching member 8 is in the second position; in the lower half of the axis of rotation X-X, the switching member 8 is in the first position.
动力工具 200与实施例一的动力工具 1 00的主要区别在于, 本实施例的定 位件 40与壳体 2在输出杆 2的周向上相对固定, 但定位件 40可相对壳体 2轴 向移动, 定位件 40与壳体 2之间设有弹簧 92 , 切换件 8从第二位置向第一位 置切换过程中, 凸起 42与卡槽 44未配接时, 弹簧 92被压缩, 输出杆 6旋转通 过限制件 26带动切换件 8旋转, 从而凸起 42旋转直到与卡槽 44对准, 弹簧 92迫使凸起 42和卡槽 44顺利对齐。 本实施例中, 采用凸起与卡槽配合, 本领 域技术人员可以想到, 亦可采用销子与卡孔配合。 不再赘述。 The main difference between the power tool 200 and the power tool 100 of the first embodiment is that the positioning member 40 of the embodiment is relatively fixed to the housing 2 in the circumferential direction of the output rod 2, but the positioning member 40 is axially movable relative to the housing 2. A spring 92 is disposed between the positioning member 40 and the housing 2. When the switching member 8 is switched from the second position to the first position, when the protrusion 42 is not mated with the slot 44, the spring 92 is compressed, and the output rod 6 is output. Rotation through the restriction member 26 causes the switching member 8 to rotate, so that the projection 42 rotates until it is aligned with the card slot 44, and the spring 92 forces the projection 42 and the card slot 44 to smoothly align. In this embodiment, the protrusions are engaged with the card slots, and those skilled in the art can conceive that the pins can be matched with the card holes. No longer.
本实施例优选的, 切换件 8位于第一位置时, 弹簧 92处于自由状态, 不会 迫使定位件 40朝向切换件 8移动, 从而弹簧 92不会推动切换件 8朝向第二位 置移动, 可避免误操作。 当然, 切换件 8位于第一位置时, 弹簧 92也可处于被 压缩的状态,为避免误操作,壳体 2上设置限制定位件 40轴向位移的机构即可。 Preferably, in the first position, when the switching member 8 is in the first position, the spring 92 is in a free state, and the positioning member 40 is not forced to move toward the switching member 8, so that the spring 92 does not push the switching member 8 to move toward the second position, thereby avoiding Misoperation. Of course, when the switching member 8 is in the first position, the spring 92 can also be in a compressed state. To avoid erroneous operation, the housing 2 is provided with a mechanism for limiting the axial displacement of the positioning member 40.
本实施例的壳体 2上设有沿输出杆 6的轴向延伸的定位销 ( 图中未示出 ), 定位件 40上设有与定位销上配接的孔, 从而使定位件 40与壳体 2以筒单的结 构实现周向固定但可轴向相对移动。 The housing 2 of the embodiment is provided with a positioning pin (not shown) extending along the axial direction of the output rod 6. The positioning member 40 is provided with a hole for mating with the positioning pin, so that the positioning member 40 is The housing 2 is circumferentially fixed but axially movable relative to the structure of the cartridge.
图 9至图 22示出了适用于本发明动力工具的夹紧装置 401。 Figures 9 through 22 illustrate a clamping device 401 suitable for use with the power tool of the present invention.
下述描述以动力工具 100为例, 事实上, 夹紧装置 401可适用于本发明中 各实施例提供的动力工具。 The following description takes the power tool 100 as an example. In fact, the clamping device 401 can be applied to the power tool provided by the various embodiments of the present invention.
动力工具 1 00的输出杆 6本身并不对工件进行加工其与工作头 308相连后 带动工作头 308与之同步运动从而加工工件。 动力工具 1 00工作时, 需要经常 更换工作头, 为方便工作头 308与输出杆 6的连接, 输出杆 6上连接有夹紧装
置 401, 工作头 308通过夹紧装置 401 固定在输出杆 6上与输出杆 6同步运动。 与输出杆 6输出两种运动方式相对应, 本实施例的工作头 308 包括第一工 作头 309和第二工作头 310,第一工作头 308和第二工作头 310与夹紧装置 401 相连的连接部的形状不同。 The output rod 6 of the power tool 100 does not itself process the workpiece. After being connected to the working head 308, the working head 308 is moved in synchronization with it to machine the workpiece. When the power tool 100 is working, it is necessary to change the working head frequently. To facilitate the connection between the working head 308 and the output rod 6, the output rod 6 is connected with a clamping device. At 401, the working head 308 is fixed to the output rod 6 by the clamping device 401 and moves in synchronization with the output rod 6. Corresponding to the output mode of the output rod 6, the working head 308 of the embodiment includes a first working head 309 and a second working head 310. The first working head 308 and the second working head 310 are connected to the clamping device 401. The shape of the connecting portion is different.
具体的, 第一工作头 309 包括与夹紧装置 401相连的第一连接部 311和往 复运动加工工件的第一工作部 312。 第一连接部 311 和第一工作部 312可以一 体成型, 亦可以分开成型后再固定连接, 如焊接在一起。 本实施例优选的, 第 一工作头 309为标准的曲线锯锯条, 第一连接部 311 包括片状主体 313和从片 状主体 313 向外凸设的两个凸耳 314; 第一工作部 312上设有纵长列锯齿 315 以切割工件。 本领域技术人员可以想到, 亦可在第一工作部 312设置磨粒对工 件进行打磨。 Specifically, the first working head 309 includes a first connecting portion 311 connected to the clamping device 401 and a first working portion 312 for reciprocally moving the workpiece. The first connecting portion 311 and the first working portion 312 may be integrally formed, or may be separately formed and then fixedly connected, such as welded together. Preferably, the first working head 309 is a standard jig saw blade, and the first connecting portion 311 includes a sheet-like body 313 and two lugs 314 protruding outward from the sheet-like body 313; the first working portion 312 Longitudinal column serrations 315 are provided to cut the workpiece. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the workpiece can also be sanded by providing abrasive particles in the first working portion 312.
第二工作头 310包括与夹紧装置 401相连的第二连接部 316和旋转运动加 工工件的第二工作部 317。 第二连接部 316和第二工作部 317可以一体成型, 亦可以分开成型后再固定连接, 如焊接在一起。 本实施例优选的, 第二工作头 310 为标准的六方钻头或六方批头, 第二连接部 316主体呈六方柱状, 其上设 有周向延伸的弧形凹槽 318, 第二工作部 317上设置对工件进行钻孔的钻花或 拧螺丝的十字批、 一字批。 The second working head 310 includes a second connecting portion 316 connected to the clamping device 401 and a second working portion 317 for rotationally moving the workpiece. The second connecting portion 316 and the second working portion 317 may be integrally formed, or may be separately formed and then fixedly connected, such as welded together. Preferably, the second working head 310 is a standard hexagonal drill or a hexagonal bit. The second connecting portion 316 has a hexagonal column shape and is provided with a circumferentially extending curved groove 318. The second working portion 317 Set up a cross batch, one-word batch for drilling or screwing the workpiece.
本实施例的夹紧装置 401可夹持两种不同的工作头, 大大的拓展了夹紧装 置的使用范围, 极大的方便了消费者的使用。 尤其是, 夹紧装置 401连接在动 力工具 100的输出杆 6上后, 动力工具 100驱动夹紧在夹紧装置 401上的第一 工作头 309往复运动加工工件; 或者驱动夹紧在夹紧装置 401上的第二工作头 310旋转运动加工工件, 由此仅需一个动力工具 100和一个夹紧装置 401 配合 不同的工作头, 即可实现往复类工具和旋转类工具两种动力工具的功能, 极大 的方便的消费者的使用。 The clamping device 401 of the embodiment can hold two different working heads, which greatly expands the use range of the clamping device, and greatly facilitates the use of the consumer. In particular, after the clamping device 401 is coupled to the output rod 6 of the power tool 100, the power tool 100 drives the first working head 309 clamped on the clamping device 401 to reciprocate the workpiece; or the driving clamp is clamped to the clamping device. The second working head 310 on the 401 rotates and moves the workpiece, thereby requiring only one power tool 100 and one clamping device 401 to cooperate with different working heads, thereby realizing the functions of the reciprocating tool and the rotating tool. Great convenience for the use of consumers.
夹紧装置 401也可与仅能输出一种运动方式的动力工具的输出杆相连, 如 与往复锯或电钻的输出杆相连, 此时夹紧装置一般仅用于夹持一种工作头。 The clamping device 401 can also be coupled to an output rod of a power tool that can only output a motion mode, such as an output shaft of a reciprocating saw or an electric drill, where the clamping device is typically only used to hold a working head.
夹紧装置 401 包括安装件 402和夹紧机构 406。 The clamping device 401 includes a mounting member 402 and a clamping mechanism 406.
安装件 402与输出杆 6连接。 本实施例中, 安装件 402呈杆状, 优选圆柱 杆状。 本实施例中, 安装件 402与输出杆 6 固定连接, 优选安装件 402与输出 杆 6焊接相连。 当然, 安装件 402呈其它任意形状、 通过其它任何方式与输出 杆 6 固定连接在一起, 比如通过连接销固定连、 或者一体成型均可。 Mounting member 402 is coupled to output rod 6. In this embodiment, the mounting member 402 has a rod shape, preferably a cylindrical rod shape. In this embodiment, the mounting member 402 is fixedly coupled to the output rod 6, and preferably the mounting member 402 is welded to the output rod 6. Of course, the mounting member 402 is of any other shape and is fixedly coupled to the output rod 6 by any other means, such as by a connecting pin, or integrally formed.
请结合图 10和图 11, 安装件 402上设有用于收容工作头的连接部的收容 部 408。 收容部 408 包括形状不同的第一收容部 410和第二收容部 412。 结合图
9 ,第一收容部 410用于收容第一工作头 309的第一连接部 3 1 1 ,第二收容部 412 用于收容第二工作头 3 10的第二连接部 3 16。 Referring to Figures 10 and 11, the mounting member 402 is provided with a receiving portion 408 for receiving a connecting portion of the working head. The accommodating portion 408 includes a first accommodating portion 410 and a second accommodating portion 412 having different shapes. Combination diagram The first receiving portion 410 is configured to receive the first connecting portion 3 1 1 of the first working head 309, and the second receiving portion 412 is configured to receive the second connecting portion 3 16 of the second working head 3 10 .
第一收容部 410包括相对设置的第一抵接部 414和第二抵接部 420及位于 第一抵接部 414和第二抵接部 420之间的收容空间 416。 为更好的卡接第一连 接部,第一抵接部 414和第二抵接部 420沿输出杆 6的轴向纵长延伸一段距离。 本实施例中, 两个抵接部形状为卡口, 每个抵接部各具有用于抵接第一连接部 3 1 1 的抵接面 418 , 两个抵接面 418配合将第一连接部可靠的卡接在其内。 更优 选的, 在与输出杆 6的轴线 X垂直的平面上 (即图 10所在的纸面上), 抵接面 418 的投影为弧线或折线, 如此设置, 无论第一连接部的厚度如何, 抵接部均 能可靠的将第一连接部夹持在其内。 The first receiving portion 410 includes a first abutting portion 414 and a second abutting portion 420 and a receiving space 416 between the first abutting portion 414 and the second abutting portion 420. In order to better snap the first connecting portion, the first abutting portion 414 and the second abutting portion 420 extend a length along the axial length of the output rod 6. In this embodiment, the two abutting portions are in the shape of a bayonet, and each abutting portion has an abutting surface 418 for abutting the first connecting portion 3 1 1 , and the two abutting surfaces 418 cooperate to connect the first connecting portion. A reliable card is attached to it. More preferably, on a plane perpendicular to the axis X of the output rod 6 (i.e., on the paper surface on which Fig. 10 is located), the projection of the abutment surface 418 is an arc or a fold line, so as to be set regardless of the thickness of the first joint portion. The abutting portion can reliably clamp the first connecting portion therein.
动力工具 100的壳体 2包括对接的两个半壳, 在与输出杆 6的轴线垂直的 平面上 (即图 10所在的纸面上), 第一收容部 410的中心线 L位于两个半壳的 对接线 4形成的平面上。 或者说, 两个抵接部的投影横向穿过两个半壳的对接 线 4的投影。 可使第一收容部 410在相对壳体 2特定的角度收容第一工作头, 从而使第一工作头在相对壳体特定的角度加工工件, 方便操作者的使用。 The housing 2 of the power tool 100 includes two half shells that are butted, and on the plane perpendicular to the axis of the output rod 6 (i.e., the paper surface on which Fig. 10 is located), the center line L of the first housing portion 410 is located in two halves. The pair of wires on the plane formed by the wires 4. Alternatively, the projection of the two abutments is transverse to the projection of the mating wires 4 of the two half-shells. The first receiving portion 410 can accommodate the first working head at a specific angle with respect to the housing 2, thereby allowing the first working head to machine the workpiece at a specific angle with respect to the housing, facilitating the use of the operator.
本实施例还可有其它变形, 如设置具有与输出杆的轴线 X平行的平面抵接 面的抵接部亦可将第一工作头的第一连接部夹设在两个抵接部之间, 或者其它 任意形状的能将第一连接部夹设在其间的抵接部亦可。 There may be other modifications in this embodiment. For example, providing an abutting portion having a plane abutting surface parallel to the axis X of the output rod may also sandwich the first connecting portion of the first working head between the two abutting portions. Or any other shape of the abutting portion that can sandwich the first connecting portion therebetween.
请继续结合图 10和图 1 1 , 第二收容部 412为多边形收容孔。 该多边形收 容孔包括多边形挡接部及围设在多边形挡接部之间的空间。 为更好的卡接第二 连接部 3 16 , 第二收容部 412从安装件 402远离输出杆 6的自由端 403开始沿 输出杆 6的轴向纵长延伸一段距离。 本实施例中, 第二收容部 412为正多边形 收容孔。 更优选的, 第二收容部 412是正六方形或正十二方形收容孔, 由于现 有标准的钻头、 批头的连接部多数为六方柱或十二方柱状, 本实施例正六方形 或正十二方形的第二收容孔可匹配标准的钻头和批头, 如此设置, 无需再设计 额外的第二工作头, 节省成本。 当然, 本领域技术人员可根据需要设计与第二 工作头的连接部形状相匹配的任意形状的收容孔, 如圆形收容孔等。 Please continue with FIG. 10 and FIG. 1 1 , the second receiving portion 412 is a polygonal receiving hole. The polygonal receiving hole includes a polygonal blocking portion and a space surrounding the polygonal blocking portion. In order to better engage the second connecting portion 3 16 , the second receiving portion 412 extends a distance along the axial length of the output rod 6 from the free end 403 of the mounting member 402 away from the output rod 6 . In this embodiment, the second receiving portion 412 is a regular polygonal receiving hole. More preferably, the second receiving portion 412 is a regular hexagonal or regular twelve-square receiving hole. Since the connection between the conventional standard drill bit and the bit is mostly hexagonal or twelve-sided, the embodiment is a square or a positive ten. The square second receiving hole matches the standard drill bit and the bit. This is set up, eliminating the need to design an additional second working head and saving costs. Of course, those skilled in the art can design a receiving hole of any shape, such as a circular receiving hole, etc., which matches the shape of the connecting portion of the second working head as needed.
请参见图 10 , 本实施例中, 第一收容部 410和第二收容部 412部分重合。 由此, 可大大的减小安装件 402的体积, 进而减小整个夹紧装置 401 的体积, 方便夹紧装置 401在空间狭窄的地方工作。 优选的, 第一收容部 410和第二收 容部 412的轴线重合, 该轴线为第一收容部 410的中心线 L。 Referring to FIG. 10, in this embodiment, the first receiving portion 410 and the second receiving portion 412 partially overlap. Thereby, the volume of the mounting member 402 can be greatly reduced, thereby reducing the volume of the entire clamping device 401, facilitating the operation of the clamping device 401 in a narrow space. Preferably, the axes of the first receiving portion 410 and the second receiving portion 412 coincide, and the axis is the center line L of the first receiving portion 410.
可以在第一收容部 410 的基础上设置第二收容部 412。 具体的, 第一收容 部 410包括卡口状两个抵接部, 第二收容部 412包括从两个抵接部的边缘向外
延伸形成的周向挡接部。 由此, 第一收容部 410和第二收容部 412共用两个 4氐 接部边缘之间的收容空间 S ( 图 10 中虚线围设成的区域), 该收容空间的截面 为长方形, 该长方形的长度为两个抵接部同侧两边沿之间的距离, 宽度为同一 个 4氐接部两侧边沿之间的距离。 The second housing portion 412 may be provided on the basis of the first housing portion 410. Specifically, the first receiving portion 410 includes two bayonet-shaped abutting portions, and the second receiving portion 412 includes outwards from the edges of the two abutting portions. Extending the formed circumferential blocking portion. Therefore, the first accommodating portion 410 and the second accommodating portion 412 share the accommodating space S between the edges of the two splicing portions (the area enclosed by the broken line in FIG. 10), and the accommodating space has a rectangular cross section, and the rectangular shape The length is the distance between the two edges of the two sides of the abutting portion, and the width is the distance between the edges of the two sides of the same 4 氐 joint.
也可以在第二收容部 412基础上设置第一收容部 410。 具体的, 第二收容 部 412包括正多边形挡接部, 第一收容部 410包括从正多边形挡接部相对的两 个边沿中心向外扩展形成的两个卡口状抵接部。 由此, 第一收容部 410和第二 收容部 412共用第二收容部 412中心处的收容空间 S(图 10中虚线围设成的区 域), 该收容空间的截面为长方形, 该长方形的长度为正多连形收容部相对两个 边沿之间的距离, 宽度为同一抵接部两边沿之间的距离。 The first housing portion 410 may be provided on the basis of the second housing portion 412. Specifically, the second receiving portion 412 includes a regular polygonal blocking portion, and the first receiving portion 410 includes two bayonet-shaped abutting portions that are outwardly extended from the centers of the two opposite edges of the regular polygonal blocking portion. Therefore, the first accommodating portion 410 and the second accommodating portion 412 share the accommodating space S at the center of the second accommodating portion 412 (a region surrounded by a broken line in FIG. 10), and the accommodating space has a rectangular cross section, and the length of the rectangular portion The distance between the opposite edges of the positive multi-shaped receiving portion is the distance between the two edges of the same abutting portion.
分开单独设置, 如并排设置的第一收容部和第二收容部亦可分别收容第一 工作头和第二工作头,并与夹紧机构配合分别将第一工作头和第二工作头夹紧。 Separately disposed separately, for example, the first receiving portion and the second receiving portion disposed side by side may respectively receive the first working head and the second working head, and cooperate with the clamping mechanism to respectively clamp the first working head and the second working head .
安装件 402上还设置有限制工作头插入深度的止挡部。 请返回图 9, 由于 本实施例的安装件 402既可收容第一工作头 309的第一连接部 311, 又可收容 第二工作头 310的第二连接部 316, 且第一连接部 311 和第二连接部 316的形 状及长度不等, 因此, 请参见图 11 和图 12, 安装件 402上设置有限制第一工 作头 309插入深度的第一止挡部 417; 请参见图 13, 安装件 402上还设置有限 制第二工作头 308插入深度的第二止挡部 419。 The mounting member 402 is also provided with a stop portion that limits the insertion depth of the working head. Returning to FIG. 9 , the mounting member 402 of the present embodiment can accommodate the first connecting portion 311 of the first working head 309 and the second connecting portion 316 of the second working head 310 , and the first connecting portion 311 and The shape and length of the second connecting portion 316 are not equal. Therefore, referring to FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, the mounting member 402 is provided with a first stopping portion 417 for limiting the insertion depth of the first working head 309; see FIG. 13, installation A second stop 419 that limits the depth of insertion of the second working head 308 is also disposed on the member 402.
请返回图 9, 本实施例中, 第一连接部 311 凸耳 314的宽度大于本体部 313 的宽度, 第一连接部 311插入夹紧装置 401 时, 本体部 313收容于第一收容部 内, 为方便收容凸耳 314及限制第一工作头 309的插入深度, 请参见图 11和图 12, 安装件 402上从远离输出杆 6的自由端 403轴向延伸有缺口 415, 缺口 415 沿输出杆 6的径向贯通第二抵接部 420上的一段, 第一止挡部 417为缺口 415 延伸的末端;安装件 402上还设有与缺口 415相对并远离 自由端 403的卡孔 413, 卡孔 413贯通第一抵接部 414上的一段, 卡孔 413远离 自由端 403的一端与缺 口 415延伸的末端平齐, 即与第一止挡部 417平齐, 因此, 卡孔 413远离 自由 端 403的一端亦可用作第一止挡部。 由此。第一连接部 311插入第一收容部 410 时, 第一连接部 311对准缺口 415 并沿缺口插入第一收容部 410, 直到两个凸 耳 314中的一个与第一止挡部 4174民接时, 第一工作头 309插入到位, 此时, 可朝卡孔 413所在的方向按压第一工作头 309, 使凸耳 314 中的另一个插入卡 孔 413 中, 第一工作头 309插入至位。 本实施例的缺口 415和卡孔 413贯通抵 接部, 当然, 缺口 415和卡孔 413只要能挡住凸耳 314, 不贯通抵接部亦可。 The main connecting portion 311 is inserted into the first receiving portion when the first connecting portion 311 is inserted into the clamping device 401. For facilitating the receiving of the lug 314 and limiting the insertion depth of the first working head 309, referring to FIGS. 11 and 12, the mounting member 402 has a notch 415 extending axially away from the free end 403 of the output rod 6, and the notch 415 is along the output rod 6. The first stop portion 417 is a distal end of the second abutment portion 420. The first stop portion 417 is an end of the notch 415. The mounting member 402 is further provided with a card hole 413 opposite to the notch 415 and away from the free end 403. The 413 penetrates a section of the first abutting portion 414. The end of the card hole 413 away from the free end 403 is flush with the end of the notch 415, that is, flush with the first stopping portion 417. Therefore, the card hole 413 is away from the free end 403. One end can also be used as the first stop. thus. When the first connecting portion 311 is inserted into the first receiving portion 410, the first connecting portion 311 is aligned with the notch 415 and inserted into the first receiving portion 410 along the notch until one of the two lugs 314 is connected to the first stopping portion 4174. When the first working head 309 is inserted into position, the first working head 309 can be pressed in the direction in which the card hole 413 is located, and the other of the lugs 314 can be inserted into the card hole 413, and the first working head 309 can be inserted into position. . The notch 415 and the hole 413 of the present embodiment penetrate the abutting portion. Of course, the notch 415 and the hole 413 may block the lug 314 and may not penetrate the abutting portion.
请参见图 13, 第二收容部 412为沿输出杆的轴向延伸的正多边形收容孔,
第二止挡部 419为第二收容部 412延伸末端的台阶面。 第二工作头 3 10插入第 二收容部 412过程中与第二止挡部 419 4民接时, 第二工作头 3 10插入到位。 Referring to FIG. 13, the second receiving portion 412 is a regular polygonal receiving hole extending along the axial direction of the output rod. The second stopper portion 419 is a stepped surface at which the second receiving portion 412 extends. When the second working head 3 10 is inserted into the second receiving portion 412 and the second stopping portion 4194 is engaged, the second working head 3 10 is inserted into position.
第一工作头 309的第一连接部 3 1 1插入第一收容部 410到位后, 夹紧机构 将第一连接部 3 1 1保持在第一收容部 410 内, 使第一工作头 309与输出杆 6同 步运动从而加工工件; 第二工作头 3 10的第二连接部 3 16插入第二收容部 412 到位后, 夹紧机构 406将第二连接部 3 16保持在第二收容部 412 内, 使第二工 作头 3 10与输出杆 6同步运动从而加工工件。 After the first connecting portion 31 1 of the first working head 309 is inserted into the first receiving portion 410, the clamping mechanism holds the first connecting portion 31 1 in the first receiving portion 410, so that the first working head 309 and the output The rod 6 is synchronously moved to process the workpiece; after the second connecting portion 3 16 of the second working head 3 10 is inserted into the second receiving portion 412, the clamping mechanism 406 holds the second connecting portion 3 16 in the second receiving portion 412. The second working head 3 10 is moved in synchronization with the output rod 6 to machine the workpiece.
请参见图 12 ,夹紧机构 406包括沿输出杆 6的径向方向运动的锁紧件 422、 使锁紧件 422在锁紧工作头的第一位置和释放工作头的第二位置之间运动的压 紧件 424、 对压紧件 424施压使压紧件 424位于第一位置的偏压件 426。 Referring to Figure 12, the clamping mechanism 406 includes a locking member 422 that moves in a radial direction of the output rod 6, moving the locking member 422 between a first position of the locking working head and a second position of the release working head. The pressing member 424 presses the pressing member 424 to bias the pressing member 424 in the first position.
请再结合图 13和图 14 ,安装件 402上设有与收容部 408连通的收容槽 409 , 锁紧件 422收容在收容槽 409中并突出于安装件 402的外表面, 当工作头插入 收容部 408后, 锁紧件 422在压紧件 424作用下将工作头压紧在锁紧件 422与 收容部 408之间。 Referring to FIG. 13 and FIG. 14 , the mounting member 402 is provided with a receiving groove 409 communicating with the receiving portion 408 . The locking member 422 is received in the receiving groove 409 and protrudes from the outer surface of the mounting member 402 . After the portion 408, the locking member 422 presses the working head between the locking member 422 and the receiving portion 408 under the action of the pressing member 424.
本实施例中, 锁紧件 422为压销, 压销上设有周向延伸的用于与工作头配 接的卡接槽 428 , 卡接槽 428的截面从开口向里宽度渐减。 具体的, 卡接槽 428 包括用于卡接工作头的卡接面 430 , 在与输出杆 6的轴线 X垂直的平面 (即图 14所在的纸面) 上, 卡接面 430的投影为开口相背的弧线或折线。 如此设置, 卡接槽 428可以卡接不同厚度的第一工作头 309 ,亦可方便的与第二工作头 3 10 的弧形凹槽 3 18卡接。 本实施例还可有其它变形, 如锁紧件设置为钢球, 压销 上不再设置周向延伸的卡接槽而直接由压销抵紧工作头亦可。 In this embodiment, the locking member 422 is a pressing pin, and the pressing pin is provided with a circumferentially extending engaging groove 428 for engaging the working head, and the cross section of the engaging groove 428 is gradually decreased from the opening to the inner width. Specifically, the engaging groove 428 includes a engaging surface 430 for engaging the working head. On a plane perpendicular to the axis X of the output rod 6 (ie, the paper surface on which FIG. 14 is located), the projection of the engaging surface 430 is an opening. Opposite arc or polyline. In this way, the engaging groove 428 can be engaged with the first working head 309 of different thicknesses, and can also be conveniently engaged with the curved recesses 3 18 of the second working head 3 10 . There may be other modifications in this embodiment. For example, the locking member is provided as a steel ball, and the circumferentially extending engaging groove is no longer provided on the pressing pin, and the working head can be directly pressed by the pressing pin.
请结合图 12和图 13 , 压紧件 424沿输出杆 6的轴向方向运动以压紧或释 放锁紧件 422 , 压紧件 424具有相对输出杆 6的轴向倾斜的斜面 432。 斜面 432 的不同位置与锁紧件 422接触, 可以使锁紧件 422在锁紧和释放工作头的两个 位置之间变换;锁紧件 422处于锁紧位置时,斜面 432的不同位置与锁紧件 422 接触, 还可以使锁紧件 422锁紧不同尺寸的工作头。 因此, 本实施例渐变的斜 面 432的不同位置与锁紧件 422配合可使锁紧件 422处于多种不同的状态, 使 夹紧装置 401可夹持不同尺寸的工作头, 大大提高夹紧装置 401 的应用范围。 Referring to Figures 12 and 13, the pressing member 424 is moved in the axial direction of the output rod 6 to press or release the locking member 422 having an inclined 432 which is inclined with respect to the axial direction of the output rod 6. The different positions of the inclined surface 432 are in contact with the locking member 422, so that the locking member 422 can be changed between the two positions of the locking and releasing working head; when the locking member 422 is in the locking position, the different positions and the locking of the inclined surface 432 The tightening member 422 is in contact with the locking member 422 to lock the working heads of different sizes. Therefore, the different positions of the gradual inclined surface 432 of the embodiment cooperate with the locking member 422 to enable the locking member 422 to be in a plurality of different states, so that the clamping device 401 can clamp the working heads of different sizes, thereby greatly improving the clamping device. The scope of application of 401.
本实施例中, 斜面沿朝向输出杆 6的方向与输出杆 6的轴线 X的距离逐渐 增大, 从而压紧件 424离沿远离输出杆 6的方向运动可逐渐释放锁紧件 422从 而松开工作头。 当然, 本领域技术人员知道, 使斜面沿朝向输出杆 6的方向与 输出杆 6的轴线 X的距离逐渐减小, 从而压紧件 424离沿靠近输出杆 6的方向 运动逐渐释放锁紧件 422从而松开工作头亦可。
本实施例还可有其它变形, 如在压紧件上设置周向延伸的斜面, 该斜面与 输出杆轴线的半径渐变, 压紧件旋转使该斜面上的不同位置与锁紧件接触亦可 夹紧或释放工作头, 以及夹紧不同尺寸的工作头。 In this embodiment, the distance of the slope from the direction toward the output rod 6 and the axis X of the output rod 6 is gradually increased, so that the pressing member 424 moves away from the output rod 6 to gradually release the locking member 422 to release. Work head. Of course, those skilled in the art know that the distance of the slope from the direction toward the output rod 6 and the axis X of the output rod 6 is gradually reduced, so that the pressing member 424 is gradually moved away from the output rod 6 to gradually release the locking member 422. Therefore, the work head can be released. There may be other modifications in this embodiment, such as providing a circumferentially extending inclined surface on the pressing member, the inclined surface and the radius of the output rod axis are gradually changed, and the pressing member is rotated to make different positions of the inclined surface contact with the locking member. Clamp or release the working head and clamp the working heads of different sizes.
压紧件 424和安装件 402之间设有导向装置, 导向装置使压紧件 424保持 沿输出杆 6的轴向方向运动。 导向装置包括设置在安装件 402和压紧件 424中 的一个上的沿输出杆 6的轴向方向延伸的突起 436、 设置在安装件 402和压紧 件 424 中的另一个上与突起 436配合的导向槽 438 , 两者配合使导向槽 438只 能沿突起 436的延伸方向移动,使压紧件 424只能沿输出杆 6的轴向方向移动。 A guide is provided between the pressing member 424 and the mounting member 402, and the guiding member maintains the pressing member 424 to move in the axial direction of the output rod 6. The guiding device includes a protrusion 436 extending in an axial direction of the output rod 6 disposed on one of the mounting member 402 and the pressing member 424, and the other of the mounting member 402 and the pressing member 424 is engaged with the protrusion 436 The guiding groove 438 cooperates to move the guiding groove 438 only in the extending direction of the protrusion 436, so that the pressing member 424 can only move in the axial direction of the output rod 6.
导向槽 438靠近输出杆 6的一端开放, 远离输出杆 6的一端封闭, 导向槽 438的开放端可方便将压紧件 424沿朝向输出杆 6的方向安装在安装件 402上; 导向槽 438的封闭端对压紧件 424的位置进行限制, 如图 13所示, 导向槽 438 的封闭端 439与突起 436抵接时, 压紧件 424位于靠近输出杆 6的极限位置。 The guiding groove 438 is open near one end of the output rod 6, and is closed away from the end of the output rod 6. The open end of the guiding groove 438 can conveniently mount the pressing member 424 on the mounting member 402 in the direction of the output rod 6; The closed end limits the position of the pressing member 424. As shown in Fig. 13, when the closed end 439 of the guide groove 438 abuts against the projection 436, the pressing member 424 is located at an extreme position close to the output rod 6.
压紧件 424为套设在安装件 402上的环状压紧件, 斜面 432与导向装置隔 开设置, 优选斜面 432与导向装置相对设置, 从而使两者各司其职互不影响。 The pressing member 424 is an annular pressing member that is sleeved on the mounting member 402. The inclined surface 432 is spaced apart from the guiding device. Preferably, the inclined surface 432 is disposed opposite to the guiding device, so that the two functions do not affect each other.
偏压件 426为压簧, 安装件 402上连接有止挡装置 440 , 偏压件 426—端 与压紧件 424抵接, 另一端与止挡装置 440抵接。 锥压簧形状的偏压件 426套 设在环状压紧件 424外表面上,压紧件 424上突出有挡住偏压件 426的隆起 441 , 本实施例的隆起 441为两个, 相对输出杆轴线 X对称设置, 能可靠的挡住偏压 件, 且设置两个隆起相对设置绕压紧件 424整周的环形件而言, 可减小环形件 424的重量。 止挡装置 440包括嵌在安装件 402上的弹性卡圏 442、 与弹性卡圏 442抵接的环盖 446 , 偏压件 426的另一端抵在环盖 446上。 The biasing member 426 is a compression spring, and the mounting member 402 is connected with a stopping device 440. The biasing member 426 is abutted against the pressing member 424, and the other end is abutted against the stopping device 440. The biasing member 426 of the cone-shaped spring is sleeved on the outer surface of the annular pressing member 424. The pressing member 424 protrudes from the ridge 441 of the biasing member 426. The ridges 441 of the embodiment are two, and the relative output is The rod axis X is symmetrically disposed to reliably block the biasing member, and the two ridges are disposed oppositely to the annular member around the entire circumference of the pressing member 424 to reduce the weight of the ring member 424. The stop means 440 includes a resilient latch 442 embedded in the mounting member 402, a ring cover 446 abutting the resilient latch 442, and the other end of the biasing member 426 abutting the ring cover 446.
偏压件 426可以在图 13 和图 16 所示的两个极限位置之间运动, 在图 13 所示的自由状态, 偏压件 426被压缩使导向槽 438的封闭端 439与突起 436抵 接从而使压紧件 424位于靠近输出杆 6的极限位置。在图 16所示的准备夹紧的 极限位置, 压紧件 424克服偏压件 426的作用力沿远离输出杆 6的方向移动到 与环盖 446抵接的位置, 此时压紧件 424位于远离输出杆 6的另一极限位置。 The biasing member 426 is movable between the two extreme positions shown in Figures 13 and 16, in the free state shown in Figure 13, the biasing member 426 is compressed such that the closed end 439 of the guide slot 438 abuts the projection 436. Thereby, the pressing member 424 is located at an extreme position close to the output rod 6. At the extreme position of the ready-to-clamp shown in FIG. 16, the pressing member 424 is moved against the biasing force of the biasing member 426 in a direction away from the output rod 6 to a position abutting against the ring cover 446, at which time the pressing member 424 is located. Keep away from the other extreme position of the output rod 6.
请参见图 12和图 15 ,夹紧装置还包括与压紧件 424相连并驱动压紧件 424 运动的操作部件 448。 Referring to Figures 12 and 15, the clamping device further includes an operating member 448 coupled to the compression member 424 and driving the movement of the compression member 424.
操作部件 448与压紧件 424紧配, 从而操作部件 448沿输出杆 6的轴向方 向运动带动压紧件 424沿输出杆 6的轴向方向运动。 具体的, 请参加图 15 , 操 作部件 448 内表面布置有两组筋板 449 , 两组筋板 449分别将压紧件 424上的 一个隆起 441卡紧在其中, 从而使操作部件 448和压紧件 424紧配。 The operating member 448 is engaged with the pressing member 424 such that the operating member 448 moves in the axial direction of the output rod 6 to move the pressing member 424 in the axial direction of the output rod 6. Specifically, please refer to FIG. 15. The inner surface of the operating member 448 is provided with two sets of ribs 449, and the two sets of ribs 449 respectively clamp a ridge 441 on the pressing member 424 therein, thereby pressing the operating member 448 and pressing Pieces 424 are tightly matched.
本实施例中, 为使夹紧装置 401 可靠的夹持工作头, 安装件 402、 锁紧件
422、 压紧件 424均由金属制成, 优选为具有良好强度的合金钢制成, 但金属制 成的压紧件 424并不能提供良好的操作界面, 为改善操作界面, 本实施例的操 作部件 448由塑料制成,操作者推动塑料操作部件 448即可带动金属压紧件 424 运动从而压紧或释放工件头, 操作界面友好且操作方便快捷。 In this embodiment, in order to make the clamping device 401 reliably hold the working head, the mounting member 402 and the locking member 422. The pressing members 424 are all made of metal, preferably made of alloy steel with good strength, but the pressing member 424 made of metal does not provide a good operation interface. To improve the operation interface, the operation of this embodiment The component 448 is made of plastic, and the operator pushes the plastic operating component 448 to move the metal pressing member 424 to press or release the workpiece head, and the operation interface is friendly and convenient and quick to operate.
本实施例优选的,操作部件 448沿输出杆 6的轴向延伸,一端与压紧件 424 的隆起 441 紧配, 另一端套设在环盖 446外表面上并遮住偏压件 426 , 可保护 偏压件 426并防止灰尘进入夹紧装置 401 内部导致夹紧装置 401 失效。 Preferably, the operating member 448 extends along the axial direction of the output rod 6, one end is tightly fitted with the ridge 441 of the pressing member 424, and the other end is sleeved on the outer surface of the ring cover 446 and covers the biasing member 426. Protecting the biasing member 426 and preventing dust from entering the interior of the clamping device 401 causes the clamping device 401 to fail.
操作部件 448上还设置有分别让开突起 436和锁紧件 422的第一让开槽 450 和第二让开槽 452 , 如此设置, 装配夹紧装置 401 时, 可以先将操作部件 448 套设在安装件 402上, 再将压紧件 424卡入操作部件 448 中, 最后顺次装入偏 压件 426、 环盖 446及卡圏 442 ; 也可以先将压紧件 424卡入操作部件 448并将 两者一起套设在安装件 402上, 再顺次装入偏压件 426、 环盖 446及卡圏 442 , 从而方便的装配夹紧装置 401。 The operating member 448 is further provided with a first letting groove 450 and a second letting groove 452 for respectively releasing the protrusion 436 and the locking member 422. When the clamping device 401 is assembled, the operating member 448 can be first set. On the mounting member 402, the pressing member 424 is then snapped into the operating member 448, and finally the biasing member 426, the ring cover 446 and the latch 442 are sequentially loaded; or the pressing member 424 can be first engaged into the operating member 448. The two are sleeved together on the mounting member 402, and the biasing member 426, the ring cover 446 and the cassette 442 are sequentially loaded, thereby facilitating the assembly of the clamping device 401.
下面描述夹紧装置 401 的使用操作过程。 The operation of the use of the clamping device 401 will be described below.
图 13至图 15示出了夹紧装置处于自由状态的剖面图,如图 13所示,此时, 偏压件 426被压缩使压紧件 424上的导向槽 438的封闭端 439与安装件 402上 突起 436远离输出杆 6的一端抵接, 压紧件 424位于最靠近输出杆 6的位置, 压紧件 424的斜面 432与输出杆 6轴线距离最近的一端抵接锁紧件 422将锁紧 件 422保持在收容槽 409 内, 且如图 14和图 15所示, 锁紧件 422部分伸入收 容部 408中。 13 to 15 are cross-sectional views showing the clamping device in a free state, as shown in Fig. 13, at which time the biasing member 426 is compressed to close the closed end 439 of the guide groove 438 on the pressing member 424 with the mounting member. The protrusion 436 of the 402 abuts away from the end of the output rod 6. The pressing member 424 is located at the position closest to the output rod 6. The inclined surface 432 of the pressing member 424 abuts the end closest to the axis of the output rod 6 to abut the locking member 422 to lock The fastener 422 is retained within the receiving slot 409, and as shown in Figures 14 and 15, the locking member 422 partially extends into the receiving portion 408.
准备夹紧工件头时, 请参见图 16 , 克服偏压件 426的作用力, 通过操作部 件 448带动压紧件 424沿远离输出杆 6的方向运动直到压紧件 424与环盖 446 抵接, 斜面 432与输出杆 6轴线 X距离最远的一端对准锁紧件 422 , 此时斜面 432与锁紧件 422不抵接, 锁紧件 422可在收容槽 409和斜面 432之间的空间 内活动。 当然, 压紧件 424沿远离输出杆 6的方向运动松开锁紧件 422过程中, 并不一定需要到达与环盖 446抵接的位置, 适当的让开锁紧件 409让工作头可 插入收容部 408并通过锁紧件 409的位置即可。 When preparing to clamp the workpiece head, referring to FIG. 16, against the force of the biasing member 426, the pressing member 424 is moved by the operating member 448 in a direction away from the output rod 6 until the pressing member 424 abuts the ring cover 446. The end of the inclined surface 432 which is farthest from the axis X of the output rod 6 is aligned with the locking member 422. At this time, the inclined surface 432 does not abut the locking member 422, and the locking member 422 can be in the space between the receiving groove 409 and the inclined surface 432. activity. Of course, the pressing member 424 moves in the direction away from the output rod 6 during the process of releasing the locking member 422, and does not necessarily need to reach the position abutting the ring cover 446, and the locking member 409 is appropriately inserted to allow the working head to be inserted. The accommodating portion 408 can pass the position of the locking member 409.
此时可插入工作头并将工作头夹紧, 图 17和图 1 8示出了夹紧装置 401 夹 持第一工作头 309的剖面图。 具体的, 将第一工作头 309的第一连接部的片状 主体 3 13对准缺口 415插入第一收容部 410 , 直到一个凸耳 3 14与第一止挡部 417抵接, 第一工作头 309插入到位, 松开操作部件 448 , 偏压件 426 自动推动 压紧件 424沿靠近输出杆 6的方向运动使斜面 432沿输出杆 6的轴向方向运动, 直到斜面 432与输出杆 6轴线 X距离较近的部分与锁紧件 422接触并压紧锁紧
件 422, 锁紧件 422进而将第一工作头压紧在锁紧件 422和第一收容部 410的 朝向锁紧件 422的抵接部 414之间。 锁紧件 422压紧第一工作头 309过程中, 会将远离锁紧件 422的凸耳 314抵入卡孔 413 中, 卡孔 413收容该凸耳 314并 进一步对第一工作头 309定位, 当然, 操作过程中, 操作者亦可在靠近锁紧件 422的凸耳 314与第一止挡部 417抵接后, 朝远离锁紧件 422的方向按压一下 第一工作头 309, 使远离锁紧件 422的凸耳 314先抵入卡孔 413 中, 再松开操 作部件 448使锁紧件 422将第一工作头 309锁紧在第一收容部 410 内。 At this point, the working head can be inserted and the working head can be clamped. Figures 17 and 18 show a cross-sectional view of the clamping device 401 holding the first working head 309. Specifically, the sheet-like main body 3 13 of the first connecting portion of the first working head 309 is inserted into the first receiving portion 410 by the notch 415, until one lug 3 14 abuts the first stopping portion 417, the first work The head 309 is inserted into position, the operating member 448 is released, and the biasing member 426 automatically urges the pressing member 424 to move in the direction of the output rod 6 to move the inclined surface 432 in the axial direction of the output rod 6 until the inclined surface 432 and the output rod 6 axis The portion closer to X is in contact with the locking member 422 and is tightly locked. The locking member 422 further presses the first working head between the locking member 422 and the abutting portion 414 of the first receiving portion 410 facing the locking member 422. During the pressing of the first working head 309, the locking member 422 presses the lug 314 away from the locking member 422 into the hole 413. The hole 413 receives the lug 314 and further positions the first working head 309. Of course, during operation, the operator can also press the first working head 309 away from the locking member 422 after the lug 314 near the locking member 422 abuts the first stopping portion 417, so as to be away from the locking. The lug 314 of the tightening member 422 first abuts into the hole 413, and then the operating member 448 is released to cause the locking member 422 to lock the first working head 309 in the first receiving portion 410.
图 17和图 18示出了夹紧装置 401 夹持具有较大的第一尺寸的第一工作头 309的示意图; 图 19和图 20示出夹紧装置 401 夹持具有较小的第二尺寸的第 一工件头 309的示意图。 比较图 17和图 19, 由于压紧件 424上设置渐变的斜 面 432压紧锁紧件 422 , 该斜面 432的不同位置使锁紧件 422在沿输出杆 6的 径向上的不同位置压紧工件, 因此, 该夹紧装置 401可夹持不同宽度的工作头。 比较图 18和图 20, 由于在与输出杆 6的轴线垂直的平面上, 抵接部的抵接面 的投影为弧线或折线, 因此, 该夹紧装置 401 的第一收容部 401 的抵接部能可 靠的抵住不同厚度的片状工作头。 综上, 本实施例的夹紧装置 401可夹持不同 尺寸的第一工作头, 应用范围广泛。 Figures 17 and 18 show a schematic view of the clamping device 401 holding a first working head 309 having a larger first dimension; Figures 19 and 20 show the clamping device 401 clamping having a second, smaller size A schematic view of the first workpiece head 309. Comparing FIG. 17 and FIG. 19, since the pressing member 424 is provided with a gradual inclined surface 432 to press the locking member 422, the different positions of the inclined surface 432 cause the locking member 422 to press the workpiece at different positions along the radial direction of the output rod 6. Therefore, the clamping device 401 can clamp the working heads of different widths. 18 and 20, since the projection of the abutting surface of the abutting portion is an arc or a broken line on a plane perpendicular to the axis of the output rod 6, the first receiving portion 401 of the clamping device 401 is abutted. The joint can reliably resist the sheet-shaped working heads of different thicknesses. In summary, the clamping device 401 of the present embodiment can hold the first working head of different sizes and has a wide range of applications.
如图 19、 20所示, 夹紧装置 401 夹持具有较小尺寸的第一工作头 309时, 第一个凸耳 314沿缺口 415插入第一收容部 410与第一止挡部 417后,斜面 432 压紧工作头或手动按压工作头将第二个凸耳 314卡入卡孔 413后, 第一个凸耳 314可能与缺口 415脱离, 卡孔 413靠近输出杆 6并与第一止挡部 417平齐的 一端抵接住第二个凸耳 314, 防止工作头进一步沿朝向输出杆 6的方向移动。 As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, when the first working head 309 having a smaller size is clamped by the clamping device 401, the first lug 314 is inserted into the first receiving portion 410 and the first stopping portion 417 along the notch 415. After the bevel 432 presses the working head or manually presses the working head to insert the second lug 314 into the card hole 413, the first lug 314 may be disengaged from the notch 415, and the card hole 413 is close to the output rod 6 and the first stop The flush end of the portion 417 abuts against the second lug 314 to prevent the working head from moving further in the direction toward the output rod 6.
夹紧装置 401处于图 16所示的准备夹紧的状态时, 亦可将第二工作头 310 插入第二收容部 412, 夹紧机构自动将第二工作头 310保持在第二收容部 412 内。 具体的, 夹紧装置 401处于图 16所示的准备夹紧状态后, 请参见图 21和 图 22, 第二工作头 310的第二连接部 316插入第二收容部 412直至第二连接部 316与第二止挡部 419抵接, 第二工作头 310插入到位, 第二连接部 316上的 弧形凹槽 318恰好与收容槽 409对准, 松开操作部件 448, 偏压件 426 自动推 动压紧件 424沿靠近输出杆 6的方向运动使斜面 432沿输出杆 6的轴向方向运 动, 直到斜面 432与输出杆 6轴线 X距离较近的部分与锁紧件 422接触并压紧 锁紧件 422, 锁紧件 422进而将第二工作头 310压紧在锁紧件 422和第二收容 部 412的朝向锁紧件 422的抵接部之间。 When the clamping device 401 is in the state of being ready for clamping as shown in FIG. 16, the second working head 310 can also be inserted into the second receiving portion 412, and the clamping mechanism automatically holds the second working head 310 in the second receiving portion 412. . Specifically, after the clamping device 401 is in the ready-to-clamp state shown in FIG. 16, referring to FIG. 21 and FIG. 22, the second connecting portion 316 of the second working head 310 is inserted into the second receiving portion 412 to the second connecting portion 316. Abutting the second stopping portion 419, the second working head 310 is inserted into position, the arcuate groove 318 on the second connecting portion 316 is just aligned with the receiving groove 409, the operating member 448 is released, and the biasing member 426 is automatically pushed. The pressing member 424 moves in a direction close to the output rod 6 to move the inclined surface 432 in the axial direction of the output rod 6 until the portion of the inclined surface 432 which is closer to the axis X of the output rod 6 contacts the locking member 422 and is pressed and locked. The member 422, the locking member 422, in turn presses the second working head 310 between the locking member 422 and the abutting portion of the second receiving portion 412 facing the locking member 422.
需要说明的是, 本实施例夹紧装置处于图 16所示的准备夹紧状态时, 即使 锁紧件 422与收容槽 409脱离, 在夹紧工作头的过程中, 斜面 432沿朝向输出
杆 6的方向移动过程中亦可将锁紧件 422推入收容槽 409 , 因此本实施例的夹 紧装置采用斜面 432压紧锁紧件 422进而压紧工作头的夹紧方式, 对夹紧装置 的装配要求不高, 但工作可靠。 It should be noted that, when the clamping device of the embodiment is in the ready-to-clamp state shown in FIG. 16, even if the locking member 422 is disengaged from the receiving groove 409, the inclined surface 432 is outputted in the direction of the clamping work head. During the directional movement of the rod 6, the locking member 422 can also be pushed into the receiving groove 409. Therefore, the clamping device of the embodiment uses the inclined surface 432 to press the locking member 422 to press the clamping mode of the working head. The assembly requirements of the device are not high, but the work is reliable.
本领域技术人员可以想到的是, 本发明还可以有其他的实现方式, 比如第 一工作头不限于常规的曲线锯锯条, 其它具有片状连接部的工作头均可插入第 一收容部并保持在第一收容部内; 第一工作头保持在第一收容部内后不限于由 动力工具驱动往复运动, 如果其工作部适用于由动力工具驱动旋转或其它运动 加工工件亦可; 同样的, 第二工作头不限于常规的钻头、 批头, 其它能插入第 二收容部并能被保持在第二收容部内的工作头均可; 第二工作头的工作部适用 于由动力工具驱动往复或其它运动加工工件亦可。 It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the present invention may also have other implementations. For example, the first working head is not limited to a conventional jig saw blade, and other working heads having a sheet-like connecting portion may be inserted into the first receiving portion and held. In the first accommodating portion; after the first working head is held in the first accommodating portion, it is not limited to being driven by the power tool to reciprocate, and if the working portion is suitable for machining the workpiece by the power tool to rotate or otherwise move; The working head is not limited to a conventional drill bit, a bit, and other working heads that can be inserted into the second receiving portion and can be held in the second receiving portion; the working portion of the second working head is adapted to be driven by the power tool to reciprocate or other movements. Machining of workpieces is also possible.
图 23至图 27示出了本发明第三实施例的动力工具 300。 23 to 27 show a power tool 300 of a third embodiment of the present invention.
本实施例的动力工具 300的实施例一的动力工具 1 00的区别主要包括: 本 实施例的动力工具 300上还包括与壳体 2活动连接的支撑件 320 , 以满足不中 工况对工件抵靠的不同需求。 The difference of the power tool 100 of the first embodiment of the power tool 300 of the present embodiment mainly includes: the power tool 300 of the embodiment further includes a support member 320 movably connected to the housing 2 to meet the working condition of the workpiece Respond to different needs.
请结合图 23至图 25 , 本实施例的动力工具 300还包括具有支撑面 322的 支撑件 320 , 支撑件 320活动的连接在壳体 2上并可在第一位置和第二位置之 间运动, 在图 24所示的第一位置, 支撑面 322与工件抵靠, 在图 25所示的第 二位置, 支撑面 322不与工件抵靠。 支撑件 320在第一位置时, 支撑面 322位 于工作区域之内; 支撑件 320在第二位置时, 支撑面 322位于工作区域之外, 由此, 支撑件 320活动的连接在壳体 2上从而支撑面 322可选择的位于工作区 域之内或之外。 如前所述, 工作头包括与夹紧装置 40 1重叠的夹持部和与夹持 部连接的工作部, 工作部所在的区域为工作区域。 以垂直于输出杆 6的中心线 X-X且与夹紧装置 401远离马达的最远端抵接的平面为界, 工作区域为该平面 远离壳体 2的一侧区域。 Referring to Figures 23 to 25, the power tool 300 of the present embodiment further includes a support member 320 having a support surface 322. The support member 320 is movably coupled to the housing 2 and movable between a first position and a second position. In the first position shown in Fig. 24, the support surface 322 abuts against the workpiece. In the second position shown in Fig. 25, the support surface 322 does not abut against the workpiece. When the support member 320 is in the first position, the support surface 322 is located within the working area; when the support member 320 is in the second position, the support surface 322 is located outside the working area, whereby the support member 320 is movably connected to the housing 2 The support surface 322 is thus optionally located within or outside the work area. As previously mentioned, the working head includes a clamping portion that overlaps the clamping device 40 1 and a working portion that is coupled to the clamping portion, the area in which the working portion is located is the working area. The working area is a side of the plane away from the housing 2, centered on a plane perpendicular to the centerline X-X of the output rod 6 and abutting the distal end of the clamping device 401 away from the motor.
具体的,在如图 24所示的第一位置, 支撑面 322位于工作区域之内。此时, 支撑面 322在输出杆 6伸出壳体 2的一侧相对夹紧装置 40 1远离壳体 2 , 可以 抵靠工件。 在图 25所示的第二位置, 支撑面 322位于工作区域之外, 此时, 支 撑面 322在输出杆 6伸出壳体 2的一侧相对夹紧装置 40 1 靠近壳体 2 , 不会对 夹紧在夹紧装置 40 1上的工作头对工件的加工造成任何阻碍。 Specifically, in the first position shown in Figure 24, the support surface 322 is located within the work area. At this time, the support surface 322 is away from the housing 2 with respect to the clamping device 40 1 on the side of the output rod 6 extending from the housing 2, and can abut against the workpiece. In the second position shown in FIG. 25, the support surface 322 is located outside the working area. At this time, the support surface 322 is close to the housing 2 with respect to the clamping device 40 1 on the side of the output rod 6 extending from the housing 2, Any hindrance to the machining of the workpiece by the working head clamped on the clamping device 40 1 .
动力工具 300使用时, 输出杆 6处于第一运动模式时, 支撑件 320可位于 如图 24所示的第一位置。该种情况一般适用于输出杆 6上连接往复运动切割工 件的锯条, 此时, 动力工具 300用作往复类切割工件切割工件, 支撑面 322位 于工作区域内可一直抵靠工件从而提高锯条的切割效率和切割稳定性。
输出杆 6处于第二运动模式并且动力工具 300达到特定的加工状态时, 支 撑件 320可位于如图 24所示的第一位置。这种情况一般适用于输出杆 6上连接 旋转运动对工件进行打孔的钻头, 此时, 动力工具 300用作旋转类工具, 支撑 面 322位于工作区域内在钻头朝向工件进给达到特定深度时抵靠工件, 可以帮 助操作者确定钻头的钻进深度。 When the power tool 300 is in use, when the output lever 6 is in the first motion mode, the support member 320 can be located at the first position as shown in FIG. This kind of situation is generally applicable to the saw blade connected to the reciprocating cutting workpiece on the output rod 6. At this time, the power tool 300 is used as a reciprocating cutting workpiece to cut the workpiece, and the supporting surface 322 is located in the working area and can always abut against the workpiece to improve the cutting of the saw blade. Efficiency and cutting stability. When the output rod 6 is in the second motion mode and the power tool 300 reaches a particular processing state, the support member 320 can be in the first position as shown in FIG. This situation is generally applicable to the drill bit on the output rod 6 that is connected to the rotary motion by the rotary motion. At this time, the power tool 300 is used as a rotary tool, and the support surface 322 is located in the work area when the drill bit reaches a certain depth toward the workpiece. The workpiece can help the operator determine the drilling depth of the drill bit.
本实施例优选的, 输出杆 6纵长延伸并具有中心线 X-X , 支撑件 320位于 图 24所示的第一位置时, 支撑面 322垂直于中心线 X-X。 如此设置, 不管是在 支撑面 322—直抵靠工件的情况下, 还是在动力工具 300达到特定加工深度时 支撑面 322才抵靠工件的情况下,均可以使支撑面 322与工件最大程度的接触, 方便动力工具 300的使用。 本领域技术人员可以想到, 支撑件 320位于第一位 置时, 支撑面 322与中心线 X-X成其它夹角, 如 30度、 45度、 60度夹角等亦 可抵靠工件。 Preferably, the output rod 6 extends longitudinally and has a centerline X-X. When the support member 320 is in the first position shown in Fig. 24, the support surface 322 is perpendicular to the center line X-X. In this way, whether the support surface 322 is directly against the workpiece or the support surface 322 abuts against the workpiece when the power tool 300 reaches a certain machining depth, the support surface 322 can be brought into maximum contact with the workpiece. , to facilitate the use of the power tool 300. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that when the support member 320 is in the first position, the support surface 322 has other angles with the center line X-X, such as 30 degrees, 45 degrees, 60 degrees, and the like, which can also abut against the workpiece.
输出杆 6处于第二运动模式,支撑件 320可位于如图 25所示的第二位置时。 此时, 支撑面 322位于工作区域之外而安装在夹紧装置 401上的工作头位于支 撑面 322前侧, 支撑件 320不会阻碍工件头对工件的加工。 这种情况一般适用 于输出杆 6上连接旋转运动对工件进行打孔的钻头, 此时, 动力工具 300用作 旋转类工具, 支撑面 322位于工作区域之外而收在壳体 2的范围内, 完全不会 阻碍钻头钻进工件且不会明显增大动力工具 300的体积。 The output rod 6 is in the second motion mode and the support member 320 can be in the second position as shown in FIG. At this time, the support surface 322 is located outside the work area and the work head mounted on the clamp 401 is located on the front side of the support surface 322, and the support member 320 does not hinder the machining of the workpiece by the workpiece head. This case is generally applicable to the drill bit on the output rod 6 that is connected to the rotary motion by the rotary motion. At this time, the power tool 300 is used as a rotary tool, and the support surface 322 is located outside the work area and is received within the range of the housing 2. , the drill bit is not hindered from drilling into the workpiece at all and does not significantly increase the volume of the power tool 300.
本实施例中, 输出杆 6的两个运动模式的切换由运动变换机构的操作件 52 控制, 而支撑件 320相对壳体 2活动与切换输出杆模式的操作件 52无关。 In the present embodiment, the switching of the two motion modes of the output lever 6 is controlled by the operating member 52 of the motion converting mechanism, and the support member 320 is independent of the housing member 2 and the operating member 52 for switching the output lever mode.
请结合图 24和图 25 , 支撑件 320直接与壳体 2活动连接, 优选的, 支撑 件 320相对壳体 2线性移动, 从而支撑件 320在图 24所示的第一位置和图 25 所示的第二位置之间运动。 本实施例优选的, 壳体 2上设置滑槽, 支撑件 320 上设置导向件, 导向件在壳体 2 内滑动使支撑件 320相对壳体 2线性移动。 Referring to Figures 24 and 25, the support member 320 is directly movably coupled to the housing 2. Preferably, the support member 320 is linearly moved relative to the housing 2 such that the support member 320 is in the first position shown in Figure 24 and shown in Figure 25. The movement between the second positions. Preferably, in the embodiment, the housing 2 is provided with a sliding groove, and the supporting member 320 is provided with a guiding member, and the guiding member slides in the housing 2 to linearly move the supporting member 320 relative to the housing 2.
具体的,请结合图 23和图 26 ,壳体 2上设有第一滑槽 323和第二滑槽 324 , 第一滑槽 323和第二滑槽 324相对输出杆 6中心线 X-X对称设置且形状相同。 支撑件 320上设有分别与第一滑槽 323、 第二滑槽 324滑动配接的第一导向件 325和第二导向件 326 ,第一导向件 325和第二导向件 326相对输出杆 6中心线 X-X对称设置且形状相同。 第二导向件 326和第二滑槽 324的配接方式与第一 导向件 325和第一滑槽 323的配接方式相同, 下面以第一导向件 325和第一滑 槽 323为例进行描述。 Specifically, in conjunction with FIG. 23 and FIG. 26, the housing 2 is provided with a first sliding slot 323 and a second sliding slot 324, and the first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6. The shape is the same. The support member 320 is provided with a first guiding member 325 and a second guiding member 326 which are respectively slidably coupled with the first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324. The first guiding member 325 and the second guiding member 326 are opposite to the output rod 6 The center line XX is symmetrically arranged and has the same shape. The second guiding member 326 and the second sliding slot 324 are connected in the same manner as the first guiding member 325 and the first sliding slot 323. The following description is made by taking the first guiding member 325 and the first sliding slot 323 as an example. .
本实施例中, 第一滑槽 323在截面上呈横向设置 "凸" 字形, 第一导向件 325为条件延伸件,包括条形主体 327及从条形主体 327两侧延伸出的翼片 329 ,
条形主体 327与 "凸" 字形第一滑槽 323的上半部分配合, 翼片 329与 "凸" 字形第一滑槽 323的下半部分的两端配合, 由此, 第一导向件 325在第一滑槽 323 内稳定可靠的滑动, 从而对支撑件 320的线性移动进行导向。 In this embodiment, the first sliding slot 323 is laterally disposed in a convex shape. The first guiding member 325 is a conditional extension member, and includes a strip main body 327 and a fin 329 extending from both sides of the strip main body 327. , The strip main body 327 is engaged with the upper half of the "convex" shaped first chute 323, and the flap 329 is engaged with both ends of the lower half of the "convex" shaped first chute 323, whereby the first guide 325 Stable and reliable sliding within the first chute 323 guides the linear movement of the support member 320.
本实施例中, 壳体 2上设置滑槽, 支撑件 320上设置导向件。 本领域技术 人员可以想到, 亦可在壳体 2上设置导向件、 而在支撑件 320上设置与导向件 滑动配接的滑槽, 同样可以使支撑件 320相对壳体 2线性移动。 本实施例中, 支撑件 320上设置两个导向件, 对应的, 壳体 2上设置两个导向槽, 可以使支 撑件 320稳定的相对壳体 2线性移动。 本领域技术人员可以想到, 仅设置一个 导向件和一个导向槽配接亦可。 本领域技术人员还可以想到, 导向件采用其它 形式, 例如仅仅设置一个条状主体, 或者用滚珠、 滚子状导向件与滑槽配接, 同样可以使支撑件 320相对壳体 2线性移动。 本实施例中, 支撑件 320在壳体 2外表面相对壳体 2线性移动, 可以为操作者提供良好的视觉界面, 本领域技 术人员可以想到, 支撑件 320在壳体 2内相对壳体 2线性移动亦不影响使用。 In this embodiment, a chute is disposed on the casing 2, and a guide member is disposed on the support member 320. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that a guide member may be provided on the housing 2, and a slide groove that is slidably engaged with the guide member may be provided on the support member 320, and the support member 320 may also be linearly moved relative to the housing 2. In this embodiment, two guiding members are disposed on the supporting member 320. Correspondingly, two guiding grooves are disposed on the housing 2, so that the supporting member 320 can be stably moved linearly relative to the housing 2. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that only one guide member and one guide slot may be provided. It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the guide member can take other forms, such as merely providing a strip-like body, or mating with the chute with balls, roller-like guides, as well as linearly moving the support member 320 relative to the housing 2. In this embodiment, the support member 320 moves linearly on the outer surface of the housing 2 relative to the housing 2, which can provide a good visual interface for the operator. It is conceivable to those skilled in the art that the support member 320 is opposite the housing 2 in the housing 2. Linear movement does not affect the use.
请参见图 24和图 25 , 本实施例中, 支撑件 320相对壳体 2线性移动的方 向为输出杆 6的中心线 X-X的延伸方向。 由于输出杆 6纵长延伸, 为使结构紧 凑, 壳体 2与输出杆 6同向延伸并具有一定的延伸长度, 而让支撑件 320沿输 出杆 6的中心线 X-X延伸方向相对壳体 2线性移动, 可以充分利用壳体 2的延 伸长度而不需要额外设置具有一定长度的部件供支撑件 320滑动, 可以使整个 动力工具 300结构紧凑, 体积小巧, 方便握持及使用。 当然, 本领域技术人员 可以想到, 支撑件 320相对壳体 2沿其它方向相对壳体 2线性移动亦不影响支 撑件 320的使用效果。 Referring to Figures 24 and 25, in the present embodiment, the direction in which the support member 320 linearly moves relative to the housing 2 is the direction in which the center line X-X of the output rod 6 extends. Since the output rod 6 extends longitudinally, in order to make the structure compact, the housing 2 extends in the same direction as the output rod 6 and has a certain extension length, and the support member 320 is linearly extended relative to the housing 2 along the center line XX of the output rod 6. The movement can fully utilize the extension length of the casing 2 without additionally providing a member having a certain length for the support member 320 to slide, so that the entire power tool 300 can be compact, compact, and convenient to hold and use. Of course, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the linear movement of the support member 320 relative to the housing 2 relative to the housing 2 in other directions does not affect the use of the support member 320.
支撑件 320与壳体 2之间设置有位置保持机构,位置保持机构将支撑件 320 相对壳体 2保持在预设位置。 A position maintaining mechanism is provided between the support member 320 and the housing 2, and the position maintaining mechanism holds the support member 320 in a predetermined position relative to the housing 2.
本实施例中,预设位置是指图 24所示的第一位置及图 25所示的第二位置, 即位置保持机构可以将支撑件 320相对壳体 2保持在图 24所示的第一位置,也 可以将支撑件 320相对壳体 2保持在图 25所示的第二位置。 In this embodiment, the preset position refers to the first position shown in FIG. 24 and the second position shown in FIG. 25, that is, the position maintaining mechanism can hold the support member 320 relative to the housing 2 at the first position shown in FIG. In position, the support member 320 can also be held relative to the housing 2 in the second position shown in FIG.
请参见图 26和图 27 , 位置保持机构包括设置在壳体 1上的锁定件 330、设 置在支撑件 320上的配接部, 锁定件 330可在锁定位置和释放位置之间运动, 在锁定位置, 锁定件 330与配接部配接, 支撑件 320保持在预设位置; 在释放 位置, 锁定件 330与配接部脱开, 支撑件 320可相对壳体活动。 Referring to FIGS. 26 and 27, the position maintaining mechanism includes a locking member 330 disposed on the housing 1, and a fitting portion disposed on the supporting member 320. The locking member 330 is movable between a locking position and a releasing position, and is locked. Position, the locking member 330 is mated with the mating portion, and the supporting member 320 is held at a preset position; in the releasing position, the locking member 330 is disengaged from the mating portion, and the supporting member 320 is movable relative to the housing.
位置保持机构还包括与锁定件 330抵压的偏压件 328 , 偏压件 328对锁定 件 330施力使锁定件 330具有与朝向配接部运动与配接部配接的趋势。 The position retaining mechanism also includes a biasing member 328 that abuts against the locking member 330. The biasing member 328 biases the locking member 330 to cause the locking member 330 to have a tendency to engage the mating portion and the mating portion.
本实施例中, 锁定件 330绕输出杆的中心线 X-X转动从而在锁定位置和释
放位置之间运动。 具体的, 锁定件 330 包括锁定件主体 342、 锁定件 330主体 342呈环状与壳体 2 内表面转动配接, 从而在锁定位置和释放位置之间运动。 In this embodiment, the locking member 330 is rotated about the center line XX of the output rod so as to be in the locked position and released. Move between positions. Specifically, the locking member 330 includes a locking body 342, and the locking member 330 is rotatably coupled to the inner surface of the housing 2 in an annular shape to move between the locked position and the released position.
锁定件 330还包括从锁定件主体 342上沿朝向壳体 2的方向突出的第一锁 定部 338和第二锁定部 340 , 第一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340相对输出杆中 心线 X-X中心对称设置, 其中第一锁定部 338与第一导向件 325配接锁定第一 导向件 325 , 第二锁定部 340与第二导向件 326配接锁定第二导向件 326 , 从而 第一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340共同作用将支撑件保持在预设位置, 可以将 支撑件可靠的保持要壳体 2的预设位置上。 The locking member 330 further includes a first locking portion 338 and a second locking portion 340 protruding from the locking body main body 342 in a direction toward the housing 2, the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 being opposite to the center of the output rod center line XX The first locking portion 338 is coupled with the first guiding member 325 to lock the first guiding member 325, and the second locking portion 340 and the second guiding member 326 are coupled to lock the second guiding member 326, so that the first locking portion 338 Cooperating with the second locking portion 340 to maintain the support in a preset position, the support member can be reliably held in the predetermined position of the housing 2.
配接部为可供锁定件 330部分插入的定位孔。 具体的, 结合图 24至图 27 , 第一导向件 325上设置沿输出杆 6的中心线 X-X的延伸方向上间隔一定距离设 置的第一定位孔 333和第二定位孔 335 , 第一锁定部 338插入第一定位孔 333 时, 第一导向件 325保持在第一位置; 第一锁定部 338插入第二定位孔 335时, 第一导向件 325保持在第二位置。 对应的, 第二导向件 326上设置沿输出杆 6 的中心 X-X 的延伸方向上间隔一定距离设置的第三定位孔 337 和第四定位孔 339 ,第二锁定部 340插入第三定位孔 337时,第二导向件 326保持在第一位置, 第二锁定部 340插入第四定位孔 339时第二导向件 326保持在第二位置。 第一 定位孔 333和第三定位孔 337相对输出杆 6中心线 X-X中心对称设置, 第一锁 定部 338和第二锁定部 340分别同时与第一定位孔 333和第三定位孔 337配接 或脱开, 第二定位孔 335和第四定位孔 339相对输出杆 6中心线 X-X中心对称 设置, 第一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340分别同时与第二定位孔 335和第四定 位孔 339配接或脱开。 各定位孔优选设置在支撑件 320的翼片 329上, 由此, 较短的锁定部即可插入定位孔中。 The mating portion is a positioning hole into which the locking member 330 can be partially inserted. Specifically, with reference to FIG. 24 to FIG. 27, the first guiding member 325 is provided with a first positioning hole 333 and a second positioning hole 335 which are disposed at a certain distance along the extending direction of the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the first locking portion When the first positioning hole 333 is inserted into the first positioning hole 333, the first guiding member 325 is held in the first position; when the first locking portion 338 is inserted into the second positioning hole 335, the first guiding member 325 is maintained in the second position. Correspondingly, the second guiding member 326 is provided with a third positioning hole 337 and a fourth positioning hole 339 which are disposed at a certain distance along the extending direction of the center XX of the output rod 6. When the second locking portion 340 is inserted into the third positioning hole 337 The second guiding member 326 is held in the first position, and the second guiding member 326 is held in the second position when the second locking portion 340 is inserted into the fourth positioning hole 339. The first positioning hole 333 and the third positioning hole 337 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6. The first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are respectively matched with the first positioning hole 333 and the third positioning hole 337 or The second positioning hole 335 and the fourth positioning hole 339 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6. The first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are simultaneously connected to the second positioning hole 335 and the fourth positioning hole 339, respectively. Mating or disengagement. Each of the positioning holes is preferably provided on the tab 329 of the support member 320, whereby the shorter locking portion can be inserted into the positioning hole.
如前所述, 锁定件主体 342与壳体 2 内表面滑动配接, 而支撑件 320在壳 体 2外表面滑动, 为使第一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340能够与支撑件 320上 的定位孔配接, 请参见图 26和图 27 , 壳体 2上分别设有可供第一锁定部 338 和第二锁定部 340穿出的第一开孔 348和第二开孔 349。 As previously described, the lock body 342 is slidably mated with the inner surface of the housing 2, and the support member 320 is slid over the outer surface of the housing 2 such that the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 can be coupled to the support member 320. Referring to FIG. 26 and FIG. 27, the housing 2 is provided with a first opening 348 and a second opening 349 respectively for the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 to pass through.
请参见图 26和图 27 , 本实施例中, 偏压件 328为螺旋弹簧, 为方便的安 装螺旋弹簧,壳体 2 内设置有弧形槽 346 ,锁定件主体 342上突出有凸出部 332 , 凸出部 332至少部分伸入弧形槽 346中, 可对凸出部 332及锁定件主体 342的 转动范围起到一定的限位作用。 螺旋弹簧收容于弧形槽 346中, 一端与弧形槽 346的一个端部抵接, 另一端与凸出部 332抵接, 布局合理, 结构紧凑。 Referring to FIG. 26 and FIG. 27, in the embodiment, the biasing member 328 is a coil spring. For convenient installation of the coil spring, the housing 2 is provided with an arcuate groove 346, and the locking member main body 342 has a protruding portion 332 protruding therefrom. The protruding portion 332 at least partially protrudes into the arcuate groove 346, and can play a certain limit on the rotation range of the protruding portion 332 and the locking body 342. The coil spring is received in the arcuate groove 346, and one end abuts against one end of the arcuate groove 346, and the other end abuts against the protrusion 332, and the layout is reasonable and compact.
请参见图 23、 图 26和图 27 , 为方便操作锁定件 330 , 锁定件 330在其主 体 342上设置有操作钮 347 , 壳体 2上设置有弧形的限位槽 353 , 操作钮 347
穿过限位槽 353突出于于壳体 2外表面, 操作钮 347在限位槽 353的范围内转 动可带动第一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340在锁定位置和释放位置之间运动, 具体的, 操作钮 347与限位槽 353的一个端部抵接时, 第一锁定部 338和第二 锁定部 340位于锁定位置; 操作钮 347与限位槽 353的另一个端部抵接时, 第 一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340位于释放位置。 Referring to FIG. 23, FIG. 26 and FIG. 27, in order to facilitate the operation of the locking member 330, the locking member 330 is provided with an operating button 347 on the main body 342 thereof, and the housing 2 is provided with an arc-shaped limiting slot 353, and the operating button 347 The position of the operating button 347 in the range of the limiting slot 353 can drive the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 to move between the locking position and the releasing position. Specifically, when the operation button 347 abuts against one end of the limiting slot 353, the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are in the locking position; when the operation button 347 abuts the other end of the limiting slot 353 The first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are located at the release position.
下面描述位置保持机构的操作方法。 The method of operation of the position maintaining mechanism will be described below.
请结合图 26和图 27 , 锁定件 330在图 26所示的锁定位置时, 偏压件 328 被压缩推动限位部 332与弧形槽 346的端部抵接, 第一锁定部 338穿过第一开 孔 348插入第一定位孔 333或者第二定位孔 335 中将第一导向件 325相对壳体 2保持在第一位置或者第二位置, 对应的, 第二锁定部 340 穿过第二开孔 349 插入第三定位孔 337或者第四定位孔 339中将第二导向件 326相对壳体 2保持 在第一位置或者第二位置,将支撑件相对壳体 2保持在第一位置或者第二位置。 26 and FIG. 27, when the locking member 330 is in the locking position shown in FIG. 26, the biasing member 328 is pressed against the end portion of the arcuate groove 346 by the compression pushing portion 332, and the first locking portion 338 passes through. The first opening 348 is inserted into the first positioning hole 333 or the second positioning hole 335 to maintain the first guiding member 325 in the first position or the second position relative to the housing 2, and correspondingly, the second locking portion 340 passes through the second The opening 349 is inserted into the third positioning hole 337 or the fourth positioning hole 339 to maintain the second guiding member 326 in the first position or the second position relative to the housing 2, and the support member is held in the first position relative to the housing 2 or Two locations.
请继续参见图 26和图 27 , 解锁时, 操作者克服偏压件 328 的作用力沿解 锁方向转动操作钮 347从而转动锁定件主体 342 , 锁定件主体 342转动带动第 一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340转动, 使第一锁定部 338与第一定位孔 333或 者第二定位孔 335脱开, 同时也使第二锁定部 340与第三定位孔 337或者第四 定位孔 339脱开, 达到如图 27所示的解锁位置, 第一导向件 325和第二导向件 326可相对壳体 2滑动, 从而支撑件可相对壳体 2线性移动使支撑面改变位置。 Referring to FIG. 26 and FIG. 27, when unlocking, the operator rotates the operation button 347 in the unlocking direction against the urging force of the biasing member 328 to rotate the locking member main body 342, and the locking member main body 342 rotates to drive the first locking portion 338 and the second portion. The locking portion 340 is rotated to disengage the first locking portion 338 from the first positioning hole 333 or the second positioning hole 335, and simultaneously disengages the second locking portion 340 from the third positioning hole 337 or the fourth positioning hole 339. In the unlocked position shown in Fig. 27, the first guide member 325 and the second guide member 326 are slidable relative to the housing 2 such that the support member is linearly movable relative to the housing 2 to change the position of the support surface.
本实施例中, 偏压件 328与壳体 2抵接, 而配接部设置在支撑件 320上, 本领域技术人员可以想到, 偏压件与支撑件抵接, 而配接部设置在壳体上亦不 影响使用效果。 本实施例中, 配接部为可供锁定部部分插入的定位孔, 本领域 技术人员可以想到, 其它形式的配接部, 如夹爪, 或者仅仅设置与锁定部抵接 的接触面等亦可实现相同的功能。 本实施例中, 支撑件 320包括与壳体 2滑动 配接的两个导向件, 相应的, 锁定件 330包括两个锁定部, 两个锁定部分别将 其中一个导向件锁定在壳体 2上, 结构规整, 锁定可靠, 本领域技术人员可以 想到, 仅设置一个导向件及一个锁定部亦可实现相同的功能。 In this embodiment, the biasing member 328 abuts the housing 2, and the mating portion is disposed on the support member 320. It is conceivable by those skilled in the art that the biasing member abuts the support member, and the mating portion is disposed on the shell. Physical effects are also not affected. In this embodiment, the mating portion is a positioning hole through which the locking portion can be inserted. It is conceivable by those skilled in the art that other types of mating portions, such as the jaws, or only the contact surface abutting the locking portion are also provided. The same functionality can be achieved. In this embodiment, the support member 320 includes two guiding members that are slidably engaged with the housing 2 . Correspondingly, the locking member 330 includes two locking portions, and the two locking portions respectively lock one of the guiding members on the housing 2 . The structure is regular and the locking is reliable. Those skilled in the art can think that only one guiding member and one locking portion can achieve the same function.
请继续参见图 23 至图 25 , 支撑件 320还包括设置在支撑面 322两侧的第 一侧部 350和第二侧部 352 ,支撑件 320在图 24所示的第一位置时,支撑面 322、 第一侧部 350、第二侧部 352将输出杆 6的端部围设在其间,具体的,支撑面 322、 第一侧部 350和第二侧部 352将部分输出杆 6及夹紧装置 401 围设在其间, 第 一侧部 350和第二侧部 352上设有开口, 由此, 可以为夹紧装置 401提供一定 程度的保护但又不影响操作者对夹紧装置 401工作状态的观察。 优选的, 第一 侧部 350设置在第一导向件 325和支撑面 322之间, 第二侧部 352设置在第二
导向件 326和支撑面 322之间。 第一侧部 350和第二侧部 352的延伸方向与输 出杆 6中心线 X-X平行且宽度大于第一导向件和第二导向件的宽度。 本领域技 术人员可以想到, 导向件直接延伸至支撑面使导向件的一部分成为侧部, 或者 侧部上不设置开口等变形均可。 Referring to FIG. 23 to FIG. 25, the support member 320 further includes a first side portion 350 and a second side portion 352 disposed on both sides of the support surface 322. When the support member 320 is in the first position shown in FIG. 24, the support surface The first side portion 350 and the second side portion 352 enclose the end of the output rod 6 therebetween. Specifically, the support surface 322, the first side portion 350 and the second side portion 352 will partially output the rod 6 and the clip. The tensioning device 401 is disposed therebetween, and the first side portion 350 and the second side portion 352 are provided with openings, thereby providing a certain degree of protection for the clamping device 401 without affecting the operator's work on the clamping device 401. Observation of the state. Preferably, the first side portion 350 is disposed between the first guiding member 325 and the supporting surface 322, and the second side portion 352 is disposed at the second portion Between the guide member 326 and the support surface 322. The extending direction of the first side portion 350 and the second side portion 352 is parallel to the center line XX of the output rod 6 and the width is greater than the width of the first guide member and the second guide member. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the guide member extends directly to the support surface such that a portion of the guide member becomes a side portion, or a deformation such as an opening is not provided on the side portion.
请继续参见图 23 ,动力工具 300还包括与壳体 2相连的手柄 307 ,手柄 307 的延伸方向与壳体 2延伸方向成一定角度。 支撑件 320还包括与支撑面 322相 连的延伸部 356 , 手柄 307远离壳体 2的一端设有插接孔, 延伸部 356弯折且 远离支撑面的末端可插入插接孔中。支撑件 320在第一位置时,部分支撑面 322 和延伸部 356与手柄 307相对形成握持空间 360。 手柄 307上设置有控制马达 的开关 3 ,动力工具 300使用时,操作者的手伸入握持空间 360中并控制开关 3。 Referring to Figure 23, the power tool 300 further includes a handle 307 coupled to the housing 2, the handle 307 extending in an angle that is at an angle to the direction in which the housing 2 extends. The support member 320 further includes an extension portion 356 connected to the support surface 322. The handle 307 is provided with an insertion hole away from the end of the housing 2, and the extension portion 356 is bent and the end away from the support surface can be inserted into the insertion hole. When the support member 320 is in the first position, the partial support surface 322 and the extension portion 356 form a holding space 360 with respect to the handle 307. The handle 307 is provided with a switch 3 for controlling the motor. When the power tool 300 is in use, the operator's hand extends into the holding space 360 and controls the switch 3.
请参见图 23至图 25 , 本实施例中, 第一滑槽 323和第二滑槽 324仅在远 离支撑面 322的一端封闭, 在支撑面 322靠近壳体 2的运动方向上, 第一导向 件 325和第二导向件 326分别第一滑槽 323和第二滑槽 324的封闭端部抵接时, 支撑件 320移动至支撑面 322最靠近壳体 2的第二位置, 定位准确; 而第一滑 槽 323和第二滑槽 324在靠近支撑面 322的一端开放,在操作者通过操作钮 347 控制锁定件使之位于释放位置时, 第一导向件 325和第二导向件 326可以分别 在第一滑槽 323和第二滑槽 324沿远离壳体 2的方向滑动并最终与壳体 2上脱 开。 由此, 支撑件 320可作为动力工具的附件, 操作者可以选择使用支撑件 320 或者不使用支撑件 320 , 满足操作者的不同操作习惯。 当然, 亦可在支撑件 320 和动力工具之间设置将支撑件 320始终保持在壳体 2上并限制支撑件 320相对 壳体 2线性移动范围的限位机构, 在此不再赘述。 Referring to FIG. 23 to FIG. 25, in the embodiment, the first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324 are closed only at one end away from the supporting surface 322, and the first guiding is in the moving direction of the supporting surface 322 near the housing 2. When the member 325 and the second guiding member 326 abut the closed ends of the first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324 respectively, the supporting member 320 moves to the second position of the supporting surface 322 closest to the housing 2, and the positioning is accurate; The first sliding slot 323 and the second sliding slot 324 are open at one end near the supporting surface 322. When the operator controls the locking member to be in the releasing position by operating the button 347, the first guiding member 325 and the second guiding member 326 can respectively The first chute 323 and the second chute 324 slide in a direction away from the casing 2 and finally disengage from the casing 2. Thus, the support member 320 can be used as an attachment to the power tool, and the operator can choose to use the support member 320 or not use the support member 320 to satisfy the different operating habits of the operator. Of course, a limiting mechanism for holding the support member 320 on the housing 2 at all times and limiting the linear movement range of the support member 320 relative to the housing 2 may be provided between the support member 320 and the power tool, and details are not described herein.
下面描述本实施例的动力工具 300的操作方法。 The method of operation of the power tool 300 of the present embodiment will be described below.
请结合图 24、 图 26和图 27 , 动力工具 300的支撑件 320相对壳体 2保持 在第一位置, 具体的, 第一锁定部 338穿过第一开孔 348与第一导向件 325上 的第一定位孔 333 配接, 第二锁定部 340穿过第二开孔 349与第二导向件 326 上的第三定位孔 337配接, 支撑件 320可靠的保持在第一位置。 此时, 支撑面 322位于工作区域内, 相对夹紧装置 401远离壳体 2 , 支撑面 322可一直抵靠工 件或者在动力工具 300达到特定的加工深度时抵靠工件。 Referring to FIG. 24, FIG. 26 and FIG. 27, the support member 320 of the power tool 300 is held in the first position relative to the housing 2. Specifically, the first locking portion 338 passes through the first opening 348 and the first guiding member 325. The first positioning hole 333 is mated, and the second locking portion 340 is engaged with the third positioning hole 337 on the second guiding member 326 through the second opening 349, and the supporting member 320 is reliably held in the first position. At this point, the support surface 322 is located within the work area, away from the housing 2 relative to the clamping device 401, which can always abut the workpiece or abut against the workpiece when the power tool 300 reaches a particular depth of machining.
结合图 25、 图 26和图 27 , 操作者改变支撑件 320位置时, 沿释放锁定件 330的方向转动操作钮 347使锁定件主体 342转动, 锁定件 330主体转动带动 第一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340转动并分别与第一定位孔 333和第三定位孔 337脱开, 操作者可滑动支撑件 320 , 支撑件 320相对壳体 2滑动的距离超过第 一定位孔 333和第三定位孔 337沿输出杆 6中心线 X-X方向的长度后, 第一定
位孔 333和第三定位孔 337分别与第一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340错开, 操 作者即可松开操作钮 347 , 第一锁定部 338和第二锁定部 340在偏压件 328作 用下沿锁定方向转动并分别搭在第一导向件 325和第二导向件 326的翼片 329 上, 继续滑动支撑件 320 , 当支撑件 320相对壳体 2滑动至第一锁定部 338与 第一导向件 325的第二定位孔 335对齐时, 第一锁定部 338在偏压件 328的作 用下自动沿锁定方向转动并卡入第二定位孔 335 中,此时同时,第二锁定部 340 与第二导向件 326的第四定位孔 339对齐并在偏压件 328作用下卡入第四定位 孔 339 , 支撑件 320可靠的保持在如图 25所示的第二位置, 此时, 支撑面 322 退出工作区域, 支撑面 322不会对夹紧在夹紧装置 40 1上的工作头对工件的加 工造成任何阻碍。 25, 26 and 27, when the operator changes the position of the support member 320, the operation button 347 is rotated in the direction of the release lock member 330 to rotate the lock body 342, and the main body of the lock member 330 rotates to drive the first lock portion 338 and the first portion. The locking portion 340 is rotated and disengaged from the first positioning hole 333 and the third positioning hole 337 respectively, and the operator can slide the support member 320. The distance between the support member 320 and the housing 2 is more than the first positioning hole 333 and the third positioning position. After the length of the hole 337 along the direction of the center line XX of the output rod 6, the first certain The position hole 333 and the third positioning hole 337 are respectively offset from the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340, and the operator can release the operation button 347, and the first locking portion 338 and the second locking portion 340 are at the biasing member 328. Rotating in the locking direction and respectively lie on the flaps 329 of the first guiding member 325 and the second guiding member 326, and continuing to slide the supporting member 320, when the supporting member 320 slides relative to the housing 2 to the first locking portion 338 and When the second positioning holes 335 of the guiding member 325 are aligned, the first locking portion 338 automatically rotates in the locking direction by the biasing member 328 and snaps into the second positioning hole 335. At the same time, the second locking portion 340 Aligned with the fourth positioning hole 339 of the second guiding member 326 and engaged with the fourth positioning hole 339 by the biasing member 328, the supporting member 320 is reliably held in the second position as shown in FIG. 25, at this time, the support The face 322 exits the work area and the support surface 322 does not cause any obstruction to the machining of the workpiece by the working head clamped on the clamping device 40 1 .
本实施例中, 将支撑件保持在第一位置的第一定位孔和第三定位孔只有一 对, 因此, 支撑件的第一位置只有一个, 本领域技术人员可以想到, 亦可设置 两人对以上的第一定位孔和第三定位孔, 使支撑件具有两个以上的第一位置。 In this embodiment, the first positioning hole and the third positioning hole that hold the support member in the first position are only one pair. Therefore, there is only one first position of the support member, and those skilled in the art may also think that two people may be provided. For the above first positioning hole and third positioning hole, the support member has two or more first positions.
上述描述以支撑件 320从第一位置切换到第二位置的运动为例,支撑件 320 从第二位置切换到第一位置的操作方法与之相同, 区别仅在于支撑件 320相对 壳体 2线性移动的方向, 在此不再赘述。 The above description takes the movement of the support member 320 from the first position to the second position as an example. The operation method of the support member 320 being switched from the second position to the first position is the same, except that the support member 320 is linear with respect to the housing 2. The direction of movement will not be described here.
图 28示出了本发明第四实施例提供的动力工具 500。 Fig. 28 shows a power tool 500 according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
本实施例的动力工具 500是在第三实施例的动力工具 300的基础上, 增加 对支撑件 520施力的偏压装置, 该偏压装置优选为弹性件 53 1 , 弹性件 53 1使 支撑面 522具有沿输出杆的中心线 X-X的延伸方向朝远离壳体 2的方向运动的 趋势, 输出杆 6处于输出旋转运动的第二运动模式时, 第一位置是支撑件 520 相对壳体 2运动的预定行程范围内的所有位置, 支撑件 520在第一位置使支撑 面 522始终抵靠工件。 The power tool 500 of the present embodiment is based on the power tool 300 of the third embodiment, and a biasing device for biasing the support member 520 is added. The biasing device is preferably an elastic member 53 1 , and the elastic member 53 1 supports the same. The face 522 has a tendency to move in a direction away from the housing 2 in the direction in which the center line XX of the output rod extends. The output rod 6 is in the second motion mode of the output rotational motion, and the first position is the movement of the support member 520 relative to the housing 2. At all positions within the predetermined range of travel, the support member 520 causes the support surface 522 to always abut the workpiece in the first position.
这种情况一般适用于输出杆上连接旋转运动对工件进行打孔的钻头,此时, 动力工具 500用作旋转类工具, 钻头钻进工件的过程中, 整个支撑件 520逐渐 克服弹性件 53 1作用力使钻头可以不断朝向工件进给, 但支撑面 522在弹性件 53 1 的作用下一直与工件抵靠, 由此, 在钻头钻进工件的过程中, 支撑面 522 一直抵靠工件并引导钻头朝向工件进给, 使动力工具 500工作状态稳定。 This kind of situation is generally applicable to the drill bit on the output rod which is connected with the rotary motion to punch the workpiece. At this time, the power tool 500 is used as a rotary tool. During the drilling of the drill bit, the entire support member 520 gradually overcomes the elastic member 53 1 . The force allows the drill bit to continuously feed toward the workpiece, but the support surface 522 abuts against the workpiece under the action of the elastic member 53 1 , whereby the support surface 522 always abuts against the workpiece and guides during the drilling of the drill into the workpiece. The drill bit is fed toward the workpiece to stabilize the working state of the power tool 500.
本实施例中动力工具 500与实施例三的动力工具 300设置了相同的位置保 持机构, 该位置保持机构在预设位置将支撑件 520保持在壳体 2上, 本实施例 中的预设位置是指第二位置, 以及最靠近第二位置的其中一个第一位置。 In the present embodiment, the power tool 500 and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment are provided with the same position maintaining mechanism, and the position maintaining mechanism holds the support member 520 on the casing 2 at a preset position, in the preset position in this embodiment. It refers to the second position, and one of the first positions closest to the second position.
图 29至图 3 1示出了本发明第五实施例的动力工具 600。 29 to 31 show a power tool 600 of a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
本实施例的动力工具 600与第三实施例的动力工具 300的主要区别有: 支
撑件 620的具体形状以及在壳体 2上的安装位置、 支撑件 620与壳体 2之间还 设置有限制支撑件 620相对壳体 2线性移动范围的限位机构、 位置保持机构的 具体结构。 下面——进行描述。 The main differences between the power tool 600 of the present embodiment and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment are: The specific shape of the struts 620 and the mounting position on the housing 2, the support member 620 and the housing 2 are further provided with a limiting mechanism for limiting the linear movement range of the support member 620 relative to the housing 2, and a specific structure of the position maintaining mechanism. . Below - for a description.
请参见图 29和图 30 , 本实施例的支撑件 620仅设置一个导向部 625 , 导向 部 625在壳体 2 内与壳体 2滑动配接使支撑件 620相对壳体 2线性移动, 从而 支撑件 320在图 29所示的第一位置和图 30所示的第二位置之间运动。 导向部 625设置在壳体 2 内, 对动力工具 600的外观造型影响较小, 可使动力工具 600 的外观更美观。 Referring to FIG. 29 and FIG. 30, the support member 620 of the present embodiment is provided with only one guiding portion 625. The guiding portion 625 is slidably engaged with the housing 2 in the housing 2 to linearly move the supporting member 620 relative to the housing 2, thereby supporting The member 320 moves between a first position shown in FIG. 29 and a second position shown in FIG. The guiding portion 625 is disposed in the casing 2, which has less influence on the appearance of the power tool 600, and can make the appearance of the power tool 600 more beautiful.
请参见图 29和图 30 , 支撑件 620与壳体 2之间还设置有限制支撑件 620 相对壳体 2线性移动范围的限位机构, 该限位机构使支撑件 620保持在壳体 2 上且支撑件 620相对壳体 2仅能在第一位置和第二位置之间移动。 具体的, 限 位机构包括设置在支撑件 620上的凸块 672、设置在壳体 2上可供所述凸块 672 在其中滑动的纵长槽 674。 凸块 672设置在导向部 625远离支撑面 622的端部 上, 如图 29所示, 凸块 672与纵长槽 674靠近夹紧装置 401 的端部抵接时, 支 撑件 620位于第一位置; 如图 30所示, 凸块 672与纵长槽 674远离夹紧装置 401 的端部抵接时, 支撑件 620位于第二位置。 本领域技术人员可以想到, 凸 块和纵长槽分别设置在支撑件和壳体的其它位置亦可, 或者将凸块设置在壳体 上、 纵长槽设置在支撑件上亦可对支撑件相对壳体的运动进行限位。 Referring to FIG. 29 and FIG. 30 , a limiting mechanism for limiting the linear movement range of the support member 620 relative to the housing 2 is further disposed between the support member 620 and the housing 2 , and the limiting mechanism holds the support member 620 on the housing 2 . And the support member 620 is only movable between the first position and the second position relative to the housing 2. Specifically, the limiting mechanism includes a bump 672 disposed on the support member 620, and a longitudinal slot 674 disposed on the housing 2 for the bump 672 to slide therein. The protrusion 672 is disposed on the end of the guiding portion 625 away from the supporting surface 622. As shown in FIG. 29, when the protrusion 672 abuts the end of the longitudinal groove 674 near the clamping device 401, the supporting member 620 is in the first position. As shown in FIG. 30, when the projection 672 abuts the end of the longitudinal slot 674 away from the clamping device 401, the support member 620 is in the second position. A person skilled in the art may think that the protrusions and the longitudinal slots are respectively disposed at other positions of the support member and the housing, or the protrusions are disposed on the housing, the longitudinal slots are disposed on the support member, and the support members are Limit the movement of the housing.
请参见图 29至图 3 1 ,本实施例的位置保持机构顺次相互抵接的偏压件 628、 中间件 63 1、 锁定件 630 , 偏压件 628与壳体 2抵接, 支撑件 620上设有可与所 述锁定件 630配接的配接部, 偏压件 628沿第一方向推动中间件 63 1运动, 中 间件 63 1 沿与第一方向垂直的第二方向推动锁定件 630朝向锁定位置运动。 本 实施例中, 第一方向为输出杆 6的中心线 X-X的延伸方向, 锁定件 630则沿垂 直于中心线的第二方向移动从而在锁定位置和释放位置之间运动。 具体的, 偏 压件 628为螺旋弹簧, 其一端抵接在壳体 2上, 另一端抵接在中间件 63 1上, 为方便弹簧的安装, 中间件 63 1上凸设有可供螺旋弹簧套接的突柱 662。 Referring to FIG. 29 to FIG. 3, the position maintaining mechanism of the embodiment sequentially abuts the biasing member 628, the intermediate member 63 1 , the locking member 630 , and the biasing member 628 abuts against the housing 2 , and the supporting member 620 An adapter portion engageable with the locking member 630 is disposed, the biasing member 628 moves the intermediate member 63 1 in a first direction, and the intermediate member 63 1 pushes the locking member 630 in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction. Move towards the locked position. In the present embodiment, the first direction is the extending direction of the center line X-X of the output rod 6, and the locking member 630 is moved in the second direction perpendicular to the center line to move between the locked position and the released position. Specifically, the biasing member 628 is a coil spring having one end abutting on the housing 2 and the other end abutting on the intermediate member 63 1 . To facilitate the installation of the spring, the intermediate member 63 1 is convexly provided with a coil spring. Socketed post 662.
中间件 63 1上设有在锁定位置抵紧锁定件 630的锁定面 664、与锁定面 664 成角度设置的斜面 666、 与斜面 666连接的接收槽 668 , 斜面 666沿第一方向运 动推动锁定件 630 , 使锁定件 630在第二方向产生位移从而朝向锁定位置运动, 接收槽 668在释放位置收容锁定件 630。 The intermediate member 63 1 is provided with a locking surface 664 which abuts the locking member 630 in the locking position, a slope 666 disposed at an angle to the locking surface 664, and a receiving groove 668 connected to the inclined surface 666. The inclined surface 666 moves in the first direction to push the locking member. 630, the locking member 630 is displaced in the second direction to move toward the locking position, and the receiving groove 668 receives the locking member 630 in the releasing position.
本实施例中, 锁定件 630为钢球。 配接部为设置在导向部 625上的第一定 位孔 633和第二定位孔 635 , 如图 29所示, 钢球卡入第一定位孔 633时, 支撑 件 620保持在第一位置, 如图 3 1 所示, 钢球卡入第二定位孔 635 时, 支撑件
620保持在第二位置。 动力工具 600上还固设有定位片 670 , 定位片 670上设供 钢球沿第二方向穿过的通孔, 通孔为钢球锁定件 630在锁定位置和释放位置之 间的运动提供导向。 In this embodiment, the locking member 630 is a steel ball. The mating portion is a first positioning hole 633 and a second positioning hole 635 disposed on the guiding portion 625. As shown in FIG. 29, when the steel ball is engaged in the first positioning hole 633, the supporting member 620 is maintained at the first position, such as Figure 3 1 shows the support member when the steel ball is snapped into the second positioning hole 635. The 620 remains in the second position. A positioning piece 670 is further disposed on the power tool 600. The positioning piece 670 is provided with a through hole for the steel ball to pass in the second direction, and the through hole provides a guide for the movement of the steel ball locking member 630 between the locking position and the releasing position. .
壳体 2上设置有限位槽 653 ,中间件 63 1上突出有从限位槽 653伸出壳体 2 外表面的操作钮 647 , 操作钮 647在限位槽 653 的范围内移动, 且操作钮 647 与限位槽 653的一个端部抵接时, 中间件 63 1 带动钢球位于锁定位置; 操作钮 647与限位槽 653的另一个端部抵接时, 中间件 63 1 带动钢球位于释放位置。 A limiting slot 653 is disposed on the housing 2, and an operating button 647 extending from the limiting slot 653 to the outer surface of the housing 2 is protruded from the limiting member 653. The operating button 647 is moved within the range of the limiting slot 653, and the operating button is operated. When the 647 is in contact with one end of the limiting slot 653, the intermediate member 63 1 drives the steel ball to be in the locked position; when the operating button 647 abuts the other end of the limiting slot 653, the intermediate member 63 1 drives the steel ball to be located. Release the position.
下面描述本实施例的位置保持机构的操作方法。 The method of operating the position maintaining mechanism of the present embodiment will be described below.
如图 29所示, 位置保持机构将支撑件 620保持在第一位置, 具体的, 支撑 件 620上的凸块 672与纵长槽 674靠近夹紧装置 40 1 的端部抵接, 支撑件 620 位于第一位置; 偏压件 628推动中间件 63 1 与限位槽 653的第一个端部抵接, 中间件 63 1上的锁定面 664将钢球抵入第一定位孔 633 中, 支撑件 620保持在 第一位置。 As shown in FIG. 29, the position maintaining mechanism holds the support member 620 in the first position. Specifically, the protrusion 672 on the support member 620 abuts the end portion of the longitudinal groove 674 near the clamping device 40 1 , and the support member 620 In the first position; the biasing member 628 pushes the intermediate member 63 1 to abut against the first end of the limiting slot 653, and the locking surface 664 on the intermediate member 63 1 pushes the steel ball into the first positioning hole 633 to support The piece 620 remains in the first position.
调整支撑件 620相对壳体 2的位置时, 操作者通过操作钮 647沿输出杆 6 的中心线 X-X的延伸方向克服偏压件 628的作用推动中间件 63 1 ,使中间件 63 1 与限位槽 653的另一个端部抵接, 在此过程中, 中间件 63 1上的锁定面 664与 钢球脱开, 钢球从定位片 670上的通孔穿过并沿斜面 666滑动, 最终落入接收 槽 668中, 钢球与第一定位孔 633完全脱开处于释放位置, 此时, 操作者可以 自由移动支撑件 620使支撑件 620移动图 30所示的第二位置,支撑件 620上的 凸块 672与纵长槽 674远离夹紧装置 40 1 的端部抵接。 When adjusting the position of the support member 620 relative to the housing 2, the operator pushes the intermediate member 63 1 by the operation button 647 in the extending direction of the center line XX of the output rod 6 against the action of the biasing member 628, so that the intermediate member 63 1 and the limit position The other end of the groove 653 abuts. During this process, the locking surface 664 on the intermediate piece 63 1 is disengaged from the steel ball, and the steel ball passes through the through hole in the positioning piece 670 and slides along the inclined surface 666, and finally falls. In the receiving groove 668, the steel ball is completely disengaged from the first positioning hole 633 in the release position. At this time, the operator can freely move the support member 620 to move the support member 620 to the second position shown in FIG. 30, on the support member 620. The projection 672 abuts the end of the longitudinal slot 674 away from the clamping device 40 1 .
支撑件 620达到图 30所示的第二位置后, 操作者松开操作钮 647 , 偏压件 628 的弹力推动中间件 63 1 回到与限位槽 653 的第一个端部抵接的位置, 在此 过程中, 中间件 63 1上的斜面 666推动钢球沿垂直于输出杆 6的中心线 X-X的 方向移动, 钢球穿过定位片 670上的通孔与第二定位孔 635 配接, 中间件 63 1 上的锁定面 664抵紧钢球使钢球保持在第二定位孔 635 中, 支撑件 620保持图 3 1所示的在第二位置。 After the support member 620 reaches the second position shown in FIG. 30, the operator releases the operation button 647, and the elastic force of the biasing member 628 pushes the intermediate member 63 1 back to the position abutting the first end of the limiting groove 653. During this process, the inclined surface 666 on the intermediate member 63 1 pushes the steel ball to move in a direction perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the steel ball is matched with the second positioning hole 635 through the through hole in the positioning piece 670. The locking surface 664 on the intermediate member 63 1 abuts the steel ball to hold the steel ball in the second positioning hole 635, and the support member 620 maintains the second position shown in FIG.
上述描述以支撑件 620 从第一位置位置运动到第二位置并锁定的过程为 例, 支撑件 620从第二位置移动到第一位置并锁定的操作与之相同, 区别仅在 于支撑件 620的运动方向, 在此不再赘述。 The above description takes the process of moving the support member 620 from the first position position to the second position and locking, for example, the operation of the support member 620 moving from the second position to the first position and locking is the same, except that the support member 620 is different. The direction of movement is not repeated here.
图 32至图 35示出了本发明第六实施例的动力工具 700。 32 to 35 show a power tool 700 of a sixth embodiment of the present invention.
本实施例的动力工具 700与实施例三的动力工具 300的区别主要包括: 支 撑件与手柄的关系, 位置保持机构中锁定件的运动方向。 下面——详细描述。 The difference between the power tool 700 of the present embodiment and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment mainly includes: the relationship between the support member and the handle, and the direction of movement of the locking member in the position maintaining mechanism. Below - a detailed description.
请结合图 32和图 33 ,本实施例的动力工具 700还包括活动的连接在壳体 2
上的手柄 707 , 优选的, 手柄 707与壳体 2直接活动连接, 支撑件 720与手柄 707连动, 从而支撑件 720 间接的与壳体 2活动连接。 由此, 支撑件 720在如 图 32所示的第一位置和如图 33所示的第二位置之间运动时, 手柄 707相对壳 体 2的位置同时改变, 可以在支撑件 720位于不同位置时, 为动力工具 700提 供更优的握持体验, 提高操作舒适性。 本实施例优选的, 手柄 707与支撑件 720 一体设置, 可以减少零部件数量, 方便动力工具 700的安装。 Referring to FIG. 32 and FIG. 33, the power tool 700 of the present embodiment further includes a movable connection in the housing 2 The upper handle 707, preferably, the handle 707 is directly movably coupled to the housing 2, and the support member 720 is coupled to the handle 707 such that the support member 720 is indirectly movably coupled to the housing 2. Thus, when the support member 720 is moved between the first position shown in FIG. 32 and the second position shown in FIG. 33, the position of the handle 707 relative to the housing 2 is simultaneously changed, and the support member 720 can be located at different positions. At the same time, the power tool 700 is provided with a better grip experience and improved operating comfort. Preferably, the handle 707 is integrally provided with the support member 720, which can reduce the number of components and facilitate the installation of the power tool 700.
请参见图 32 , 马达 M设置在壳体 2 中, 手柄 707 中设有与开关 3相连的 控制板 766 , 为保证手柄 707相对壳体 2移动后, 手柄 707 中的控制板 766与 壳体 2 中的马达 M保持连接, 控制板 766和马达 M通过导线 768 电连接。 为 使导线 768顺利的连接控制板 766和马达 M , 壳体 2和手柄 707相互对接的区 域中设置有通孔 770 , 导线 768穿过通孔 770与马达 M和控制板 766连接。 Referring to FIG. 32, the motor M is disposed in the housing 2, and the handle 707 is provided with a control board 766 connected to the switch 3. To ensure the movement of the handle 707 relative to the housing 2, the control board 766 and the housing 2 in the handle 707 The motor M is kept connected, and the control board 766 and the motor M are electrically connected by a wire 768. In order to smoothly connect the wire 768 to the control board 766 and the motor M, a through hole 770 is provided in a region where the housing 2 and the handle 707 are butted together, and the wire 768 is connected to the motor M and the control board 766 through the through hole 770.
壳体 2中的马达 M和手柄 707中的控制板 766通过导线 768连接,结构筒 单成本低。 本领域技术人员可以想到, 壳体 2和手柄 707之间设置导电的轨道 和触点, 在支撑件 720带动手柄 707移动到预定位置时, 触点与轨道的特定位 置电接触,从而保证壳体 2中的马达 M和手柄 707中的控制板 766电连接亦可。 The motor M in the housing 2 and the control board 766 in the handle 707 are connected by a wire 768, which is low in cost. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that conductive tracks and contacts are provided between the housing 2 and the handle 707. When the support member 720 moves the handle 707 to a predetermined position, the contacts are in electrical contact with a specific position of the track, thereby securing the housing. The motor M in 2 and the control board 766 in the handle 707 are also electrically connected.
请参见图 34和图 35 , 本实施例中, 支撑件 720在壳体 2外表面滑动从而 在第一位置和第二位置之间运动, 动力工具 700还包括将支撑件 720相对壳体 2保持在第一位置和第二位置之间的位置保持机构。 Referring to FIG. 34 and FIG. 35, in this embodiment, the support member 720 slides on the outer surface of the housing 2 to move between the first position and the second position, and the power tool 700 further includes holding the support member 720 relative to the housing 2. A position maintaining mechanism between the first position and the second position.
位置保持机构包括相互抵接的偏压件 728和锁定件 730 , 偏压件 728与支 撑件 720抵接, 壳体 2上设有可与锁定件 730配接的配接部, 锁定件 730可在 锁定位置和释放位置之间运动, 如图 34所示, 在锁定位置, 锁定件 730在偏压 件 728的作用下与配接部配接, 支撑件 720保持在第一位置或者第二位置; 如 图 35所示, 在释放位置, 锁定件 730克服偏压件 728的作用与配接部脱开, 支 撑件 720可相对壳体 2活动。 The position maintaining mechanism includes a biasing member 728 and a locking member 730 abutting each other, and the biasing member 728 abuts against the supporting member 720. The housing 2 is provided with a fitting portion engageable with the locking member 730, and the locking member 730 can be Moving between the locked position and the released position, as shown in FIG. 34, in the locked position, the locking member 730 is engaged with the mating portion by the biasing member 728, and the supporting member 720 is maintained in the first position or the second position. As shown in FIG. 35, in the release position, the locking member 730 is disengaged from the mating portion against the action of the biasing member 728, and the support member 720 is movable relative to the housing 2.
具体的, 支撑件 720在壳体 2外表面滑动, 壳体 2上与支撑件 720配接的 部分设置有横向孔 772 , 锁定件 730 包括主体 742 , 主体 742穿设在横向孔 772 上, 其一端与偏压件 728抵接, 另一端凸出于壳体 2及支撑件 720外用作操作 钮 747 , 锁定件 730在其主体 742的大致中间位置突出有锁定部 738。 Specifically, the support member 720 slides on the outer surface of the housing 2, and the portion of the housing 2 that is mated with the support member 720 is provided with a lateral hole 772. The locking member 730 includes a main body 742, and the main body 742 is disposed on the lateral hole 772. One end abuts against the biasing member 728, and the other end protrudes from the outside of the housing 2 and the support member 720 as an operating button 747. The locking member 730 protrudes from the main portion 742 at a substantially intermediate position thereof with a locking portion 738.
配接部为可供锁定部 738部分插入的定位孔。 具体的, 壳体 2上沿输出杆 的中心线 X-X的延伸方向上间隔一定距离设置有第一定位孔 733和第二定位孔 735 , 锁定部 738插入第一定位孔 733时, 支撑件 720保持在第一位置; 锁定部 738插入第二定位孔 735 时, 支撑件 720保持在第二位置。 本实施例中, 锁定 部 738收容于壳体 2 内, 相应的, 第一定位孔 733和第二定位孔 735设置在壳
体 2 内表面。 The mating portion is a positioning hole into which the locking portion 738 can be partially inserted. Specifically, the first positioning hole 733 and the second positioning hole 735 are disposed on the housing 2 at a distance along the extending direction of the center line XX of the output rod. When the locking portion 738 is inserted into the first positioning hole 733, the support member 720 is retained. In the first position; when the locking portion 738 is inserted into the second positioning hole 735, the support member 720 is maintained in the second position. In this embodiment, the locking portion 738 is received in the housing 2, and correspondingly, the first positioning hole 733 and the second positioning hole 735 are disposed in the shell. Body 2 inner surface.
本实施例中, 锁定件 730的主体 742呈条状, 锁定件 730沿其主体 742延 伸方向线性移动从而在锁定位置和释放位置之间运动。 优选的, 锁定件 730沿 垂直于输出杆中心线 X-X的方向移动从而在锁定位置和释放位置之间运动。 In the present embodiment, the main body 742 of the locking member 730 has a strip shape, and the locking member 730 linearly moves in the extending direction of the main body 742 to move between the locked position and the released position. Preferably, the locking member 730 is moved in a direction perpendicular to the output rod centerline X-X to move between the locked position and the released position.
下面描述位置保持机构的操作方法。 The method of operation of the position maintaining mechanism will be described below.
请继续参见图 34和图 35 , 锁定件 730位于图 34所示的锁定位置时, 偏压 件 728被压缩推动锁定部 738插入第一定位孔 733或者第二定位孔 735 , 支撑 件 720相对壳体 2保持在第一位置或者第二位置。 Referring to FIG. 34 and FIG. 35, when the locking member 730 is in the locking position shown in FIG. 34, the biasing member 728 is compressed to push the locking portion 738 into the first positioning hole 733 or the second positioning hole 735, and the supporting member 720 is opposite to the shell. The body 2 remains in the first position or the second position.
请继续参见图 34和图 35 , 解锁时, 操作者克服偏压件 728 的作用力沿解 锁方向推动操作钮 747线性移动使锁定部 738与第一定位孔 733或者第二定位 孔 735脱开, 到达如图 35所示的解锁位置, 支撑件 720可相对壳体 2滑动, 从 而支撑件 720可相对壳体 2线性移动使支撑面 722改变位置。 Referring to FIG. 34 and FIG. 35, when unlocking, the operator pushes the linear movement of the operating button 747 in the unlocking direction against the force of the biasing member 728 to disengage the locking portion 738 from the first positioning hole 733 or the second positioning hole 735. Upon reaching the unlocked position as shown in Fig. 35, the support member 720 is slidable relative to the housing 2 such that the support member 720 is linearly movable relative to the housing 2 to change the position of the support surface 722.
图 36至图 39示出了本发明第七实施例的动力工具 800。 36 to 39 show a power tool 800 of a seventh embodiment of the present invention.
本实施例的动力工具 800与实施例三的动力工具 300的主要区别包括: 支 撑件与壳体活动连接的方式, 位置保持机构的具体结构, 下面——详细描述。 The main differences between the power tool 800 of the present embodiment and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment include: the manner in which the support member is movably coupled to the housing, the specific structure of the position maintaining mechanism, and the following - a detailed description.
请参见图 36和图 37 , 本实施例中, 支撑件 820相对壳体 2转动的同时线 性移动, 从而在图 36所示的第一位置和图 37所示的第二位置之间运动。 具体 的, 壳体 2上设置有沿输出杆 6的中心线 X-X的方向延伸的螺旋凸轮槽 876、 支撑件 820上设置有与凸轮槽 876配接的推进件 878 ,推进件 878与凸轮槽 876 配接使支撑件 820相对壳体 2转动的同时线性移动。 优选的, 支撑件 820相对 壳体 2转动的同时线性移动的方向为输出杆 6的中心线 X-X的延伸方向。 Referring to Figures 36 and 37, in this embodiment, the support member 820 is linearly moved while rotating relative to the housing 2 to move between the first position shown in Figure 36 and the second position shown in Figure 37. Specifically, the housing 2 is provided with a spiral cam groove 876 extending in the direction of the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the support member 820 is provided with a pusher 878 that is coupled with the cam groove 876, and the pusher 878 and the cam groove 876 are provided. The mating linearly moves the support member 820 while rotating relative to the housing 2. Preferably, the direction in which the support member 820 is linearly moved relative to the housing 2 is the direction in which the center line X-X of the output rod 6 extends.
螺旋凸轮槽 876设置在壳体 2上、 推进件 878设置在支撑件 820上, 可以 减小支撑件 820的体积, 亦可将螺旋凸轮槽设置在支撑件上、 推进件设置在壳 体上亦可实现同样的功能。 本实施例中, 支撑件 820相对壳体 2转动的同时线 性移动的方向为输出杆 6的中心线 X-X的延伸方向,使动力工具 800结构紧凑, 支撑件 820相对壳体 2转动的同时线性移动的方向亦可为其它方向。 The spiral cam groove 876 is disposed on the housing 2, and the pushing member 878 is disposed on the support member 820, so that the volume of the support member 820 can be reduced, and the spiral cam groove can be disposed on the support member, and the pusher member is disposed on the housing. The same function can be achieved. In this embodiment, the direction in which the support member 820 rotates relative to the housing 2 while moving linearly is the extending direction of the center line XX of the output rod 6, so that the power tool 800 is compact, and the support member 820 linearly moves while rotating relative to the housing 2. The direction can also be in other directions.
支撑件 820 包括第一作用部 880和第二作用部 882 , 推进件 878设置在第 一作用部 880上使第一作用部 880可相对壳体 2转动的同时线性移动, 第二作 用部 882与第一作用部 880通过枢轴 892枢转连接, 枢轴 892的轴线垂直于输 出杆 6的中心线 X-X , 支撑面 822设置在第二作用部 882上。 The support member 820 includes a first acting portion 880 and a second acting portion 882. The pushing member 878 is disposed on the first acting portion 880 to linearly move the first acting portion 880 relative to the housing 2, and the second acting portion 882 is The first acting portion 880 is pivotally connected by a pivot 892 whose axis is perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the supporting surface 822 is disposed on the second acting portion 882.
第二作用部 882包括顺次连接的第一杆 884、 第二杆 886和第三杆 888、 第 一杆 884的延伸方向与输出杆 6的中心线 X-X方向平行, 第二杆 886垂直于第 一杆 884 , 第三杆 888与第二杆 886成钝角设置, 第一杆 884与第一作用部 880
通过枢轴 892连接, 支撑面 822设置在第二杆 886上, 第三杆 888用作延伸部 在支撑件 820位于图 36所示的第一位置时,与手柄 807相对形成握持空间 860。 本实施例中, 第一杆 884、 第二杆 886、 第三杆 888 固定连接, 且第二杆 886 垂直于第一杆 884 , 本领域技术人员可以想到, 第二杆 886与第一杆 884成其 它角度固定连接, 或者第二杆 886与第一杆 884枢轴连接, 从而使支撑面 822 相对输出杆 6的中心线 X-X的成一定角度亦可抵靠工件。 The second acting portion 882 includes a first rod 884, a second rod 886, and a third rod 888 that are sequentially connected. The extending direction of the first rod 884 is parallel to the center line XX direction of the output rod 6, and the second rod 886 is perpendicular to the first rod. a rod 884, the third rod 888 and the second rod 886 are disposed at an obtuse angle, the first rod 884 and the first acting portion 880 The support surface 822 is disposed on the second rod 886 by the pivot 892. The third rod 888 serves as an extension to form a holding space 860 opposite the handle 807 when the support member 820 is in the first position shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the first rod 884, the second rod 886, and the third rod 888 are fixedly connected, and the second rod 886 is perpendicular to the first rod 884. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the second rod 886 and the first rod 884 The other rods are fixedly connected at other angles, or the second rod 886 is pivotally coupled to the first rod 884 such that the support surface 822 can also abut the workpiece at an angle relative to the centerline XX of the output rod 6.
本实施例的位置保持机构包括将支撑件 820在第一位置保持在壳体 2上的 第一保持装置、 将支撑件 820在第二位置保持在壳体 2上的第二保持装置, 第 一保持装置和第二保持装置的结构不同。 The position maintaining mechanism of the present embodiment includes a first holding device that holds the support member 820 on the housing 2 in the first position, and a second holding device that holds the support member 820 on the housing 2 in the second position, the first The structure of the holding device and the second holding device are different.
具体的,请参见图 36 ,第一保持装置包括设置在手柄 807上的弹性压板 890 , 压板 890压紧支撑件 820使支撑件 820相对壳体 2 固定,具体的,弹性压板 890 压紧第三杆 888远离第二杆 886的末端, 将支撑件 820保持在手柄 807上, 而 手柄 807与壳体 2 固定, 则支撑件 820相对壳体 2 固定。 结构筒单。 Specifically, referring to FIG. 36, the first holding device includes an elastic pressing plate 890 disposed on the handle 807. The pressing plate 890 presses the supporting member 820 to fix the supporting member 820 relative to the housing 2. Specifically, the elastic pressing plate 890 is pressed against the third portion. The rod 888 is remote from the end of the second rod 886, the support member 820 is held on the handle 807, and the handle 807 is fixed to the housing 2, and the support member 820 is fixed relative to the housing 2. Structure tube.
请参见图 38和图 39 , 第二保持装置包括设置在壳体 2上的弹性凸起 894 , 设置在支撑件 820上凹坑 896 , 弹性凸起 894卡入凹坑 896中, 支撑件 820相 对壳体 2保持在第二位置。结合图 37 ,本实施例中, 凹坑 896设置在支撑件 820 的第三杆 888的大致中部位置, 本领域技术人员可以想到, 凹坑 896设置在支 撑件 820的其它位置亦可。 本实施例中, 弹性凸起 894设置在壳体 2上, 凹坑 896设置在支撑件 820上, 亦可将弹性凸起设置在支撑件上, 而将凹坑设置在 壳体上。 本实施例中, 弹性凸起 894和凹坑 896的数目各为两个, 两个凹坑 896 相对输出杆的中心线对称设置,设置其它数目的相配合的弹性凸起和凹坑亦可。 Referring to Figures 38 and 39, the second retaining means includes a resilient projection 894 disposed on the housing 2, a recess 896 disposed on the support member 820, the resilient projection 894 snapping into the recess 896, and the support member 820 is opposed The housing 2 is held in the second position. 37, in the present embodiment, the dimple 896 is disposed at a substantially central position of the third rod 888 of the support member 820. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the dimples 896 may be disposed at other locations of the support member 820. In this embodiment, the elastic protrusions 894 are disposed on the casing 2, and the dimples 896 are disposed on the support member 820, and the elastic protrusions may be disposed on the support member to set the dimples on the casing. In this embodiment, the number of the elastic protrusions 894 and the dimples 896 are two, and the two dimples 896 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line of the output rod, and other numbers of matching elastic protrusions and dimples may be provided.
下面描述本实施例的动力工具 800的操作方法。 The method of operation of the power tool 800 of the present embodiment will be described below.
如图 36所示, 动力工具 800的支撑件 820位于第一位置, 第二杆 886垂直 于输出杆 6的中心线 X-X , 支撑面 822位于工作区域且垂直于输出杆 6的中心 线 X-X , 第三杆 888远离第二杆 886的末端被弹性压板 890压紧, 支撑件 820 保持在第一位置。 As shown in FIG. 36, the support member 820 of the power tool 800 is in the first position, the second rod 886 is perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and the support surface 822 is located in the working area and perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6, The end of the three rods 888 away from the second rod 886 is pressed by the elastic platen 890, and the support member 820 is held in the first position.
改变支撑件 820的位置时, 克服弹性压板 890的弹性使第三杆 888与弹性 压板 890脱离, 绕输出杆 6的中心线 X-X的方向转动第二作用部 882 , 由于第 二作用部 882绕第一作用部 880转动的枢轴 892垂直于中心线 X-X , 因此绕输 出杆 6的中心线 X-X方向转动第二作用部 882时, 第二作用部 882与第一作用 部 880无相对运动, 从而第二作用部 882绕输出杆 6的中心线 X-X转动将带动 第一作用部 880绕输出杆 6的中心线 X-X转动, 第一作用部 880转动时, 设置 在第一作用部 880上的推进件 878在壳体 2上的螺旋凸轮槽 876 内运动, 整个
支撑件 820相对壳体 2转动的同时线性移动, 逐渐达到图 37所示的第二位置。 在此过程中, 支撑面 822相对输出杆 6的中心线 X-X转动的同时线性移动, 但 始终垂直于输出杆 6的中心线 X-X。 When the position of the support member 820 is changed, the third rod 888 is disengaged from the elastic pressure plate 890 against the elasticity of the elastic pressure plate 890, and the second action portion 882 is rotated about the center line XX of the output rod 6, since the second action portion 882 is wound. When the pivot 892 of the rotating portion 880 is perpendicular to the center line XX, when the second acting portion 882 is rotated about the center line XX of the output rod 6, the second acting portion 882 has no relative movement with the first acting portion 880, thereby The rotation of the second acting portion 882 about the center line XX of the output rod 6 will drive the first acting portion 880 to rotate about the center line XX of the output rod 6. When the first acting portion 880 is rotated, the pusher 878 disposed on the first acting portion 880 is rotated. Movement within the helical cam groove 876 on the housing 2, the entire The support member 820 linearly moves while rotating relative to the housing 2, gradually reaching the second position shown in FIG. During this process, the support surface 822 moves linearly with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6, but is always perpendicular to the center line XX of the output rod 6.
由于第三杆 888与第二杆 886成钝角设置, 在图 37所示的第二位置时, 第 三杆 888翘起远离壳体 2 , 使整个动力工具 800 占用的空间较大, 不利于动力 工具 800的使用, 此时, 可使第二作用部 882绕枢轴 892相对第一作用部 880 枢转, 逐渐达到图 38 所示的另一第二位置, 此时, 第三杆 888 上靠近壳体 2 且通过弹性凸起 894和凹坑 896的配合保持在壳体 2上, 可减小整个动力工具 800 占用的空间。 Since the third rod 888 is disposed at an obtuse angle with the second rod 886, in the second position shown in FIG. 37, the third rod 888 is lifted away from the casing 2, so that the entire power tool 800 occupies a large space, which is not conducive to power. The use of the tool 800, at this time, the second acting portion 882 can be pivoted about the pivot 892 relative to the first acting portion 880 to gradually reach the second position shown in FIG. 38, at which time the third rod 888 is close to The housing 2 is held on the housing 2 by the cooperation of the resilient projection 894 and the recess 896, which reduces the space occupied by the entire power tool 800.
上述描述以支撑件 820从第一位置运动到第二位置的状态变化为例, 支撑 件 820从第二位置运动到第一位置的状态变化与之相反, 不再赘述。 The above description takes the state change of the support member 820 from the first position to the second position as an example, and the state change of the support member 820 from the second position to the first position is reversed, and will not be described again.
图 40至图 44示出了本发明第八实施例的动力工具 900。 40 to 44 show a power tool 900 of an eighth embodiment of the present invention.
本实施例的动力工具 900与实施例三的动力工具 300的主要区别包括: 支 撑件与壳体活动连接的方式, 支撑件的具体结构, 位置保持机构的具体结构, 下面——详细描述。 The main differences between the power tool 900 of the present embodiment and the power tool 300 of the third embodiment include: the manner in which the support member is movably coupled to the housing, the specific structure of the support member, and the specific structure of the position maintaining mechanism, the following - a detailed description.
结合图 40至图 43 , 本实施例中, 支撑件 920相对壳体 2转动从而在图 40 所示的第一位置和图 43所示的第二位置之间运动。 Referring to Figures 40 through 43, in this embodiment, the support member 920 is rotated relative to the housing 2 to move between a first position shown in Figure 40 and a second position shown in Figure 43.
优选的, 支撑件 920相对壳体 2万向转动。 具体的, 壳体 2上设有转接部 998 ,支撑件 920绕第一轴线 999相对转接部 998转动使支撑件 920绕第一轴线 999相对壳体 2转动, 第一轴线 999垂直于输出杆 6的中心线 X-X。 转接部 998 绕第二轴线 997相对壳体 2转动, 第二轴线 997垂直于第一轴线 999 , 且第二 轴线 997和第一轴线 999相交。 本实施例中, 手柄 907与壳体 2—体设置, 转 接部 998设置在手柄 907远离壳体 2的一端, 转接部 998相对手柄 907绕第二 轴线 997转动, 则转接部 998相对壳体 2绕第二轴线 997转动。 Preferably, the support member 920 is rotated relative to the housing 2. Specifically, the housing 2 is provided with an adapter portion 998. The support member 920 rotates relative to the adapter portion 998 about the first axis 999 to rotate the support member 920 relative to the housing 2 about the first axis 999. The first axis 999 is perpendicular to the output. The center line XX of the rod 6. The adapter portion 998 is rotated about the second axis 997 relative to the housing 2, the second axis 997 is perpendicular to the first axis 999, and the second axis 997 intersects the first axis 999. In this embodiment, the handle 907 is disposed integrally with the housing 2, the adapter portion 998 is disposed at one end of the handle 907 away from the housing 2, and the adapter portion 998 is rotated relative to the handle 907 about the second axis 997, and the adapter portion 998 is opposite. The housing 2 is rotated about a second axis 997.
参见图 40和图 43 , 支撑件 920还包括设置在支撑面 922 两侧的第一侧部 950和第二侧部 952 , 第一侧部 950、 第二侧部 952与支撑面 922间形成收容空 间,支撑件 920在图 40所示的第一位置时,输出杆 6的端部位于所述收容空间; 动力工具 900还包括插接在手柄 907远离壳体 2的一端上的电池包 995 , 支撑 件 920在图 43所示的第二位置时, 电池包 995位于所述收容空间。 由此, 支撑 件 920位于第一位置时, 可将安装在输出杆 6端部上的夹紧装置 401收容在其 内, 保护夹紧装置 401 , 而支撑件 920位于第二位置时, 第一侧部 950和第二 侧部 952卡接在电池包 995上, 结构布局合理, 造型美观。 本实施例中, 第一 侧部 950和第二侧部 952形状相同且相对输出杆 6的中心线 X-X对称设置, 且
第一侧部 950和第二侧部 952上有开口, 结构合理美观。 Referring to FIGS. 40 and 43, the support member 920 further includes a first side portion 950 and a second side portion 952 disposed on both sides of the support surface 922. The first side portion 950, the second side portion 952 and the support surface 922 form a receiving space. Space, when the support member 920 is in the first position shown in FIG. 40, the end of the output rod 6 is located in the receiving space; the power tool 900 further includes a battery pack 995 inserted on one end of the handle 907 away from the housing 2, When the support member 920 is in the second position shown in FIG. 43, the battery pack 995 is located in the accommodating space. Thus, when the support member 920 is in the first position, the clamping device 401 mounted on the end of the output rod 6 can be received therein to protect the clamping device 401, and when the support member 920 is in the second position, the first The side portion 950 and the second side portion 952 are snapped onto the battery pack 995, and the structure is reasonable and the appearance is beautiful. In this embodiment, the first side portion 950 and the second side portion 952 are identical in shape and symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and The first side portion 950 and the second side portion 952 have openings therein, and the structure is reasonable and beautiful.
支撑面 922和转接部 998之间设置有延伸部 956 , 延伸部 956的延伸方向 与支撑面 922成钝角设置, 支撑件 920在第一位置时, 延伸部 956和部分支撑 面 922与手柄 907相对形成握持空间 960。 An extending portion 956 is disposed between the supporting surface 922 and the adapter portion 998. The extending direction of the extending portion 956 is disposed at an obtuse angle with the supporting surface 922. When the supporting member 920 is in the first position, the extending portion 956 and the partial supporting surface 922 and the handle 907 are provided. The holding space 960 is formed oppositely.
请参见图 40、 图 41、 图 43和图 44 , 本实施例的位置保持机构包括设置在 支撑件 920上的一对凹坑 996、 分别设置在壳体 2和手柄 907远离彼此的一端 上的两对弹性凸起 994 , 支撑件 920在图 40所示的第一位置时, 凹坑 996与壳 体 2远离手柄 907—端上的弹性凸起 994卡接, 支撑件 920保持在第一位置, 支撑件 920在图 43所示的第二位置时,凹坑 996与手柄 907远离壳体 2的一端 上的弹性凸起 994卡接, 支撑件 920保持在第二位置。 本实施例中, 一对凹坑 996设置在支撑件 920上, 两对凸起分别设置在壳体 2和手柄 907上, 本领域 技术人员可以想到, 亦可在支撑件 920上设置一对弹性凸起, 而在壳体 2和手 柄 907上分别设置可与弹性凸起配合的凹坑; 本实施例中支撑件 920上的凹坑 996的数目是一对, 分别设置在第一侧部 950和第二侧部 952上, 相对输出杆 6 的中心线 X-X对称设置, 设置其它数目的凹坑和弹性凸起亦可。 Referring to FIG. 40, FIG. 41, FIG. 43 and FIG. 44, the position maintaining mechanism of the present embodiment includes a pair of dimples 996 disposed on the support member 920, respectively disposed on one end of the housing 2 and the handle 907 away from each other. Two pairs of elastic protrusions 994. When the support member 920 is in the first position shown in FIG. 40, the recess 996 is engaged with the elastic protrusion 994 of the housing 2 away from the handle 907, and the support member 920 is held in the first position. When the support member 920 is in the second position shown in FIG. 43, the pocket 996 is engaged with the elastic protrusion 994 on the end of the handle 907 away from the housing 2, and the support member 920 is held in the second position. In this embodiment, a pair of dimples 996 are disposed on the support member 920. The two pairs of protrusions are respectively disposed on the housing 2 and the handle 907. It is conceivable to those skilled in the art that a pair of elastic members may be disposed on the support member 920. The protrusions are provided on the housing 2 and the handle 907 respectively. The number of the dimples 996 on the support member 920 is a pair, which are respectively disposed on the first side portion 950. And the second side portion 952 is symmetrically disposed with respect to the center line XX of the output rod 6, and other numbers of pits and elastic protrusions may be provided.
下面描述动力工具 900的操作方法。 The method of operation of the power tool 900 will be described below.
如图 40所示, 此时, 动力工具 900 的支撑件 920位于第一位置, 支撑面 922位于工作区域内可抵靠工件, 支撑件 920上的凹坑 996卡接在壳体 2远离 手柄 907—端的弹性凸起 994上, 支撑件 920保持在第一位置。 As shown in FIG. 40, at this time, the support member 920 of the power tool 900 is in the first position, the support surface 922 is located in the working area to abut against the workpiece, and the recess 996 on the support member 920 is engaged with the housing 2 away from the handle 907. On the end of the resilient projection 994, the support member 920 remains in the first position.
变换支撑件 920位置时, 克服凹坑 996和弹性凸起 994之间的摩擦力, 使 支撑件 920绕第一轴线 999相对转接部 998转动,逐渐转到图 41所示的中间位 置, 此时, 第一侧部 950和第二侧部 952与输出杆 6错开, 随后使支撑件 920 带动转接部 998—起绕第二轴线 997相对壳体 2转动,到达图 42所示的另一中 间位置, 此时, 支撑面 922相对延伸部 956远离输出杆 6 , 再使支撑件 920绕 第一轴线 999相对壳体 2转动, 到达图 43所示的第二位置, 第一侧部 950和第 二侧部 952卡接在电池包 995上, 同时, 支撑件 920上的凹坑 996卡接在手柄 907远离壳体 2—端的弹性凸起 994上, 支撑件 920保持在第二位置。 When the position of the support member 920 is changed, the friction between the recess 996 and the elastic protrusion 994 is overcome, and the support member 920 is rotated about the first axis 999 with respect to the adapter portion 998, and gradually turns to the intermediate position shown in FIG. When the first side portion 950 and the second side portion 952 are offset from the output rod 6, the support member 920 is then caused to drive the adapter portion 998 to rotate relative to the housing 2 about the second axis 997 to reach another one shown in FIG. In the intermediate position, at this time, the supporting surface 922 is away from the output rod 6 with respect to the extending portion 956, and then the supporting member 920 is rotated relative to the housing 2 about the first axis 999 to reach the second position shown in FIG. 43, the first side portion 950 and The second side portion 952 is snapped onto the battery pack 995. At the same time, the recess 996 on the support member 920 is snapped onto the elastic protrusion 994 of the handle 907 away from the end of the housing 2, and the support member 920 is held in the second position.
上述描述以支撑件 920从第一位置运动到第二位置的状态变化为例, 支撑 件 920从第二位置运动到第一位置的状态变化与之相反, 不再赘述。 The above description takes the state change of the support member 920 from the first position to the second position as an example, and the state change of the support member 920 from the second position to the first position is reversed, and will not be described again.
本领域技术人员可以想到的是, 本发明还可以有其他的实现方式, 但只要 其采用的技术精髓与本发明相同或相近似, 或者任何基于本发明做出的变化和 替换都在本发明的保护范围之内。
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the present invention may have other implementations, but as long as the technical essence employed is the same or similar to the present invention, or any changes and substitutions made based on the present invention are in the present invention. Within the scope of protection.
Claims
1、 一种动力工具, 包括壳体、 收容于所述壳体内的马达、 由所述马达通过 传动机构驱动的输出杆, 所述马达具有输出轴, 所述输出杆纵长延伸并具有中 心线, 其特征在于: 所述传动机构包括运动变换机构, 所述运动变换机构可操 作的驱动所述输出杆处于输出往复运动的第一运动模式和输出旋转运动的第二 运动模式。 1. A power tool, including a housing, a motor housed in the housing, and an output rod driven by the motor through a transmission mechanism. The motor has an output shaft, and the output rod extends longitudinally and has a centerline. , characterized in that: the transmission mechanism includes a motion conversion mechanism, and the motion conversion mechanism is operable to drive the output rod in a first motion mode for outputting reciprocating motion and a second motion mode for outputting rotational motion.
2、 如权利要求 1所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述运动变换机构包括驱 动机构和模式切换机构,所述模式切换机构包括相互配接的切换件和限制机构, 所述切换件可在两个位置之间移动, 在第一位置, 所述输出杆处于所述第一运 动模式, 所述切换件与所述驱动机构脱开连接而与所述壳体相连使所述限制机 构与所述壳体相对固定; 在第二位置, 所述输出杆处于所述第二运动模式, 所 述切换件与所述驱动机构连接且所述限制机构与所述输出杆周向固定。 2. The power tool according to claim 1, characterized in that: the motion conversion mechanism includes a driving mechanism and a mode switching mechanism, the mode switching mechanism includes a switching member and a limiting mechanism that are matched with each other, and the switching member can Moving between two positions, in the first position, the output rod is in the first movement mode, the switching member is disconnected from the driving mechanism and connected to the housing so that the limiting mechanism is connected to the housing. The housing is relatively fixed; in the second position, the output rod is in the second movement mode, the switching member is connected to the driving mechanism and the limiting mechanism is circumferentially fixed to the output rod.
3、 如权利要求 2所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述壳体上设有定位件, 所述定位件在所述输出杆的旋转方向上与所述壳体相对固定, 所述定位件与所 述切换件之间设有配接机构, 所述切换件位于第一位置时, 所述配接机构使所 述定位件与所述切换件相连, 所述切换件位于第二位置时, 所述切换件与所述 定位件脱开。 3. The power tool according to claim 2, characterized in that: the housing is provided with a positioning member, the positioning member is relatively fixed to the housing in the rotation direction of the output rod, and the positioning member A coupling mechanism is provided between the component and the switching component. When the switching component is in the first position, the coupling mechanism connects the positioning component to the switching component. When the switching component is in the second position, the coupling mechanism connects the positioning component to the switching component. , the switching member is disengaged from the positioning member.
4、 如权利要求 3所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述配接机构包括设置在 所述定位件和所述切换件中的一个上的凸起、 设置在所述定位件和所述切换件 中的另一个上的卡槽, 所述切换件位于第一位置时, 所述凸起与卡槽配接, 所 述切换件位于第二位置时, 所述凸起与所述卡槽脱开。 4. The power tool according to claim 3, characterized in that: the coupling mechanism includes a protrusion provided on one of the positioning member and the switching member; A slot on the other one of the switching parts. When the switching part is in the first position, the protrusion is matched with the slot. When the switching part is in the second position, the protrusion is connected with the slot. Disengage.
5、 如权利要求 4所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述定位件可轴向移动的 设置在所述壳体上, 所述定位件和所述壳体之间设有弹簧, 所述弹簧提供所述 凸起与所述卡槽配接的偏压力。 5. The power tool according to claim 4, characterized in that: the positioning member is axially movable on the housing, a spring is provided between the positioning member and the housing, The spring provides a biasing force for the protrusion to engage with the slot.
6、 如权利要求 2所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述动力工具包括设于所 述壳体上的操作件, 所述操作件绕所述输出杆的旋转轴线转动带动所述切换件 沿所述输出杆的轴向移动。 6. The power tool according to claim 2, characterized in that: the power tool includes an operating member provided on the housing, and the operating member rotates around the rotation axis of the output rod to drive the switching member. Move along the axial direction of the output rod.
7、 如权利要求 6所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述操作件和所述切换件 之间设有转换槽道和可在所述转换槽道内滑动的第一柱形销, 所述转换槽道包 道。
7. The power tool according to claim 6, characterized in that: a conversion channel and a first cylindrical pin slidable in the conversion channel are provided between the operating member and the switching member, Convert channel wrap.
8、 如权利要求 6所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述马达与所述驱动体之 间设有顺次连接的第一行星轮系和第二行星轮系, 所述第二行星轮系的内齿圏 在所述操作件带动下沿所述输出杆的轴向可在两个变速位置之间移动, 在第一 变速位置, 所述内齿圏与所述壳体脱离, 所述输出杆以所述第一速度运动; 在 第二变速位置, 所述内齿圏与所述壳体相对固定, 所述输出杆以所述第二速度 运动。 8. The power tool according to claim 6, characterized in that: a first planetary gear train and a second planetary gear train are connected in sequence between the motor and the driving body, and the second planetary gear train The internal gear ring of the system can move between two shifting positions along the axial direction of the output rod driven by the operating member. In the first shifting position, the internal gear ring is separated from the housing, and the The output rod moves at the first speed; in the second shifting position, the inner gear ring and the housing are relatively fixed, and the output rod moves at the second speed.
9、 如权利要求 8所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述操作件与所述内齿圏 之间设有变速槽道和可在所述变速槽道内滑动的第二柱形销, 所述变速槽道包 道。 9. The power tool according to claim 8, characterized in that: a speed change channel and a second cylindrical pin slidable in the speed change channel are provided between the operating member and the inner gear ring, so The speed change channel is wrapped.
10、 如权利要求 9所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述操作件与所述切换 件之间设有转换槽道和可在所述转换槽道内滑动的第一柱形销, 所述转换槽道 槽道, 在所述输出杆的周向上, 所述第一柱形销在所述第一槽道中移动的最长 距离与所述第二柱形销在所述第二槽道中移动的最长距离相同。 10. The power tool according to claim 9, characterized in that: a conversion channel and a first cylindrical pin slidable in the conversion channel are provided between the operating member and the switching member, Conversion channel channel, in the circumferential direction of the output rod, the longest distance that the first cylindrical pin moves in the first channel is equal to the longest distance that the second cylindrical pin moves in the second channel The longest distance is the same.
1 1、 如权利要求 10所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述转换槽道还包括与 所述第一槽道相通的第三槽道, 所述第三槽道沿所述输出杆的周向延伸且相对 所述输出杆的旋转轴线垂直, 所述变速通道还包括与所述第二槽道相通的第四 槽道, 第四槽道沿输出杆的周向延伸且相对所述输出杆的旋转轴线倾斜, 所述 第一柱形销、 第二柱形销分别同时在所述第一槽道和所述第二槽道中移动且在 输出杆的周向上的移动距离相同; 所述第一柱形销、 第二柱形销分别同时在所 述第三槽道和所述第四槽道中移动且在输出杆的周向上的移动距离相同。 1 1. The power tool according to claim 10, characterized in that: the conversion channel further includes a third channel communicated with the first channel, and the third channel is along the direction of the output rod. Extending circumferentially and perpendicular to the rotation axis of the output rod, the transmission channel also includes a fourth channel communicated with the second channel, the fourth channel extending circumferentially along the output rod and relative to the output The rotation axis of the rod is inclined, and the first cylindrical pin and the second cylindrical pin respectively move in the first channel and the second channel at the same time and have the same moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod; The first cylindrical pin and the second cylindrical pin move in the third channel and the fourth channel respectively at the same time and have the same moving distance in the circumferential direction of the output rod.
12、 如权利要求 1 1所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 在输出杆的周向上, 所 述转换槽道的两末端与所述变速槽道的两末端平齐。 12. The power tool according to claim 11, characterized in that: in the circumferential direction of the output rod, both ends of the conversion channel are flush with both ends of the speed change channel.
13、 如权利要求 2所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述马达与所述驱动机 构之间设有行星齿轮减速机构, 所述模式切换机构设置在所述驱动机构远离所 述行星齿轮减速机构的一端。 13. The power tool according to claim 2, characterized in that: a planetary gear reduction mechanism is provided between the motor and the driving mechanism, and the mode switching mechanism is arranged at a distance between the driving mechanism and the planetary gear reduction. one end of the institution.
14、 如权利要求 1所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述输出杆与所述输出 轴同轴设置。 14. The power tool according to claim 1, characterized in that: the output rod is coaxially arranged with the output shaft.
15、 如权利要求 1所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述动力工具还包括具 有支撑面的支撑件, 所述支撑件活动的连接在所述壳体上并可在第一位置和第
二位置之间运动, 在所述第一位置, 所述支撑面与工件抵靠, 在所述第二位置, 所述支撑面不与工件抵靠。 15. The power tool according to claim 1, characterized in that: the power tool further includes a support member with a support surface, the support member is movably connected to the housing and can be moved between the first position and the second position. Movement between two positions, in the first position, the support surface abuts the workpiece, and in the second position, the support surface does not abut the workpiece.
16、 如权利要求 15所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述输出杆处于所述第 一运动模式时, 所述支撑件位于所述第一位置。 16. The power tool according to claim 15, characterized in that: when the output rod is in the first movement mode, the support member is located in the first position.
17、 如权利要求 15所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述输出杆处于所述第 二运动模式并且所述动力工具达到特定加工状态时, 所述支撑件位于所述第一 位置。 17. The power tool according to claim 15, characterized in that: when the output rod is in the second movement mode and the power tool reaches a specific processing state, the support member is located in the first position.
18、 如权利要求 15所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述输出杆处于所述第 二运动模式时, 所述支撑件位于所述第二位置。 18. The power tool according to claim 15, characterized in that: when the output rod is in the second movement mode, the support member is located in the second position.
19、 如权利要求 15所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述动力工具还包括对 所述支撑件施力的偏压装置, 所述偏压装置使所述支撑面具有沿所述中心线的 延伸方向朝远离所述壳体的方向运动的趋势, 所述输出杆处于所述第二运动模 式时, 所述第一位置是所述支撑件相对所述壳体运动的预定行程范围内的所有 位置。 19. The power tool according to claim 15, characterized in that: the power tool further includes a biasing device that applies force to the support member, and the biasing device causes the support surface to have a bias along the center line. The extension direction tends to move away from the housing. When the output rod is in the second movement mode, the first position is within the predetermined stroke range of the movement of the support member relative to the housing. All locations.
20、 如权利要求 15所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述支撑件相对所述壳 体线性移动。 20. The power tool according to claim 15, characterized in that: the support member moves linearly relative to the housing.
21、 如权利要求 20所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述线性移动的方向为 所述中心线的延伸方向。 21. The power tool according to claim 20, characterized in that: the direction of the linear movement is the extension direction of the center line.
22、 如权利要求 20所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述动力工具还包括活 动的连接在所述壳体上的手柄, 所述手柄与所述支撑件连动。 22. The power tool according to claim 20, characterized in that: the power tool further includes a handle movably connected to the housing, and the handle is linked with the support member.
23、 如权利要求 22所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述手柄与所述支撑件 一体设置。 23. The power tool according to claim 22, characterized in that: the handle and the support member are integrally provided.
24、 如权利要求 15所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述支撑件在所述第一 位置时, 所述支撑面垂直于所述中心线。 24. The power tool according to claim 15, characterized in that: when the support member is in the first position, the support surface is perpendicular to the center line.
25、 如权利要求 15所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述动力工具还包括与 所述壳体活动连接的手柄, 所述支撑件与所述手柄连动。 25. The power tool according to claim 15, characterized in that: the power tool further includes a handle movably connected with the housing, and the support member is linked with the handle.
26、 如权利要求 15所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述支撑件与所述壳体 之间设置有位置保持机构, 所述位置保持机构将所述支撑件相对所述壳体保持 在预设位置。 26. The power tool according to claim 15, characterized in that: a position maintaining mechanism is provided between the support member and the housing, and the position maintaining mechanism maintains the support member at a position relative to the housing. Default position.
27、 如权利要求 1所述的动力工具, 其特征在于: 所述输出杆上设置有用 于夹持工作头的夹紧装置, 所述工作头包括与所述夹紧装置重叠的夹持部和与
夹持部连接的工作部, 所述工作部所在的区域为工作区域, 所述输出杆纵长延 伸并具有中心线, 所述动力工具还包括具有支撑面的支撑件, 所述支撑件活动 的连接在所述壳体上从而所述支撑面可选择的位于所述工作区域之内或之外。 27. The power tool according to claim 1, characterized in that: the output rod is provided with a clamping device for clamping the working head, and the working head includes a clamping portion overlapping the clamping device and and The working part is connected to the clamping part. The area where the working part is located is the working area. The output rod extends longitudinally and has a center line. The power tool also includes a support member with a support surface. The support member is movable. Attached to the housing such that the support surface is selectively located within or outside the working area.
28、 一种夹紧装置, 其特征在于: 所述夹紧装置用于将第一工作头或第二 工作头固定在动力工具的输出杆上, 所述输出杆具有轴线, 所述夹紧装置包括 安装件和夹紧机构, 所述安装件与输出杆相连并具有形状不同的第一收容部和 第二收容部, 所述第一收容部用于收容所述第一工作头的第一连接部, 所述第 二收容部用于收容所述第二工作头的第二连接部, 所述夹紧机构将所述第一连 接部保持在所述第一收容部内或者将所述第二连接部保持在所述第二收容部 内。 28. A clamping device, characterized in that: the clamping device is used to fix the first working head or the second working head on the output rod of the power tool, the output rod has an axis, the clamping device It includes a mounting piece and a clamping mechanism. The mounting piece is connected to the output rod and has a first receiving part and a second receiving part with different shapes. The first receiving part is used to receive the first connection of the first working head. part, the second receiving part is used to receive the second connecting part of the second working head, and the clamping mechanism keeps the first connecting part in the first receiving part or connects the second connecting part part is retained in the second receiving part.
29、 如权利要求 28所述的夹紧装置, 其特征在于: 所述第一收容部包括相 对设置的第一抵接部和第二抵接部及位于所述第一抵接部和所述第二抵接部之 间的收容空间。 29. The clamping device according to claim 28, characterized in that: the first receiving part includes a first contact part and a second contact part that are oppositely arranged and located between the first contact part and the The receiving space between the second contact parts.
30、 如权利要求 29所述的夹紧装置, 其特征在于: 所述第一抵接部和所述 第二抵接部的形状为卡口, 在与所述轴线垂直的平面上, 所述第一抵接部的抵 接面和所述第二抵接部的抵接面的投影为弧线或折线。 30. The clamping device according to claim 29, characterized in that: the shape of the first contact part and the second contact part is a bayonet, and on a plane perpendicular to the axis, the The projection of the contact surface of the first contact portion and the contact surface of the second contact portion is an arc or a polyline.
3 1、 如权利要求 28所述的夹紧装置, 其特征在于: 所述第二收容部为多边 形或圆形收容孔。 31. The clamping device according to claim 28, characterized in that: the second receiving portion is a polygonal or circular receiving hole.
32、 如权利要求 28所述的夹紧装置, 其特征在于: 所述第一收容部和所述 第二收容部部分重合。 32. The clamping device according to claim 28, characterized in that: the first receiving part and the second receiving part partially overlap.
33、 一种动力工具, 包括壳体、 收容于所述壳体内的马达、 由所述马达通过传 动机构驱动的输出杆, 所述马达具有输出轴, 其特征在于: 所述传动机构包括 运动变换机构, 所述运动变换机构可操作的驱动所述输出杆处于输出往复运动 的第一运动模式和输出旋转运动的第二运动模式, 所述输出杆上连接权利要求 28至 32任一所述的夹紧装置。
33. A power tool, including a housing, a motor accommodated in the housing, and an output rod driven by the motor through a transmission mechanism. The motor has an output shaft, characterized in that: the transmission mechanism includes a motion conversion mechanism, the motion conversion mechanism is operable to drive the output rod in a first motion mode for outputting reciprocating motion and a second motion mode for outputting rotational motion, and the output rod is connected to any one of claims 28 to 32 Clamping device.
Applications Claiming Priority (8)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201310047997.1 | 2013-02-06 | ||
CN201310047997 | 2013-02-06 | ||
CN201310172746.6A CN104139378B (en) | 2013-05-10 | 2013-05-10 | Clamping device and power tool |
CN201310172746.6 | 2013-05-10 | ||
CN201310359268.XA CN103963021B (en) | 2013-02-06 | 2013-08-16 | Power tool |
CN201310359268.X | 2013-08-16 | ||
CN201410038266.5A CN104802138B (en) | 2014-01-27 | 2014-01-27 | Power tool |
CN201410038266.5 | 2014-01-27 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014121728A1 true WO2014121728A1 (en) | 2014-08-14 |
Family
ID=51299244
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2014/071755 WO2014121728A1 (en) | 2013-02-06 | 2014-01-29 | Power tool and clamping device |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2014121728A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109048354A (en) * | 2018-08-28 | 2018-12-21 | 宁波市镇海甬鼎紧固件制造有限公司 | A kind of reciprocating saw with drilling action |
CN114012493A (en) * | 2021-11-18 | 2022-02-08 | 正阳科技股份有限公司 | Sweep-saw with blow and suction function |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1579720A (en) * | 2003-08-06 | 2005-02-16 | 专用气动设备株式会社 | Automatic saw |
CN1781673A (en) * | 2004-11-24 | 2006-06-07 | 日立工机株式会社 | Hammer drill |
CN1807026A (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2006-07-26 | 百得有限公司 | Power tool |
CN101253027A (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2008-08-27 | 罗伯特·博世有限公司 | Portable power drill with gearbox |
CN101342694A (en) * | 2008-08-20 | 2009-01-14 | 姚耕 | Multifunctional converter of electrical drill |
CN103042506A (en) * | 2011-10-17 | 2013-04-17 | 南京德朔实业有限公司 | Clamping device |
-
2014
- 2014-01-29 WO PCT/CN2014/071755 patent/WO2014121728A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1579720A (en) * | 2003-08-06 | 2005-02-16 | 专用气动设备株式会社 | Automatic saw |
CN1781673A (en) * | 2004-11-24 | 2006-06-07 | 日立工机株式会社 | Hammer drill |
CN1807026A (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2006-07-26 | 百得有限公司 | Power tool |
CN101253027A (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2008-08-27 | 罗伯特·博世有限公司 | Portable power drill with gearbox |
CN101342694A (en) * | 2008-08-20 | 2009-01-14 | 姚耕 | Multifunctional converter of electrical drill |
CN103042506A (en) * | 2011-10-17 | 2013-04-17 | 南京德朔实业有限公司 | Clamping device |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109048354A (en) * | 2018-08-28 | 2018-12-21 | 宁波市镇海甬鼎紧固件制造有限公司 | A kind of reciprocating saw with drilling action |
CN109048354B (en) * | 2018-08-28 | 2020-08-18 | 宁波市镇海甬鼎紧固件制造有限公司 | Reciprocating saw with drilling function |
CN114012493A (en) * | 2021-11-18 | 2022-02-08 | 正阳科技股份有限公司 | Sweep-saw with blow and suction function |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20210170563A1 (en) | Power tool having interchangeable tool heads | |
US9381625B2 (en) | Electrical wrench | |
EP0899065B1 (en) | A power tool having an interchangeable tool head | |
US6176322B1 (en) | Power tool having interchangeable tool head | |
US7021399B2 (en) | Power tool | |
EP0899064B1 (en) | A power tool having interchangeable tool head | |
US10315292B2 (en) | Power tool | |
US8931375B2 (en) | Ratchet device | |
WO2014169818A1 (en) | Screw clamping device and screw tool | |
US20240278337A1 (en) | Hole cutting accessory for power tool | |
WO2014121728A1 (en) | Power tool and clamping device | |
CN104802138B (en) | Power tool | |
EP2216138B1 (en) | Ratchet connector | |
US7770495B1 (en) | Ratchet connector | |
CN103963021A (en) | Power tool | |
CN111434463B (en) | Water pipe pliers | |
CN103963019B (en) | Hand-hold power tool | |
WO2018082717A1 (en) | Power tool and method for operation thereof | |
JP2006116685A (en) | Portable tool | |
CN104802139B (en) | Power tool | |
CN219188663U (en) | Self-tightening drill chuck | |
US20220297205A1 (en) | Hole cutting accessory for power tool | |
US11787018B2 (en) | Rotation wrench | |
WO2024159354A1 (en) | Self-tightening drill chuck | |
CN105729411B (en) | Hand-held tool |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14749322 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14749322 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |